Trying to Get Over You

TRYING TO GET OVER YOU
By: Lauren Taylor

B’Elanna was standing at the end of the corridor, silently, not
saying a word. Tom had to get to her, fast. He ran down the corridor, but
B’Elanna seemed to get further and further away with each step he took.
Finally, he was to her, and he wrapped his arms around her, never wanting
to let go, never, never…
Tom sat up in bed, hot and sweating. This was around the
twentieth dream he’d had about B’Elanna since she died six months ago. It
was getting harder and harder to get through each day without her. His
friends had tried to help him, but it was no use. He felt that, if
B’Elanna was dead, he might as well be dead, too. He wrapped the blankets
tighter around him, and layed back down in bed, only to be forced to get
up by his door chimes.
He staggered to the door, slowly, for he was still half-asleep.
He pressed a button on the panel beside the door, and saw that Harry was
on the other side, wearing a Hawaiian shirt and shorts.
“Are you coming to the luau?” Harry asked him, eying Tom’s matted hair,
and wrinkled clothes that he hadn’t bothered to change out of before
going to bed.
“Does it look like I’m going to a luau?” Tom snapped.
“So, let me guess. You’re going to stay in your quarters all night until
your duty shift comes up again?” Harry asked, annoyed.
“What does it matter?” Tom brushed it off as he walked back to his
bedroom.
“It matters a hell of a lot more than you think it does!” Harry yelled,
starting in behind Tom, “Face it, Tom, all you’ve done since B’Elanna
died is sit in your quarters, biting off anyone’s head that even says a
word to you. You’re not the only one who lost someone special! B’Elanna
was my friend, too, and not a day goes by when I don’t think about how
much I miss her, and wish she was still here. But I’ve moved on with my
life, and you should, too. It’s been six months! Don’t you think it’s
time to just pick up the pieces and accept the fact that she isn’t coming
back?”
“I don’t care if it’s been six months or six years! Point is, she’s still
gone and there’s nothing I can do about it! So, why don’t you and
everyone else on this goddamn ship just leave me the hell alone!” Tom
screamed, and then turned back around, walked into his bedroom, and shut
the door.
***********************************************
I’ve been tryin’ to get over you
I’ve been spendin’ time alone
I’ve been tryin’ to get over you
But it’ll take dyin’ to get it done

“Tryin’ To Get Over You” Vince Gill
***********************************************
Kathryn Janeway looked up when she saw the young ensign walk onto
the holodeck, alone. She gave Chakotay a devastated look, and turned back
to Harry, who seemed in shock.
“He’s not coming. I tried to talk to him, but he won’t listen. He’s just
going to hide out in his quarters like he does every night.” Harry
explained, remorseful.
Janeway gave him a sympathetic smile, and explained to him that
he triend everything he could. She knew how it felt to lose someone you
love. After her fiancee, Justin, was killed, she acted pretty much the
same way Tom had been acting. She had told Tom that story, but nothing
could bring him out of the mood he’d been in for the last six months. She
was almost beginning to accept the fact that they would never get Tom
Paris back, not as long as B’Elanna was gone. The only way he would cheer
up is for B’Elanna to somehow miraculously appear, which she knew was
impossible.
**********************************************
That was the first and last luau they went to. B’Elanna looked so
beautiful that night, in that long, flowered dress. God, how he had
wanted to kiss her that night, tell her that he loved her, anything. If
only he’d said how he truly felt about her. But it was too late. She
would never be back, never would know that he loved her. He wanted her
back more than anything. She died not knowing what he thought of her,
that she meant everything to her, that he would give his life for her.
Everyday since her death, he yelled at himself for not being there in
engineering, to push her out of the way of the console…

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

The Paris Journals: Thicker Than Blood, vol. X

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 1

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMER: All original characters belong to Paramount. However, the
characters of Caitlin and Capt. Matthews, Amanda and Victoria Paris,
any other characters not original to the television series, and the
story itself belong to me. (Whew.)

AUTHOR’S NOTE: As always feedback is welcome. I’d be especially interested in
people’s impressions of Admiral Paris.

****************************

I have led her home, my love, my only friend.
There is none like her, none.

-Alfred, Lord Tennyson
“Maud”

I watched Cait crack open an egg and drop it into the bowl before
whisking it vigorously with a fork. “Hey,” I called. “How long do I have
to keep stirring this?”
“Not much longer.” She replied. “Just until it’s smooth, then
take it off the heat.”
“Gotcha.”
Walking over, she picked up a smaller spoon and dipped it into the pot
I was tending. “Let’s see… Not bad,” she said with a grin. “It’s different.
Here, you try.” She lifted the spoon to my lips.
I blew lightly across the steaming liquid before sampling. “Not bad?”
I leaned over and kissed her cheek. “It’s damn good.”
She laughed and called me a flatterer, then moved back to the counter
she was working on. I smiled briefly at her back. We didn’t often cook
together. Voyager didn’t give us the chance, but this shore leave had, and
I was enjoying the opportunity thoroughly. A week long shore leave for the
entire ship, courtesy of the Parthian government for our assistance in
evacuating one of their colonies. Cait and I had secured a tiny bungalow in a
resort located at the base of a mountain. Neelix and Kes had taken a cottage
a few doors down from ours with Valaxis and his new family, and Harry and
B’Elanna’s was further up the mountainside. We hadn’t seen much of those
two though, it was their honeymoon, after all.
In many ways, it was almost like a second honeymoon for Cait
and myself. No, it was more than that. It was like having a home of our own,
minus the kids. Not that we were planning on leaving Voyager and settling
down somewhere, but I grew up in a house on terra firma, and the longer
we were out here, the more I thought about what the kids on board were missing,
what our kids would miss. The holodeck was a good attempt at a substitute,
but it couldn’t match the relief of a real summer breeze or the near
reverent hush that accompanied a heavy snowfall. Sure, it gave us rainstorms
and sunsets, but it didn’t come close to the refreshing shower that caught us
on the way down the mountain yesterday or to the crimson and azure display
we had witnessed from the front step these past few afternoons. To put
it simply, I liked the idea of having a home on solid ground with a backyard
for our kids to play in and maybe a tiny garden tucked away in the corner for
a few tomato and pepper plants in the summer.
Of course, any accomodations we had in the future, be they shipboard
or on the ground, would have a replicator. I’m not a bad cook with one,
but without? Cait didn’t seem to mind, however. She was used to cooking from
scratch, and with the local merchants’ help, she was doing a pretty good job
of it.
Every morning, we sallied forth into the market place, bought all we
needed for the day, and returned to the bungalow to prepare lunch. Lots of
ripe fruits and vegetables, maybe a little of the local grape, fresh baked
bread, and some cheese. It reminded me a lot of the south of France.
Dinner wasn’t much different, except that it was warm. As comfortable
as the days were on Parthia, the nights were downright chilly, but what the
food didn’t ward off, we did by cuddling in front of the fire or snuggling in
the bed under the comforter. In fact, sometimes the comforter got a little
too warm, which was just fine with me. We needed the time to rediscover
each other.
The past few months had been very difficult for us after losing
Madeleine. We had argued, cried, screamed, you name it, at ourselves and
each other, but being able to throw ourselves into planning some of the
festivities for Harry and B’Elanna’s wedding had helped. Still, some days
were harder for us than others. Some days we would wake up and look at each
other, instantly knowing that she was on our minds. On those mornings, we
showered together, hugging and touching, taking time to give ourselves
the strength to face another day. We had a long way to go. We knew
that, but we also knew we were beginning to heal.
“Hey,” I said.
“Hey what?”
“How do you suppose the newlyweds are making out?”
Cait snickered. “Well, I haven’t heard any blood curdling screams or
seen any medics running toward their cottage, so I’m assuming they’re both
still in one piece. However, I was present while B’Elanna was doing some of
the packing, and when she put in a medikit, I nearly fell out of the chair
laughing.”
I chuckled. “Yeah, I can imagine.” A silence fell, and I watched
her start chopping the vegetables. “How come you never asked me about what
happened?”
“Would you care to elaborate on that a little?”
“All those years ago, between B’Elanna and me on that planet.
You never asked. Why?”
The knife hovered for a minute above a Parthian carrot. “It was none
of my business.” She finally replied and the knife resumed its work. “We
were hardly on speaking terms with each other at the time, and to be honest,
I didn’t have to ask. B’Elanna and Vorrick were in sickbay nearly an hour.
You were barely in there two minutes. If something had actually happened
between the two of you, I think you would have been in there a little longer,
given the state she must have been in.”
“Oh.” My gaze dropped back to the sauce. The lumps had all but
disappeared.
“Hey.” Cait said softly. She stood beside me and placed my free arm
around her shoulders while her right arm encircled my waist. A soft light
glowed in her green eyes.
“Hey.” I murmured back and angled my head to kiss her. “I think the
sauce is almost ready.”
She took the spoon from my hand and held it up to my lips. “Well?”
I wrapped both arms about her and hugged her close. “Mmmm. No doubt
about it. I am one helluva cook.”
“You are?” She cried in mock indignation.
Laughing, I nibbled at her neck. I knew how to distract her. “Tom,
stop it. I have to shut this off. Stop it. Come on, stop. I haven’t even
fini-mmph.”
“You were saying?” I asked when I at last released her mouth.
Her hands crept up my chest and about my neck. “You’re not really
interested in dinner, are you?”
“Now, whatever gave you that idea?” I asked innocently as I guided her
backward out of the kitchen and toward the bedroom.

Two days later, we were all back on Voyager. Damn, but time had flown
by fast. Everyone looked great, however, all rosy-cheeked and loose-limbed.
I couldn’t remember the last time I saw B’Elanna smile so much–Harry, too,
in spite of his wincing when I clapped him on the shoulder. Cait smirked and
raised a knowing eyebrow, and I bit back the urge to make a crack about
a certain medikit. Still, as good as it was to see everyone again, I was more
than a little disappointed to leave. On Parthia, Cait and I had lived the way
I wanted us to: good food, good weather, and good neighbors. It really made
me wonder how Dad could have stayed away so much, especially once Vicki and
I arrived.

Three weeks passed, and Voyager suffered through yet another loss–
my friend, Kes. Looking back, that was probably why she insisted on Neelix
taking her on that shore leave. He hadn’t wanted to because she had been
feeling tired quite often lately. He thought considering her advanced age
of nearly nine that it might be too strenuous, but she had persisted. In her
own words, she had lived a full life–a doctor, a mother, and most recently,
a grandmother to Valaxis and Malia’s daughter, Charis–and she wasn’t going to
stop having fun now just because of a few aches and pains.
At the memorial service, the Captain spoke first, then I did, and then,
to everyone’s surprise, the Doctor spoke up. “I haven’t spoken at these
services before. Delivering eulogies was never included in my original
programming, but as Kes so often reminded me, part of living is doing the
unexpected, facing the unplanned, and embracing change, whether it is for the
better or the worse.
“For weeks, I have known, and at her request, kept silent as to the
true nature of her condition. We all knew her death was approaching, but only
I knew it had arrived. Yet, in spite of this, she continued her work, greeting
me every morning with her usual smile.
“She treated me from the beginning as a living, breathing member of
this crew, and it was at her insistence that I began to explore a richer life
than a hologram of my capabilities would normally achieve. She was my friend
and my colleague. I will miss her greatly.” Amen, Doc.
The ship was real quiet for days after the service. Kes’s death
affected everyone. I kept expecting to see her in the kitchen and heard a
hollow echo reverberate deep within my chest when I didn’t. Both on and off
duty my attentions wandered and I unwillingly began to ponder questions that I
had buried a long time ago because they were irrational and unpleasant.
Yet, now they seized me almost to the exclusion of everything else.
Most nights found me lying on the bed, my arms behind my head as
various memories paraded through my mind. Tonight, I could almost feel his
arm around me, holding the night’s chill at bay, his finger pointing to some
distant flashes of fire in the inky sky. An infectious excitement rang in
his voice. *”C’mon, Thomas, wake up. Wake up or you’ll miss them. See them,
Thomas? Can you see them?”*
Cait stretched out on the bed next to me and rose up on one elbow.
A finger glided lazily down the middle of my chest, barely tickling. “Penny
for your thoughts.”
“What?” I shifted my head to gaze fully at her.
“Penny for your thoughts.” She repeated. “You’ve been lying here in
bed looking at that ceiling ever since I went into the bathroom.”
“Oh. Just thinking.”
“About?”
“Nothing.” I turned over, slipping a hand behind her head to pull
her down for a kiss. “Nothing at all.” I whispered.
“It didn’t seem like nothing.” She insisted. “You’ve been extremely
pensive for days now.”
“Don’t worry about it. It’s silly. Really.” I concluded, snuggling
against her, hoping she would get the hint and let the matter drop.
Cait frowned. “Tom, I’ve known you long enough to know when nothing
is something. Now, talk to me.”
With a sigh, I rolled onto my back. She knew me too well, but that
was the price you paid when you loved one another. Sometimes it was a price
I gladly paid, but now wasn’t one of those times. “Kes’s death just got me
thinking, that’s all. She’s the first of our little band to die of old age,
and it just sort of brought home the fact that we really weren’t going to
see home again. Our kids, maybe, but not us.”
“You used to say you were rather relieved by that idea, that it meant
no prison, no humiliation, no parting.”
“Yeah, yeah, I know. And I still believe that, but I also keep
thinking that my family will never find out that I’m not such a blight on
the ol’ Paris name after all. It isn’t so much that I’ll die, but that they
will and never know how much I’ve changed. I mean, simply the thought of
seeing my old man’s expression as he read my Voyager record, seeing him have
to take back some of those things he said, and maybe even seeing him give a
small sign of approval, it’d almost be worth everything I’ve gone through.”
I shrugged. “I don’t know. I don’t want to go home, but I do. Silly, huh?”
“No.” She said with a tiny smile. “Human. In spite of all the bad
blood, you still care about your parents. You’ve grown up. Now you can see
not just where they screwed up, but where you did, too, and I think you want
to tell them that. A part of you wants to go home, Tom, not to gloat, not to
seek approval, but to make peace with them and within yourself, to extend a
hand and say I’m sorry. Even if the hand got slapped away, you’d at least know
you had tried, but now, the fact that you won’t get that chance has really been
driven home, no pun intended.” She lay her head beside mine on the pillow,
the backs of her fingers softly stroking my cheek. “They are still your
parents, Tom, maybe not the best parents, but still your parents, and like it
or not, I think you still love them and want them to be proud of you.”
“I guess.” I replied.
“And you’re not alone, either.” Cait continued. “Even though we all
suppressed the hope of getting home, the hope has always been there, lurking.
Losing Kes has caused a lot of people, especially those with families back
home, to do some rethinking about their fate. Kes was only the first; soon,
relatively speaking, we will all follow in her footsteps. There’s nothing we
can do about it, but it doesn’t make the truth any easier to accept.”
My hand rose up, catching hers and bringing it to my lips. “I have
you,” I said. “And I’d gladly sacrifice a little peace of mind for that.”

Another few weeks went by relatively uneventfully; then, Harry made
a fateful announcement from Ops. “Captain, I have something interesting on
long-range sensors. No, wait. It’s gone. No, there it is again. Verteron
emissions from a subspace field.”
A hush fell over the bridge. “A wormhole?” The Captain finally asked.
“I think so, but if it is, I don’t think it’s a stable one.” He said.
“Transfer coordinates to the helm.” She ordered.
“Coordinates received.” I reported.
“Good.” The Captain replied. “Adjust course and engage at warp seven.
Let’s see what’s out there, Mr. Paris.”
“Aye, Cap’n. Warp seven.”
Harry was right. It was a wormhole, but not a stable one. “B’Elanna
and I have been talking it over, Captain.” He said later in the briefing room.
“And we think,” B’Elanna continued. “That if we emit a continuous
field pulse the next time it opens, we can stablilize it enough to send
a probe through.”
“And if it works,” Harry said, picking up the line of thought again.
“And if the wormhole does lead to the Alpha quadrant, we think resonating the
same type of pulse through the shields will allow us to take Voyager through.”
Janeway’s eyes darted around the table. She tried to remain grounded,
but deep inside the blue-grey depths was a spark, firing continuously and
growing by the second. “Very well. Get on it. Dismissed.”
Sixteen hours later, the probe was launched. We all held our breath
for the duration of its flight.
“Receiving telemetry.” Harry reported. “The field pulse is working.
The probe is holding course. Coming up on the exit. It’s out. Receiving
coordinates.” His face paled and he slowly looked up. “It’s the Alpha
quadrant, Captain. It made it.”
Strangely enough, there was no cheer. No one even exhaled. “Are there
any signs of temporal anomalies, Mr. Kim?” The Captain asked. “Is the probe
still within our time period?”
“No signs of temporal disturbances of any kind, Captain.”
Janeway let out a slow breath. “Very well, you and Lt. Kim begin
work on the shields. Commander, I need to see you in my ready room.
Mr. Tuvok, you have the bridge.”

At 1500 hours, the Captain made a ship wide announcement from
the bridge. “This is Captain Janeway to all Voyager crew. As I am sure you
have heard by now, Voyager has discovered a wormhole leading to the Alpha
quadrant, and there is a chance that we will be able to use it to get home.
“If we do–and Commander Chakotay is in agreement with me on this
point–I will have no choice, but to follow my original orders and turn all
Maquis over to the Federation authorities.” She paused and looked from Harry
to me. “However, I am well aware of how many of us have started new lives
out here, as well as, how much all the Maquis crewmembers have contributed
to our survival. To that end, I have been in contact with the
Parthian Minister of Interior, and he has agreed to offer temporary or
permanent residence to any crew members who would prefer to remain in the
Delta quadrant. Those who wish to stay may send recorded messages to their
loved ones through Voyager and I, personally, will see that they are delivered.
Those Maquis who choose to accompany us through the wormhole may rest assured
that I will do everything in my power to see that your work aboard Voyager is
taken into full account by the authorities.” She concluded with her gaze now
on Chakotay, and he nodded with a tight smile.
She continued. “I realize that this is not a decision which can be
made quickly. The preparations for Voyager will take thirty-six hours. You
have this time to discuss this with your friends and loved ones. In the end,
those who wish to stay behind should make their desires known to
Commander Chakotay and we, in turn, will notify the Parthian government.
Janeway out.”
My stomach writhed like a pinned snake for my remaining hour on duty.
*Well, this is it, Thomas. The sixty-four credit question itself. Do you and
Cait go home, knowing you could both be looking at a stay in Auckland, or do
you go back to Parthia to a cozy cottage for two?* The conn panel slipped in
and out of focus. Was the remote possibility of watching my father swallow
his pride worth the risk of returning to prison? And what would prison do to
our marriage? And kids. If we decided to try that path again, what
about them? What kind of life could we give them there? What kind of life
could we give them here?
Janeway’s hand rested on my shoulder. I hadn’t heard her walk up.
“Tough decision, isn’t it?” She inquired in a low voice.
“Yes, Captain.”
She gave me a tight smile of support. “Tom, I want you to know that I
will do everything I can to see that your sentence is commuted and that you
remain in that uniform. You deserve it.”
The rosy heat of intense gratitude filled my cheeks. “Thank you,
Captain. That means a lot.”
She nodded and returned to her seat.
Cait was already in our quarters when I got there. “Well,” I said,
flopping down on the sofa next to her. “Do we or don’t we?”
“I wasn’t aware that we had a choice.”
“What do you mean? Of course, we do.”
The green eyes levelled themselves at me. “No, we don’t and we both
know it. If Voyager goes, we do. We both want to see your Starfleet record
amended to reflect the true you.”
“My record be hanged! I don’t give a damn about Starfleet if it means
we end up in prison.” My hand covered hers and held it tightly. “Cait, we
were happy on Parthia. It was almost like we had created a home. We won’t
have that in prison. Trust me, I know.”
“But listen to what you just said, Tom. Almost. *Almost.* Parthia
isn’t our home. The Delta quadrant isn’t our home. Besides, to not return
flies in the face of all you have done. It’s almost like running away.
Everything you’ve done to prove yourself to everyone, including yourself,
will amount to nothing if you don’t return.”
“And what about you?”
“I go where you go.”
I shook my head. “I can’t do it, then. If it was just me, yeah, I
could go back and face whatever’s coming. But I will not drag you to prison
with me.”
“And if you think for one second that I’m staying here, you’re crazy.
I knew the risks when I joined the Maquis. I always knew I could get caught,
and I accepted it. I’m going back. You can come with me or not.” Her eyes
blazed and I could tell by the tone of her voice that her mind was made up.
I lifted her hand to my lips. “You won’t let me fail again, will you?
No matter what the cost.”
She leaned closer, her breath skimming over my lips. “No.”
And our decision was made.

Almost thirty-six hours later, Voyager stood with its entire crew on
the edge of a cliff. There was nothing left to do except close our eyes and
jump. I slid behind the helm controls for what well could have been my
last time. For a brief moment, I simply stared at them, remembering the first
time I had touched them, how strange, yet familiar they had felt as if they had
been custom fitted to my fingers alone, how the Captain’s words–“Mr. Paris,
you have the conn”–had given me back that sense of purpose I had lost.
I slowly let my fingers glide over the panel, sensing where the controls were
vaguely cool and where they retained the slight warmth from Hamilton’s fingers.
“Mr. Paris.” The Captain prompted gently behind me.
I snapped up in my seat and spun around. “Yes, ma’am.”
She only nodded and turned towards Ops. She understood. “Mr Kim, are
the shields ready?”
“Yes, Captain. They are.” My friend wore a deeper frown than usual.
“Good. Shields up. Mr. Paris, one-quarter impulse and take us in
nice ‘n easy.” Janeway said as she took her seat.
“Aye, Cap’n. One quarter impulse.” I sucked in a quiet breath. “Here
goes nothing.” I muttered to myself.
The trip through was like something out of an amusement park ride with
swirls and eddies rushing past and and testing my skills. It didn’t take as
long as I had expected, and a part of me wanted to turn to the Captain like
some little kid and say can we go again. Then, the reality of the moment sunk
in–we were home. No one said a word. You’d have expected a lot of whooping
and hollering. Heck, we had survived it all and made it home, but you’d never
have known it.
The Captain finally broke the silence as she got to her feet. “Damage
report.”
“Minor damage reported on decks nine and twelve.” Harry stated.
“But it looks like we made through intact.
“Excellent. Mr. Tuvok, what is our position in relation to the
nearest starbase.”
“We are approximately fifteen hours from Starbase Four-Six-One at
warp seven, Captain.”
“Are there any Starfleet ships in the area?” Chakotay asked.
“I am detecting a Federation signature one and a half light years
away.” Tuvok replied.
“Hail them.” The Captain ordered.
“Hailing frequencies open.”
“This is Capt. Kathryn Janeway of the USS Voyager to the Federation
starship receiving this signal. Please respond.”
“This is who?” A gravely male voice answered. “Please restate
your name.”
“This is Kathryn Janeway of the Federation starship, Voyager.”
“Voyager? How did you get out here? You were lost in the Badlands
years ago.”
The Captain smirked. “Believe me, it’s a long story, and I will be
happy to explain it to you. In the meantime, if we could rendezvous with your
ship and take on some supplies, my crew and I would be grateful.”
A small silence followed, and then a female voice responded. “Voyager,
this is Capt. Diana Raines of the USS Doolittle. Please hold your position
pending confirmation of contact with Starfleet Command.”
Janeway’s eyebrows lifted and then settled into a frown. “Understood.
Janeway out.” She turned toward Chakotay. “It would seem they don’t believe
we are who we say we are.”
He shrugged. “You’ve got to look at it from their perspective. To be
missing and presumed dead all this time and then suddenly show up takes quite
a leap of faith. And we don’t know what has happened since we left.”
“True.” The Captain sat down but the air of impatience lingered.
When the orders finally came through, man oh man, did they come
through. First, we had to stay put and wait for the Doolittle to arrive.
Once it did, we were all subjected, under guard, to thorough blood screenings
by their medical staff. Then, when they were satisfied we were who we said
we were, they made preparations to tow us to the starbase. That got the
Captain’s goat, but good, and the orders were amended to having the Doolittle
serve as an escort with orders to fire on us if we deviated from our course.
Once we reached the starbase, the entire ship was placed under
quarantine. Fresh supplies were beamed aboard, and monitored communications
could be sent to family members, but no one was allowed off the ship, pending
the arrival of the USS Antigone with further orders from Starfleet Command.

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 2

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMERS: See part one.

*******************************

It took four days for the Antigone to arrive. Four days spent in
anticipation, impatience, and nervousness. Tension stretched around the entire
ship like an over-extended sealant ring, and by the second night, arguments
were erupting on every deck. The Captain ordered general quarters, but that
only localized the problem.
Even Cait and I argued. I didn’t want to. I wanted us to spend our
remaining time together peacefully, and it was so stupid, too. We couldn’t
turn back the hands of time. We had agreed to come and that was that. We were
here now. Nothing we could do about it, but we still fought and went to bed
facing away from one another.
We awakened the next morning to the shipwide announcement that the
Antigone was twenty hours away and that all Maquis prisoners were to report
to cargo bay two by 0800. I looked at Cait and she at me. Any lingering
anger we may have had vanished as she took my hand and pulled me toward the
bathroom. “One last shower?” she asked.
“How can I refuse?” I replied softly.
I held her tightly under the stream of hot water, kissing her slowly
and deliberately, memorizing the way she felt in my arms, the way her lips
parted beneath mine, the way her tongue boldly pushed into my mouth, equal in
its hunger and desperation. Her body shuddered against mine. She was crying,
the tears barely distinguishable from the other droplets on her cheeks, but I
knew they were there. Mine were, too.
Afterwards, we dressed and replicated a quick breakfast for two, even
though neither of us ate much of it before reporting to the cargo bay. When we
got there, Tuvok informed me that my name was not included on the list. I was
a “special case” and should report to my post as usual.
Cait squeezed my hand and smiled. “See you at Auckland.”
“Not if I see you first.” I retorted and pulled her into a strong hug.
“I will find you if we get separated. I promise I will.” I whispered.
“I know. I’ll keep my eyes peeled, too.” She pulled back slightly.
This time her smile failed her, and we just stared into one another’s eyes,
afraid to let go.
“Will all Maquis prisoners please form four rows.” Tuvok requested.
I pulled Cait close one more time, kissing her and murmuring “I love
you” before letting her go. As she stepped into formation, I noticed that
Harry and B’Elanna had been going through the same motions not half a
meter away. Geez, and they had been married for only a few months. I moved
over and squeezed his shoulder.
“Ow.”
“Sorry.” I took my hand away. “I guess Klingon good-byes must be more
painful than their honeymoons.”
He didn’t laugh. He didn’t even crack a smirk. “They are.”
We stood there and watched as our former crewmates were put into
alphabetical order and then marched out of the bay. Cait winked as she
passed by, and I attempted the best smile I could since all I really wanted to
do was wrap my body around hers and never let go. As the doors shut behind
them, I put my arm around Harry’s shoulders. “C’mon, Har. Let’s go lose
ourselves in some system diagnostic.”
He and I ate, or rather picked at, both lunch and dinner, neither of us
saying much, commiserating with each other in silence before we went our
separate ways for the evening. Back in our quarters, I tried playing a little
music to fill the oppressive quiet, but nothing I chose helped and I eventually
ordered it off in frustration. I picked up a PADD and tried to read, only
to throw the device away before I finished the second paragraph. Finally,
after staring at the ceiling for nearly half an hour worrying about how Cait
was doing, I stripped for bed. For hours, I struggled to fall asleep,
tossing and turning in the unfamiliar sensation of space. Around 0135 I moved
to the couch. Without Cait fighting for the blankets, the bed just felt way
too empty.
In the morning, I reported for duty as usual. I had just reached the
bridge when Capt. Janeway came out of her ready room. “Mr. Paris, will you
come in here, please. Ensign Batehart will cover your shift.”
“Yes ma’am.” I replied, surprised that my heart could find a new depth
to which to sink. *Buck up, Thomas. It was fun while it lasted. You always
knew it couldn’t go on forever.* I pulled myself together with an
imperceptible shake and stepped into her office. My knees nearly buckled.
My father sat on the sofa under the window–a little older, a little balder,
and a lot stouter than I remembered, but dear ol’ Dad all the same.
“The Admiral has chosen to lead the mission to escort us to Earth,
Lieutenant. I briefed him on your service record on Voyager, and he expressed
an interest in meeting you. Admiral.” With a nod in my father’s direction,
the Captain made a quick exit.
I held myself at full attention.
“So.” My father began. “You served as conn officer for this ship and
were even granted a field commission of lieutenant.”
“Yessir.” *Hi, Dad. I’m fine. How are you?*
The steel-blue eyes raked over me. “Captain Janeway has nothing but
praise for your actions. She expresses the hope that your sentence will be
commuted and that you will be allowed to remain within Starfleet’s ranks
as well.”
A lump of gratitude quickly formed in my throat. “I will always be
grateful to Captain Janeway for the chance she gave me. I have endeavoured to
show everyone that her faith was not misplaced.”
“Mm” came the noncommital answer, followed by a small, studied silence.
“I understand that you’re even married now.”
“Yessir.”
“Children?”
“No, sir. We lost our first child during an attack on Voyager.
My wife was injured and the baby was stillborn.”
“I see. I’m sorry. One of the dangers in having children is that
one day you may lose them.”
My hands curled into two fists. I knew what he really meant. “Yessir.
I suppose it is.”
He got to his feet and began to pace with his hands behind his back.
I watched, silently cursing myself for allowing Cait and me return. Was this
what I came back for? I should have known better. He’d never change.
I’d never be good enough. He stopped, stared at me for a moment, and then let
out a slow sigh. “At ease, Thomas. I didn’t have Kathryn call you in here
just to talk admiral to lieutenant. I wanted to talk to you as father to son,
*my* son.”
My chin lifted in defiance. “As I recall, I am no longer to be
referred to as that, by *your* orders, sir.”
Anger flared briefly in his eyes and he looked away. “Yes, well, we
all say things we later regret. It may take years, but eventually we
regret them.”
He met my gaze briefly then turned toward the window and stared quietly
out into the vastness of space. “You see, Thomas, it’s very easy to remain
angry with someone who has hurt you. Very often, it isn’t until they’re dead
and buried that you finally step back and examine how your own actions
contributed to the situation. Voyager’s disappearance allowed me to do that,
and I see now that I wasn’t raising a son so much as I was training a cadet.”
He turned, his eyes settling on me. “Where I should have seen a young man
trying his best to fulfill his father’s dreams, I saw only failure to live up
to my expectations. I was wrong, Thomas, and I am sorry.” His voice wavered
and he blinked rapidly, bowing his head. It was impossible. I couldn’t
remember the last time I saw him cry, not even at my great grandfather’s
funeral, and these tears were for me? He took a deep breath and
straightened up. “Thomas, you are our son, and your mother and I want you
to know that you can come home. We want you to come home.”
My mouth nearly fell open. For a minute, I wasn’t even sure if I had
heard him right, but there could be no mistaking the slight tremble in his
lower lip or the moistness of his eyes. I lowered my own head and searched
for the right response, right for me and right for him. “Dad, I’d like to,
but I don’t know.” I replied, surprised at the tremor in my own voice.
“I don’t know what’s going to happen to me, and then there’s Cait -er,
my wife.”
Suddenly all hints of compassion left his features, his eyes rapidly
returning to the stern gaze I had known growing up. “Yes. The Maquis.
That is a problem. I will be honest, Thomas, being married to her could
jeopardize your chances of remaining in Starfleet. Even with your record on
Voyager, it is quite probable that only your sentence will be commuted.
Being married to another felon could even draw that into doubt.”
My fists clenched tighter than ever, the old defiance rising fast
to the surface. “Then that’s how it will have to be. I will not abandon
my wife, not for probation and certainly not for some long shot at
a Fleet commission. You could offer me command of Voyager and it would not be
worth losing her. Thanks, but no thanks, Dad. If giving up Cait is part of
the deal, then I guess Starfleet and the ol’ Paris family will have to make due
without me.”
“I see,” he said quietly. “You’re quite sure about this? She may be
in prison for a while. Not many marriages survive a prison sentence.
Five years down the road, if you get divorced, you’ll have missed an
opportunity for no reason.”
I drew myself up to my full height, crossing my arms and setting my
jaw. “I’ll take my chances. She and I have already survived quite a lot.
We may surprise you.”
The corners of his mouth twitched. “Kathryn was right. You have
changed. Or am I simply seeing you clearly for the first time?” His mouth
spread into a wide, almost mischievous grin as he came down the steps
toward me. “So, will you accompany me to the detention area and introduce me
to this very special wife of yours?”
This time my mouth did fall open. “You-you want to meet her?”
“Considering you’re so determined to keep her in the family, I think
I’d better, don’t you?” His eyes twinkled and I nearly fainted. This had
to be some shapeshifter; my dad just wasn’t like this. “Well, come on, Thomas.
Or do I have to go introduce myself?”
“Uh, ah, no, sir. I’ll come along.”
“Good.” He patted my back as we headed for the door. “And don’t look
so shocked, Thomas. She’ll think you’re going to faint.”
As we walked past the rest of the bridge, I noticed him throw a nod
the Captain’s way. She nodded back, trying to suppress a smile which was all
too evident in her eyes.
“How’s Mom?” I asked as we entered the lift. “And Vicki?”
“Your mother is doing well,” he replied. “She suffered a mild stroke
early last year, and I took semi-retirement at Command to help take care
of her, but she has made remarkable progress with physical therapy. This year
her roses took first place at the flower show.” He chuckled. “She even has me
out in that garden now. You know, I had forgotten how satisfying it could be
to plant something and watch it grow.”
“I’m glad she’s better.” I said. “There wasn’t any permanent damage,
was there?”
His jovial expression softened about the edges, becoming tinged with
sadness. “I’m afraid there was. She has a definite weakness on her right side
now, and she uses a cane to help compensate, but her mind is as sharp as ever.
Things could have been much worse than they were, and we’re making up for a lot
of lost time together. In fact, there are times I think she wishes I wasn’t
around quite so much. She’s waiting to hear from you. I promised I’d have you
contact her as soon as possible. Don’t make me a liar now, Thomas.” He joked.
“And Vicki, how’s she?”
“Your sister’s fine. She made commander three years ago. She’s
stationed on the Sidney.”
“Good for her. She always was cut out for the command track better
than I.”
“Perhaps.” He conceded with a sigh.
My sister had always been his pride and joy, excelling where I all too
often failed. Yet, somehow, Dad didn’t seem all that happy. “I don’t get it.
What’s wrong?”
He sighed again. “Thomas, where I may have failed you as a parent,
I may have succeeded with your sister far beyond my wildest expectations.”
“I don’t understand.”
The lift doors opened and we stepped out. “I’m afraid that Vicki
is giving up everything for her career. For a while, she was stationed at
Earth, and it was wonderful to have her so close by. She and I would meet for
lunch and she’d come over for dinner every Sunday, occasionally bringing along
a young civilian engineer named Terrance. They made an excellent couple.
He was polite, intelligent and devoted to her. He made it known that he was
interested in eventually marrying her. Then, without one word to us or to him,
she applied for a transfer to the Sydney because she saw it as an opportunity
for promotion. Once he found out, Terrance supported her application and even
rearranged his own career so that he could travel more and meet up with her.
But time after time, she’d back out, saying she forgot to apply for shore leave
or she was too busy, and finally he gave up.”
“Maybe she just didn’t feel the same way about him.” I offered,
remembering the number of times as a child I had heard the same excuses
from him. “Maybe she just got cold feet.”
Dad shook his head. “I wish it was that simple, but she has treated
many of her suitors like this over the years. I’m afraid that to Vicki a
career means no family.”
“Sometimes it’s best that way.” I blurted, then caught myself. “But
she could still come around, Dad. You never know.” I tried to sound hopeful,
but I wasn’t. Vicki had been the same way in school. All through junior high
and high school, my friends drooled over her, but I never had to worry because
she was as unreponsive to them as a Vulcan.
We crossed the connector and entered the corridors of the starbase.
Dad seemed lost in thought and I let him be. I felt off-balance by all his
friendliness. I thought it was sincere, but the little kid who used to lock
himself in his room wasn’t so sure.
“So tell me about this Maquis–Caitlin, is it?–that you married.
Why did she join the Maquis?”
I shrugged. “Why did most of them join? The Cardassian’s took either
something or someone from them. In Cait’s case, they took her dad and the
crew of his ship, who were basically the only family she had. She almost
enlisted in Starfleet, but then we signed the treaty.”
“Hmm. Captured, eh? I’ll try to arrange for her to have a look at the
labor camp records. When the Klingons overran them, we discovered that many
of those captured were sent there rather than sentenced to death. It’s a slim
chance, but one of the crew might have survived.”
My eyes opened wide. “Dad, that would be great if you could. Just
finding one would mean a lot to her.”
“What of her mother’s side of the family?”
“They disinherited her mother when she eloped with Cait’s father. Near
as I can figure, and this is strictly a guess on my part, her grandfather was
Felicien Duvernet.”
My father stopped in mid-stride, his eyes nearly popping out of his
head. “Ambassador Duvernet?”
“I think so. Duvernet was her mother’s maiden name and Cait knows her
grandfather was of some importance. But I’m only guessing.”
“What was her mother’s first name?”
“Madeleine. We named our daughter after her.”
My father stroked his chin in that familiar fashion that I had so
often immitated with insolence. “Felicien did have a daughter named
Madeleine, a beautiful young woman, trained in classical ballet, I believe.”
“Cait told me her mom was once a dancer. You act like you met her.”
“Only a couple of times at receptions,” he said. “She disappeared
some twenty years ago, and the Duvernets never said why, but rumors abounded.
She was a delicate-looking person, but very headstrong, like her father.”
He chuckled. “If you thought I was hard on you, be thankful I was not
Felicien Duvernet. He could intimidate you simply by walking into the room.”
“Sometimes you did that too, Dad.” The words slipped out before
I could stop them.
His jaw tightened. “I guess I never did learn how to stop being on the
bridge when I was home, did I?”
“That’s the way if felt at times.”
He placed a hand on my shoulder. “I’m sorry, Thomas. I was trying
to do what I thought was best for you and your sister.”
“I know that now.” I attempted a smile to diffuse the tension.
He patted my shoulder and we continued down the corridor. “Felicien’s
granddaughter, a member of the Maquis. I’ll be damned.” He muttered under
his breath.
When we got to the security office, it took only a few seconds for them
to bring Cait out, no longer in a uniform, but in prison greys. It hurt so
much to see her in them that I almost cried, pulling her into my arms as soon
as she came through the door. She hugged me back just as tightly.
Only twenty-four hours had passed since we last saw each other, but the threat
of a lifetime apart had made it seem only that much longer.
My father waited a few discrete moments before softly clearing his
throat. “Would I be correct in assuming by this response that this is your
wife, Thomas?”
Cait and I both looked over at him. “Oh, uh, yeah, Dad, this is Cait.
Cait, this is my father, Admiral Eugene Paris. Dad, this is Caitlin Paris,
my wife.”
Cait extended her hand, flashing me a quick questioning glance in
the process. “Admiral.”
My father shook her hand and smiled. “Call me Eugene. After all,
you’re a member of the family, not a cadet.” He stared at her, the smile
slowly vanishing as he studied her. “I think you’re right, Thomas. I think
she is Madeleine’s daughter.”
“What?” Cait’s green eyes darted in confusion between us.
“I apologize. That was rude.” My father said hastily. “Thomas told
me that you might be Madeleine Duvernet’s daughter, and after seeing you, I am
inclined to agree. Of course, this was many years ago, and you are taller and
stronger-looking, but your eyes, your skin colour, and your facial structure
are all very reminiscent of her.”
Cait nodded. “My father always said I looked like my mother. Did you
know her?”
“I met her a few times at receptions. She was a lovely young woman,
poised, graceful. I always did wonder what happened to her.”
“If you knew her, did you know her parents, too?” A hint of excitement
crept into Cait’s voice.
“Not well. Like her, I saw them mostly at receptions.”
“Are they still alive?”
Dad shook his head. “I’m afraid not. Francoise died about eleven
years ago and Felicien followed her two years later. Madeleine was their only
child. I’m sorry.”
Cait shrugged, her entire body sagging slightly. “It doesn’t matter.
Considering the circumstances, I don’t think they would have welcomed my
presence any more now, than they did when I was born. I was just curious,
that’s all.”
My arm curled a little tighter about her waist and Dad shot me a brief
sympathetic look before attempting to lighten the air. “I understand, but
apart from your relation to the Duvernets, Thomas hasn’t told me much
about you. To be quite honest, I don’t think he’s gotten over the shock of
seeing me.” He grinned at me. “Am I right?”
Cait answered for both of us. “I think I’m the same way, Admiral -er,
Eugene.”
“Yes, of course. You can’t expect people to change their opinions as
easily as their uniforms. I experienced the same shock a few years ago when I
finally held a mirror up to my own actions. However, by the time we reach
Earth, I hope both of you will have come to believe that I am sincere in
welcoming you into the family.” He took a deep breath, suddenly becoming all
business once again. “In the meantime, I’ll contact my adjutant to make
arrangements for the best legal counsel to represent you, and you as well,
Thomas.”
“Dad, I-”
“What, Thomas? Did you think I was going to let you fight this alone?
This is a fight for the Paris family, more specifically, your family, Thomas,
and I do not intend to lose it. Do you have a problem with this?” The steel
was drawn in his eyes, finely sharpened and ready for battle.
“No, sir.” I almost gulped. “If Cait doesn’t, I don’t.”
The blue eyes darted to her, and she raised her head proudly as if
to meet his challenge. “No, Admiral. I would be grateful for any help you
can give us.”
“Good. Excellent. I’ll have Simmons make the arrangements. Thomas,
I believe we must be going. Five minutes non-counsel is usually the limit,
and we’ve run five minutes over. I’m sorry, Caitlin, but we must.”
“No, it’s all right. It was a pleasure to meet you.” She turned to
me, absently smoothing the uniform across my chest. “Take care of yourself.”
I tilted her chin up and we quickly kissed, more aware of my father’s
presence than we had been the first time around. “You, too.” I whispered.
“Anything you want me to pass along to anyone on the outside?”
“Just tell everyone hello. Especially one from B’Elanna to Harry.”
“Will do.” I promised and kissed her again. A guard stepped up and
led her away. I stared after them for a few minutes before turning back to
my dad. “Well, what do you think?”
“It’s not my place to judge, Thomas. She is quite unlike the women
you dated in the past, but I like her. Regardless of her pedigree, she has a
very distinctive mien.” We walked out of the office, my father’s hands clasped
behind his back. “I wonder how she would’ve done at the Academy.” He mused.
“Actually, she did have an uncle that went. A William Matthews,
I think his name was, lost with all hands on some shuttle.”
“Reckless Willie?” My father exclaimed. “The scourge of
Kilroy’s Bar?”
I halted, my jaw dropping to the floor. “I-I don’t know. Did you
know him?”
“Know him? He was my group leader at the Academy. Flaming red hair,
a hollow leg, and a right hook that could deck a Klingon. Lord, the education
he gave the rest of us cadets.” Dad rolled his eyes and moved off, still
chuckling to himself. “Oh, the stories I could tell, but I’ll wait until
Caitlin is around.”
I stood there in the middle of the promenade, frozen in disbelief as
people milled about me. I had never been able to imagine my father as
a cadet. All my life, he had seemed whole just as he was–immovable,
implacable, unloveable. The things I was learning today!

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 3

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMERS: See part one.

***************************

We went back to Dad’s quarters on the Antigone, and he replicated
tea for himself and spinach juice for me. We sat down and a few moments of
silence passed before Dad spoke. “You’re doing it again.”
“What?”
He smiled gently. “Looking at me. Wondering just what the hell has
come over your old man.”
I dropped my eyes. “Guilty as charged.”
“Well, I think you deserve to know.” He got to his feet and carried
his mug over to one of the windows. “It all started at Voyager’s memorial
service. I didn’t want to go, but your mother did, so I accompanied her.
The service itself was tastefully done and mercifully short. I felt very
uncomfortable sitting there, but it was nothing compared to the way I felt
when that damned French woman figured out who we were.”
“French? Sandrine? She was there?” My eyes opened wide. *Gods, I
love that woman!*
“I don’t know who she was. I didn’t catch her name.”
“Petite? Head full of blond hair?”
“Yes.”
I nodded. “Sandrine. Had to be. She owns a bistro in Marseilles.
I used to hang out at the bar a lot.”
“Oh?” A bushy eyebrow rose and a very familiar glare fell briefly
upon me before he caught himself. “Anyway, to make a long story short, she
came up to Amanda and me and inquired if we were your parents. I made the
mistake of saying yes and she bluntly told me I was the worst father she had
ever heard of. She then asked me if I knew how many trophies and awards you
had won. I was in such shock I said no, and she none-too-kindly suggested
that I go home and count them because you had won each one for me.
Then, before I could move Amanda away from her, she stalked off, saying the
real tragedy wasn’t your death, but my failure to know you.”
I bit the inside of my mouth. *Gods, to see his expression then!
Oh, Sandrine, only you!*
“A few days passed.” He continued, staring out the window. “And I
tried to put what that woman had said out of my mind, but I couldn’t.
Everytime I walked past your room, everytime I saw a child playing in the park,
I heard her words, right down to the bitterness and contempt in her voice.
Finally one Sunday, I woke before your mother and decided to fix coffee for
the both of us. When I opened the bedroom door, sunlight was pouring through
the skylight and hitting the hallway chest. You remember that behemouth,
don’t you?”
I nodded. “Yessir.”
“Well, I’m ashamed to tell you this, but right after your trial I had
moved it so that it completely blocked the door to your bedroom. I didn’t want
any reminder that your room was there.” He paused and took a sip of his tea.
“Well, that particular morning I moved it again, just enough so that I could
squeeze through, and I counted those awards. Do you know how many trophies
and ribbons you won, Thomas?”
I shook my head. “No, sir.”
“Thirty-three, Thomas. Thirty-three. Twenty-two in swimming alone.
Four for flying, three for Parisi Squares, three for attendance, and one
for academics in twentieth century history. I should have counted them a long,
long time ago.” He wagged his head slowly. “I spent the rest of the day
in your room. Amanda must have thought I had lost my mind, but I didn’t
come out of that room until it was spotless, all the years of dust cleaned
away and fresh sheets on the bed. I had it all ready in case you walked
through the door. I couldn’t let myself admit that you weren’t ever coming
home again.”
He stopped and swallowed several times, refusing to turn from the
window until his emotions were under better control. I set my glass down
and walked over to him. “Dad.” I was so choked up I could barely speak.
“Dad, I want to come home.”
The mug slipped from his fingers as he turned around, spilling its
contents onto the carpeting. I stooped to pick it up, but he said “leave it”
and pulled me into a bear of a hug. “Welcome home, Thomas.” His voice
trembled too much for him to say anything else, but I knew coming from him
it was as good as saying I love you.

Two days later, Voyager left for Earth with the Antigone as escort.
The Maquis were split between the two ships and remained under guard in various
assigned quarters, but under Dad’s influence, Starfleet allowed couples, like
Cait and myself to stay together, and Dad shifted his own quarters to Voyager
to be with us.
Since Starfleet hadn’t made up its mind about me, Janeway kept me
at conn. I think she did it as a favor to both me and my father. She knew
how much it would mean to me to pilot the ship into sector zero-zero-one.
Cait and Dad became fast buddies. She continued to call him Admiral,
not Eugene, but once he realized it was a term of endearment and not a title,
he really warmed to it. He told her quite a few stories about her uncle, and
together they did some research and discovered that her father was still alive,
living with J’nok and his family in a Klingon settlement near the DMZ.
Contacting them directly proved tricky, so Dad had a former representative to
the most recent peace talks arrange for a short message to be relayed. If all
went well, I would meet my father-in-law on Earth a few days after we arrived.

Twenty hours out from the Terran system, I pulled Harry aside on our
way to lunch. For the past six days, he had worn a non-stop frown, not that I
was much different. Who knew what would happen once we reached Earth, but his
scowl went deeper than mine. I could still grin on the occasion. “Hey, Har,
what’s wrong?”
The furrows in his brow deepened. “What do you mean, what’s wrong?”
“Just what I said. I’ve known you long enough to tell when something’s
bugging you, so spill it.”
He sighed heavily and leaned back against the corridor wall. “It’s
B’Ela.” He said quietly, closing his eyes. “She’s pregnant.”
“Harry, that’s great!” I exclaimed, giving him a playful punch in
the shoulder. “C’mon, you should be on cloud nine. Don’t you two want kids?”
The brown eyes flashed open angrily. “Yes, of course, but now’s not
the time. Neither of us are too fond of the idea that our kid will be born
in prison.”
“C’mon, Harry, you don’t know that for sure. The sentences could be
commuted.”
“You think so? They haven’t commuted yours yet, have they?
And whether they are or not, the fact remains I’ll still be in Starfleet and
where will she be?”
“With you, obviously.”
“Oh?” Both eyebrows shot up, then fell as his mouth twisted into
a sneer. “Just who do you think is going to want a former Maquis on their
starship? Besides what the hell is she going to do? She isn’t the type
to sit at home any more than Cait is. She’s an engineer. It’s in her blood,
but who’ll hire her?” He quarter-turned and smacked the wall with his palm.
“Shit! I almost wish I’d never found that damn wormhole.”
“Never?” My jaw hit the floor. “You can’t mean that. What about
your parents?”
A sad smirk appeared. “I did say ‘almost’, Paris. Of course, I want
to see them, and I want them to meet B’Ela in person instead of through
some vid screen, but then I think about all she and I stand to lose.”
I shook my head. “Harry, Harry, Harry.”
“Don’t Harry me, Paris! How the hell would you feel? What if it was
Cait? What if she was the one expecting and not B’Ela?” He stopped and
immediately his gaze fell to the ground. “I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have
said that.” With a groan, he leaned back against the wall and slid down into
crouch, covering his face with his hands. “It’s just that I never expected
it to be like this. I always looked forward to coming home. It was a dream,
you know, but now it’s more like a nightmare. And to make things even worse,
I’m taking it out on my best friend.” He looked up at me, pleading. “I’m
sorry, Tom. I’m really, really sorry.”
Swallowing my own flare-up of anger and pain, I offered him a
hand-up. “Forget it, Harry. Look, there’s no good worrying about most of this
until the trial is over. Until then be happy you have a child on the way.
Enjoy the time you have with B’Elanna. Even if she goes to prison, she’ll
get good care. There were two women expecting at Auckland when I was there
and they were well taken care of. When one went into labor a few days before
I left, even the toughest prisoners were biting their nails.” I flashed him
a tiny grin of encouragement which he did his best to return.
“You know, Tom, I sure do hope Starfleet recognizes your commission.
I don’t know what I’ll do without you around to kick some sense into me.”
With a small chuckle, I wrapped my arm around his shoulders and steered
him toward the mess. “It goes both ways. Hey, and even if they don’t, I’m
always just a transmission away, buddy.”
Later that night, after we made love, I rolled off Cait and onto
my back, enjoying those few blissful moments of exhausted pleasure before
my mind cleared and grew active again. All afternoon and evening I had thought
about what Harry had said, about being alone on the outside. I reached over
and drew the backs of my fingers down her cheek. Dear gods, I would miss her.
Her eyelids fluttered open. She turned onto her side and rose up
on one elbow. She stared silently at me, her eyes moving slowly over my face.
“Whatcha doing?” I finally whispered.
“Just looking.” She said quietly. Her fingers began to make the same
journey as her eyes, starting at the center of my forehead. “Just looking.”
She repeated as her fingertips passed softly around the curve of my jaw.
“Realizing how handsome you are. Realizing how much you mean to me and how
much I love you and how much I’m going to miss being with you like this.”
“Me, too.” My hand slipped behind her head and I pulled her down
for a lengthy kiss. She settled onto my shoulder with her right arm draped
across my chest. It felt warm and good and I tried not to think about how
temporary it might be.
“Tom?”
“Hmmm?”
“Your father is actually a very nice man.”
“Mm.”
“No, really, he is. I know it won’t be easy for you, but you two
should enjoy the time you have together. Build some good memories to replace
the bad ones.”
My eyes opened reluctantly. “I’ve been trying, Cait. I haven’t
fought with him, have I? We’ve talked, haven’t we?”
“Yes.” She sighed. I think she could tell by my tone I wasn’t in
the mood for this. “He does care about you.”
“Yeah, I guess he does.”
She lifted her head. “You don’t sound so sure.”
I shrugged. “What do you want me to say? You know there are a lot of
bad memories, a lot of pain on both sides. I don’t know if I want to risk
letting him get close again.”
Cait settled back on my shoulder, her arm tightening momentarily
across my chest. “I know.” She grew silent and I stared up at the ceiling,
now wide awake and on the defensive.
“He wants grandchildren,” she said.
“What?”
“He wants grandchildren. He hasn’t said so, but you can tell. You
should have seen him with Sam’s daughter, explaining what it was an
Admiral did. He was so patient. He answered all of her questions.” She gave
a soft laugh. “You’re going to hate me for saying so, but I can see parts of
you in him.”
“What? How? When?”
“In little ways. The way he scratches his head, the way his eyes
twinkle, little things. And then there are the stories he’s been telling me
about my uncle. Your dad was a very willing participant in most of their
highjinks. He was quite a ladies’ man back then, too. Did you know that?”
“Hmph. That’s not the man I grew up knowing.”
Her fingers toyed gently with my chest hair, and I smacked her
hand lightly. I was annoyed enough. When the hell did she jump off my
bandwagon and onto his?
“You know, sometimes it’s like that,” she said. “My father used to
tease me all the time that I was going to be twice as strict with my kids as
he ever was with me, and I was much more strict with Rowan than you were,
you can’t deny that. Maybe it was the same for your dad. He knew how lucky
he was not to have screwed up his career and he just wanted to make sure you
didn’t take the same risks he had.”
“Maybe.” I sighed. “I don’t know. Look, Cait, I can’t make any
promises. Right now, I can only wait and see.”
“I think that’s all he wants, Tom. A chance to set things right or at
least make them better.” She pressed her lips to my neck. “G’night.”
“‘Night, Cait.”
She dropped off almost right away. Lucky her. Gingerly, I re-arranged
the pillows beneath her head and slid my arm out. I slipped into my robe and
wandered into the other room.
*So, she sees me in him. I suppose it’s only a matter of time before
it becomes the other way around.* I grimaced and sank down on the sofa, gazing
out at the streaks of light flashing past. A part of me did want to let
him in. I couldn’t deny that. It had felt so damn good the other day to hear
him say welcome home. So why was I hesitating? Was I afraid he would let me
down again? Or was it that I was afraid *I* would let him down again? *C’mon,
Thomas, you’ve moved past this stage, haven’t you? You’ve piloted Voyager for
how many years now? You’ve landed her how many times? You’re married. You’re
working on a family of your own. Are you always going to have these doubts
about yourself?*
I stretched out on the sofa and closed my eyes. Maybe opening up
to Dad was the last hurdle I had to cross before my past was truly behind me.
Funny though, somehow I always figured it would involve me fighting him,
not hugging him.
The door chimed. I leapt up, answering it quickly so I wouldn’t wake
Cait. It was my father.
“I know it’s late,” he said breathlessly. “But this couldn’t wait.
Wake up, Caitlin. She should hear this, too.”
“No, I’ll tell her later. What is it?”
He shook his head stubbornly. “Thomas, if you don’t wake her up,
she’ll never forgive you. So go do it.”
I started to object again, but I knew it wouldn’t do any good.
The argument that would ensue would wake her up anyway. Stepping back into
the bedroom, I scooped up her robe from the end of the bed and sat down
beside her, shaking her bare shoulder. “Cait. Honey, I hate to wake you,
but my fa-” It hit me. He was in his robe and pajamas. I turned around.
Yep. I hadn’t imagined it. My father, the Admiral, Mr. Decorum himself,
was running about a starship in the middle of the night in his bathrobe
and pajamas.
Cait sat up, yawning, clutching the covers about her. “Wha-?
Tom, it’s only 0130. What’s wrong?”
“Beats me, but put your robe on. Dad’s here. He’s got something
to tell us.”
I stood between them while she made herself presentable. Then, we went
into the seating area where my dad paced impatiently. “Okay, Dad, here she is.
Now what’s up?”
“Yes.” He paused. “Thomas, don’t you believe in lighting? Computer,
half lights.” Cait and I both blinked, squinting against the sudden glare
as he continued. “I just received a transmission from Command and-” He halted
once again for effect, his eyes shining. “They commuted your sentence, Thomas.
You’re a free man.”
Cait let out a whoop and threw her arms around my neck, kissing my
cheek. I just stared at him, stunned. “They what?” I finally asked in
disbelief.
“Commuted your sentence.” He repeated, a wide smile lighting up his
features. “And they are going to begin reviewing your field commision
right away. You may get to keep that uniform after all, Thomas.”
Cait moved over to him and planted a kiss on his cheek. “This calls
for a celebration in spite of the late hour. Don’t you think so, Admiral?”
“Indeed I do.”
As she walked over to the replicator, I tottered toward the desk chair
and sat down heavily. Dad came over and placed a concerned hand on
my shoulder. “Are you all right, Thomas?”
“Wha-? Oh. Yeah. I am. I just- That is, I- It’s just that I
wasn’t sure, you know? I had hoped, but I wasn’t sure.” I stared at the
carpeting unable to focus on any words or thoughts. “After all this time…”
“Better make his a double, Caitlin.” Dad called over his shoulder.
“Coming up.”
He patted my shoulder. “I’m proud of you, Thomas. I truly am.”
I looked up at him. He was smiling.

“Entering the Terran System, Captain.” I reported.
“Slow to impulse.”
“Captain, we are being hailed by Earth Station McKinley.” Tuvok said.
“On screen.”
A man with a round head and a bushy, black mustache appeared.
“Voyager, I am Commander Mossah of Earth Station McKinley. You have clearance
to dock at pylon four when you are within range. Welcome home.
“Thank you, Commander. It’s good to be back. Janeway out.”
About ten minutes passed before I spoke again. “Nearing McKinley,
Captain.”
“Engage thrusters and maneuver us into docking position, Mr. Paris.”
“Aye, Cap’n. Establishing postion. Cutting engines. Docking clamps
locked on.” I spun around and flashed her my brightest smile. “We’re home.”
She stood behind me, nodding, staring at the beautiful blue and white
image on the screen. Then, she turned and looked at Chakotay, who stood
behind her. She had requested that he be on the bridge.
He smiled at her, a half-proud, half-sad smile of farewell. “You did
it, Kathryn. You brought us home. Thank you.”
She nodded and quickly turned back to the view screen. Her eyes were
moist. Maybe she was too choked up to speak.
I stood up and Bathart moved in to take my place, offering his hand.
I shook it, and then held out my hand to Janeway as I stepped up to her level.
“Thank you, Captain. For everything.”
She grasped my hand between both of hers. “It’s not over yet, Tom.
Not until I see you back in that uniform for good.”
I glanced down at my civilian attire. “Yeah, well, I’m not so sure
about that, Captain. I don’t want to get my hopes up too high.”
“If they don’t keep you, it will be the Federation’s loss. You’re one
of the best pilots and finest officers I’ve ever served with. I’m going to
miss having you at the helm.”
Tears fast clouded my own eyes and I found myself at a loss for words.
I wanted to give her a big hug, but that just wasn’t dignified enough for
the bridge, so I squeezed her hand briefly before releasing it. “Thank you
again, Captain. I’ll never forget what you did for me and the rest of
the crew. In my opinion, there’s no better captain in the fleet.”
“Take care of yourself, Tom, and Caitlin, too. I’ll see you both at
the hearings.”
“Yes, ma’am.”
“Oh, and, Tom, it’s Kathryn. If you’re destined to be a civilian,
Kathryn is more than enough.”
I nodded, but it was going to be a tough adjustment. “All right,
Kathryn, it is. Guess I’ll be seeing you in a few day too, Chakotay.”
He nodded and I shook his hand. I leapt up the steps toward the lift,
saluted Tuvok with a big grin and stopped. “Oh, ah, Kathryn?”
“Yes?” She turned in my direction.
“You can call me Tom.” I flashed her my brightest smile once again
and watched her fight to retain her composure. Suddenly leaving the bridge
seemed a little less difficult than it had just moments ago.
A few minutes later at 1330, Cait and I were separated once again as
the Maquis were transported down to a holding facility just outside ‘Frisco.
Dad still had some Fleet business to take care of and Harry had made plans to
meet his parents in Old Chinatown. So, for the first time in years, I was
destined to be fancy-free on planet Earth, but this time I had some place
to go. Home.

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 4

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMER: See part one.

I set the coordinates myself. It kind of surprised me that I still
knew them, but I suppose it’s one of those things you never forget. For a
little bit, I toyed with the idea of beaming down into the middle of the
family room and surprising Mom. Yet, for some reason, that seemed
presumptuous. After all, I hadn’t been welcome in that house for over
a decade, and I guess I still had trouble believing that I actually was.
Besides, Mom probably didn’t need the shock anyway, with her health and all.
So, instead, I materialized right outside the front door.
From the outside, the house appeared to have hardly changed. The old
oak tree I fell out of when I was six and broke my arm still stood, its limbs
spreading out of the thick trunk to cover almost two-thirds of the front yard
with their shadows. From the front step, I peered around the corner of the
entrance and into the sunroom. Mom sat there amongst her plants,
deeply engrossed it appeared in some book. I smiled to myself and pressed
the chime. I could hear its familiar tone echoing through the house. It took
her a few minutes–Dad had said somedays were slower for her than others–
but finally the door opened.
Even though we had already talked, I just wasn’t prepared for how
frail she looked, an almost skeletal hand clasped tightly around the crook of
the cane. “Thomas?” Her voice cracked with emotion. “Thomas, is it
really you?” She held out a shaking hand, and I took it gently in mine,
afraid of shattering it like china.
“Yeah, Mom. It’s me.”
Her lower lip trembled and she half-flew, half-fell into my arms.
“Oh, Thomas, I’m so glad, so very glad.”
I held her weakened form for a few minutes before she attempted to
extract herself, sniffling. “Goodness, look at us. Making such a scene in
front of the neighbors. Come in, come in. Let me get a good look at you.”
Dropping the duffles beside the same hall table I used to put my school
PADDs on, I stepped back, twirled around, and bowed.
“Oh, for heaven’s sake, stop that.” She laughed. “Stand up.
Let me see. Vid screens never do a person justice.” Her hand reached
up and touched my hair. “You’re losing it,” she said.
I ruffled it a little to hide the thinning. “Yeah, I know.
Cait teases me about it.”
“Your father started to lose his about this age, too. You’re looking
more and more like him.”
I cocked my head doubtfully to one side and turned to examine myself
in the mirror above the table. “You think?” I asked, my fingers sliding
along my jaw. “Funny. Cait said something to the same effect last night.”
She nodded at my reflection. “I know so.” She linked her arm around
mine. “Come into the kitchen and I’ll make us some coffee. Decaffeinated,
I’m afraid. These doctors and their notions of healthful living.” She snorted
and then smiled. “But I want you to tell me all about what’s happened to you,
about this Cait you married, and about the Delta quadrant. I want to hear
everything.”
I laughed as we walked slowly toward the kitchen. “Mom, that’ll
take hours, maybe days.”
“Good. That means you’ll have to stay. You will stay here,
won’t you?” Her moist violet eyes gazed up at me, pleading anxiously.
I patted her hand. “Yeah, Mom,” I said softly. “I’ll stay here
as long as I can. Or at least until you get tired of my company and kick
me out.” I teased.
The ash blond head shook slowly. “Never, Thomas. Never again.”
We chatted for a while at the kitchen table, with me giving her a brief
synopsis of how we got pulled into the Delta quadrant, how we got back, and of
course, what Cait was like. “So,” she said from the table as I replicated
two more coffees. “This Cait seemed like a very nice young woman from the
brief conversation she and I had, and she has certainly made quite an
impression on your father.”
“Yeah, you should see them, Mom. They get along like a house afire.”
I walked over slowly, careful not to spill a single drop on the floor,
still sparkling white after all these years. “Turns out Dad knew an uncle
of hers, William.”
“Reckless Willie!” My mother exclaimed.
I nearly dropped both cups. “You knew him?”
“Oh my, yes. He helped Frank Hamilton organize your father’s
bachelor party when we got married. He was more than a friend of your
father’s, I’d say he was more like an idol, a true swashbuckler if there
ever was one, like the old Fleet men.” She grew quiet and gazed into the
cup I had set down in front of her. “I remember when he disappeared. It was
a few months before you were born, and your father was absolutely devastated.
He had lost three friends in quick succession–Jamoka, Sasha, and William.
You see, Thomas, the man he is now is so much more like the man I married.
After Lt. Cmdr. Matthews’ disappearance though, Eugene became so detatched and
serious, focussing all his energies on his career and later yours and Vicki’s.
You never got to see the man I fell in love with, and I always regretted this,
especially as you two grew further and further apart, both of you so stubborn
in placing the blame on the other.”
A thin hand reached out and rested on my arm. “But you have a chance
to get to know him now, Thomas. To get to know him and to love him. I know
how you saw him, how you saw both of us, but we did love you, Thomas. We only
wanted what we thought was best for you and your sister. It may not have
seemed like it, but we did.”
My hand covered hers and squeezed it a little. “It may take a while,
Mom, but I think I’m starting to accept that fact.”

I lay on the bed staring up into the darkness, my stomach close to
bursting from tonight’s dinner. I had forgotten just how good a home-cooked
meal could be; after all, I hadn’t had one from Mom in over ten years.
A few moonbeams crept though the branches of the oak tree and shone
on two of my swimming ribbons. My room. This was *my* room, the room I
used to hide in, the room I lost my virginity in. Nothing had changed really.
Everything was right where I left it, only dusted and polished like I had
never been gone in the first place.
Dad had brought some hopeful news to the dinner table. Six of the
attorneys, including Cameron MacDougall, the counsel engaged to represent Cait,
had petitioned the court to release (with ankle monitors) those Maquis with
family and friends on Earth. If the court agreed, Cait could be out in time
to meet her father when he arrived.
I rolled onto my side and stared out the window at the oak tree.
Gods, just thinking about meeting the man drew swarms of butterflies into
my stomach. Cait had always said he and I would get along, but I couldn’t
help worrying. She was his only child, and I knew how protective I’d be if
the roles were reversed and she was my child. I hugged the extra pillow
to my chest and stifled a yawn. Gods, I missed her.
Through the branches a brilliant ivory sphere hovered in the sky.
Many moons existed, but if you grew up on Earth only one was truly important–
one–not two, not three, not twelve, only one. One moon. One Earth. I closed
my eyes and hunkered down in the bed drawing the crisp sheet over my shoulder.
Yeah, I was home.

When I awoke the sun had already begun to peek through the tree limbs,
the leaves glowing bright green like Cait’s eyes. A thump-shuffle, thump-
shuffle passed by my door as Mom headed for the kitchen. I sat up and
stretched then reached for a pair of shorts and a t-shirt. As I stepped out
into the long hallway, the sound of running water hit my ears from both ends
of the corridor–Dad in the shower and Mom in the kitchen. Some routines
never changed.
I padded barefoot across the warm tiles of the sunroom and into the
kitchen, yawning and scratching my head. “Morning, Mom.” I mumbled and kissed
her cheek.
She wore a light pink bathrobe and a sunny smile. “Good morning,
Thomas. Breakfast will be ready soon. How did you sleep?”
“Like a log. Fell asleep almost as soon as my head hit the pillow.
Orange juice, no pulp.” I requested from the replicator. “So, what’s for
breakfast? You cooking or replicating it?”
“Cooking. Your favorite.”
“Mom,” I protested. “You don’t have to go to all that trouble,
especially after last night’s feast.”
“No trouble at all. I want to do it, Thomas. Once I knew you were
coming, I went out and got everything I needed. Are you going to deny me
the pleasure of seeing you enjoy it? Besides if I don’t use the blueberries,
they’ll be wasted.”
I reached around her and picked up a handful of the tiny blue spheres.
“Mmm. They’re good. At least let me help you.” I snatched up another handful
and narrowly missed getting my wrist smacked.
“If you eat them all, Thomas, there won’t be any for the pancakes.
Why don’t you go in the backyard and see if there are any more ripe
strawberries out there.” She shoved a metal mixing bowl into my hands.
“Yes ma’am.” I headed for the sliding glass door that led out onto
the patio.
“Oh, and Thomas.”
“Yes’m?”
See if there are any more tomatoes ready to be picked, but don’t
pick them. I’ll get your father to do that later.”
“No problem.” I replied, pulling the door to one side.
Most of the patio stones held onto their nighttime coolness, but a
few had started collecting the sun’s heat, and I warmed my toes on those
before venturing out into the damp grass. Breathing deeply, I filled my lungs
with the sweet fusion of smells that were an early morning in summer, and
for a second, I was twelve years old again, rising early for yet another
day at swim camp. Gods, I had loathed it at the time, but now I was glad I
had been up. Things were so quiet at this time of day, except for the chirping
birds and an occasional feathery breeze.
The grass squished softly between my toes as I walked over to the
side of the yard Mom always devoted to her fruits and vegetables. She didn’t
have as many plants as she used to have, probably because of the empty house,
but she still had the staples: tomatoes, peppers, zucchini, and strawberries.
Dad loved strawberries, and I really had to hunt to find some ripe ones.
Ten-to-one said he had been eating them right off the plant. Mom used to scold
him about that all the time when I was growing up, one of the few times I ever
saw the man actually look contrite. Only five berries were ready for picking
this particular morning, but three of them were monsters, two-for-one size.
They were so lusciously plump I almost popped one in my mouth, but I managed
to stop myself just in the nick of time.
About half a meter away were four tomato plants. Growing up, Mom often
planted seven or eight, and Vicki and I were always drafted for pest patrol.
White flies, aphids, tomato worms. Man, the worms were the worst–ugly, green
devils almost as big as my thumb. Vicki wouldn’t touch them. She always got
me to pull them off and kill them.
I crouched down and pulled some of the vines to one side. One, two,
three, almost four tomatoes, and if I wasn’t mistaken, one tomato worm. Yep.
Fat little bugger, too. I snapped off the leaf it was munching on and carried
it and the bowl back into the house.
The sizzling aroma of bacon hit me full force at the door. Dad was
at the cooker, spatula in hand to turn over the pancakes or the bacon,
whichever needed it first. “Smells good,” I said. “Where’s Mom?”
“Watering the plants.” He nodded at the bowl. “What have you
got there?”
“Strawberries and one tomato worm.” I held up the leaf before dropping
it and its diner into a bowl of soapy water.
“Good for you. We’ve had a lot of trouble with them this year.”
Turning on the tap, I rinsed off the strawberries. “There weren’t
many berries out there. Have you been eating them off the plant again?”
He smirked as he flipped a pancake. “Guilty, but I think your mother
has finally given up and accepted my weakness.”
“About time. It only took her what? Forty-four? Forty-five years?”
“Forty-one.” He corrected. “Sometimes it really doesn’t seem that
long, but a lot of water has gone under the bridge, a *lot* of water.”
“Yeah.” I agreed. “A whole lot of water.” We stopped what we were
doing and stared at one another, neither knowing just what to say. Suddenly,
I sniffed. “Something’s-Dad! The bacon!”
“Oh hell!” He shut off the power under the pan, but it was too late–
burnt to a crisp. “Your mother warned me this thing was cooking food
too fast.”
I shrugged. “S’okay. I’ll replicate some. No big deal.”
“What’s no big deal?” Mom called from the sunroom. “Eugene,
the bacon!” She limped into the kitchen. “Eugene, did you burn the bacon?”
“Er, yes, I’m afraid so. I don’t know how it happened. I had just
checked it not two nanoseconds beforehand.” My father kept his eyes glued
to the pancake he was very carefully turning over.
“It’s okay, Mom. I’m replicating some.”
“Hmph.” She shooed my father away from the cooker, taking charge of
the spatula. “Out, before you burn the pancakes, too.”
“Yes, dear.” He kissed her cheek and mumbled a sincere “sorry” before
ambling over to the kitchen table. I brought over the plate of bacon, and then
went back to help Mom carry over the pancakes.
Man oh man, were they ever good! Light as a cloud and bursting with
blueberries. I must have downed at least five, along with two ojs,
two coffees, and numerous slices of bacon.
My father laughed over his coffee as I finally sat back. “I guess you
haven’t been getting food like this in the Delta quadrant, hmm?”
“Let’s just say Neelix’s cooking is more than a little unusual, even
with tried and true recipes. I’m not quite sure if Earth is ready for Chez Kes
or not.” I leaned over and kissed Mom’s cheek. “Great meal, Mom. Thanks.”
She beamed. “I’m glad you enjoyed it. What are your plans for today?”
“Oh, I don’t know. I’m tempted to make a quick trip to Marseilles
to see an old friend. When do you think they’ll make a decision about Cait
and the others, Dad?”
“MacDougall hoped a decision would made by this afternoon. How soon
they process her out is another story.”
“Then I’d better get moving. I’ll have the communicator you gave me
last night, so if anything happens…”
“We’ll let you know.” Dad waved me away from the table. “Have a good
time, and tell your friend, if she’s who I think she is, thank you for me.”
I nodded. “Will do. I’ll tell her thanks for the both of us.”
About one hour later, I came up out of the transport terminal across
from a boulangerie/patisserie. The mouth-watering smell of fresh baking
saturated the air, and I made a mental note to stop by on my way back for Mom.
She loved French pastries, and when I was training here she always asked me to
bring some home.
I threaded my way through the streets toward the docks, the street
lamps just beginning to come on for the approaching dusk. A lot of the same
shops that were open when I was here were still open–family-owned and run
for generations. *Sort of like Starfleet and the Paris family.* I chuckled
to myself as a nearby chronometer displayed the time, 1735. Yep, the bar would
be open by now, which meant Sandrine would be somewhere around.
Her apartment was above the bistro. I had been up there a few times,
just for talking and a home-cooked meal. Despite all her flirting, the real
Sandrine was actually hooked on Jacques, her bartender, a big, burly man with a
bald spot right on the top of his head. My holoprogram was such a frozen slice
of time that I began to wonder what all had changed since I had been gone.
Had she and Jacques finally tied the knot? Did she and Jeanette still do all
the waitressing? A shout stripped me from my train of thought.
“Could it be? Thomas? Thomas Paris? Mon ami.” A hefty middle-aged
man engulfed me in a bear hug before I could reply. “Hey, Papa! Look who is
back on the streets of Marseilles. It’s Paris!”
An elderly man with a scruffy grey bead and a faded black beret sat
nearby on a pile of thick, coiled rope. “Can’t be,” he growled. “He died.”
Suddenly, I realized who had embraced me. “Antoine?”
“Oui.” A broad, predaceous grin broke beneath the dense peppered
mustache. “It is you, isn’t it?”
“In the flesh.” I smiled and casually felt for my credits. “Just got
back to Earth yesterday. Been lost in the Delta quadrant all these years.”
“See, Papa. I told you.” Antoine slapped me exhuberantly on the back,
nearly knocking me over. “When a man half my age with the face of an angel
takes me for over forty credits in pool. Oh-ho! That is a face I will
remember for a long time.” He concluded, tapping the side of his head with a
thick finger.
“You’ve obviously never played my wife.” I replied wryly. “She would
have supplanted my image easily.”
“Wife?” he roared. “You are married?”
“Mmm-hmm.”
By now the older man, Robert Chernier, had gotten to his feet and
hobbled over, a weathered hand gripping a wooden cane. “What kind of woman
does it take to settle down a playboy like him, eh, Antoine?” He cackled,
nudging his son in the ribs. “Do you remember how the women used to buy him
food and drinks? And all with a glance from those pretty blue eyes.”
“I remember.” Antoine said. “There were none left for us when he
was around.” A fleshy hand clapped me so hard on the shoulder I could have
sworn I heard a bone crack.
“Not anymore.” I snickered. “Cait would kill me, then divorce me.”
“Ho-ho!” Robert exclaimed. “Keeps you on a short leash, does she?”
“Something like that.” I laughed. “But you didn’t hear that from me.”
“Hear what?” Antoine winked, while Robert touched a sly finger to the
side of his nose.
“Listen,” I said. “I was on my way to see Sandrine. How about I buy
you two a glass of marc?”
They glanced at one another, the good humor falling from their faces.
“What?” I asked.
Robert spoke first. “Sandrine no longer tends her bar,” he said
gravely. “If you wish, though, I will take you to her. Antoine needs to
finish his work.”
“Yes, please. Take me to her. Antoine, it was good to see you again.”
I extended my hand and he pumped it thoroughly, yet solemnly.
“It was good to see you, Thomas. You must visit again and bring your
wife with you. I want to meet her.”
I smirked. “Yeah, I’ll bet you do. Lead the way, Robert.”
We walked in silence through the darkening streets. I kept getting
ahead of him and having to drop back. He was nearly ninety, and I normally
would have kept my stride under better control, but the idea of Sandrine no
longer at her establishment filled me with concern. She would’ve tended that
place until her last breath. There was just no way in hell she would’ve
retired.
Finally, Robert stopped at the intricate, wrought-iron gates of an
ancient cemetery. I stared at him as he took off his beret and rapped on the
metal with his cane. The keeper came out of a tiny shack and opened the gate.
Robert beckoned me inside.
One of three main paths wound its way to the right side of the property
and through a dense cluster of family mausoleums and plots. We halted at one
plot enclosed by more wrought-iron. The name of Millet was located over the
entrance.
“I should have brought flowers.” I muttered quietly. “She always
loved baby’s breath.”
“She is over here.” Robert led me over to a white marble marker
shining like a beacon amid the other greyed and moss-covered headstones.
“‘Marguerite Sandrine Violette Millet.'” I read as I crouched down.
“‘Warm of heart and greatly missed by all who knew her.’ How did it happen?”
I asked, my fingers skimming over the stone’s smooth edge.
“A tragedy.” Robert replied. “One she did not deserve. One evening,
a young man came into the bar. You only had to look at him to know something
terrible was about to happen. It was his eyes. They were as blue as the sea,
but harder than this ground I stand on.” He thumped the ground vigorously
with his cane. “They bore through everyone they turned upon, as if the person
wasn’t there at all.
“He sat down at the end of the bar away from everyone else. He ordered
an ale, but did not drink it, and ignored Sandrine’s attempts at conversation.
Minutes passed, and another man, a few years older than the first, came into
the bar. He, too, sat down, but rose to leave as soon as he spotted the
first man.
“The younger man was upon him before anyone knew what was happening.
No one even saw him move. Like a cat, he was swift and silent. One second he
was at the end of the bar, the next he stood beside the older man, holding
his wrist. He whispered something in the man’s ear and the man turned greyer
than a Cardassian. The older man then spoke, fast and low so no one else
could hear, but you could see that his words were wasted. The younger man
simply twisted his arm behind his back and began escorting him toward
the doors.”
Robert paused and shook his head. “For what reason, I do not know,
but Sandrine tried to stop them. She lay a hand on the younger man’s free arm
and then staggered backward against a table clutching her stomach. He had
stabbed her, but no one could remember seeing a knife being drawn.
“Jacques called for medics and security, while Jeanette and I tried
to stop the bleeding, but it was no use. The medic said the weapon must have
been coated with an anti-coagulant. She bled to death in less than five
minutes.” He wiped his eyes with a crumpled hankerchief.
My gaze moved from him back to the marker. “What happened after that?
Did they find the murderer?”
“No, but they discovered the other man’s body in an alley no more
than a block away, his throat severed. We have all kept our eyes and ears
open, as you say, but we have heard no more about the matter.” He lowered
his voice. “I will tell you this. Starfleet Intelligence was involved.
They took the case out of the hands of the local authorities and have remained
most silent about their investigation.”
I glanced up, startled. “Really? Maybe the first guy was a pro then.
Was the second man familiar to anyone?”
“Jeanette said he had been in a few times before and seemed to have a
crush on Claudine, a new waitress, often bringing her a rose or some flower,
but other than that, he kept mostly to himself. The murderer, however, was
a stranger.” He frowned. “You should have seen him, Paris. I have never seen
anything like it in all my life. His eyes had no soul. He was a dead man,
a walking dead man.”
I slowly got to my feet. “I know what you mean. I ran across a few
like that when I was in the Maquis. Thank you for bringing me here, Robert.
If you don’t mind, I think I’ll sit with her for a while.”
“Of course.” His leathery hand gripped mine with a surprising
firmness. “Now that you are back, Paris, do not be such a stranger. Come by
her place. She left it to Jacques and he has kept it open in her memory.”
“I’ll stop by.” I promised. “Thank you.”

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 5

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMERS: See part one.

*****************************

It was a little past 1140 hours when I got back home. I walked in and
made my way to the kitchen.
“Thomas, is that you?” Mom called from the family room.
“Yeah, Mom. I brought you some pastries for dessert tonight.”
She came to the door as I placed them in storage and smiled.
“You remembered. Thank you. Did you see your friend?”
I shrugged. “In a way. She died two years ago, but I ran into some
people who had known her and they showed me where she was buried.”
“Oh, Thomas, I’m so sorry.” She patted my arm. “Your father will be
as well.”
“Yeah, well, it’s kind of got me in the mood to pay respects. So, I
figured if there wasn’t any news on Cait I’d go see Ricki.”
“No news yet, but a friend of yours has been trying to reach you.
Harry Kim.”
I took a glass down off the shelf and poured some water into it. “Oh?
What did he want?” I leaned back against the counter and took a long drink.
“He didn’t say, but since he and his parents are in San Francisco
for the trial, I invited them out here for dinner tonight. I hope that’s
all right.”
“Yeah, fine. What time?”
“1900 hours.”
“Sounds good to me.” I put down the glass and gave her a quick peck
on the cheek. “Good thing I got two of everything for dessert, huh?
Listen, Mom, I should be back fairly soon, but if anything comes up-”
“He knows, Thomas.” She smiled and moved slowly back into the
family room.
I stopped by a florist’s shop and purchased a small bouquet before
heading out to Ricki’s grave. It was located on an old family plot, too, but
not quite as old as Sandrine’s. I had been here only twice before this.
The first time was during her memorial service prior to my confessing my sins.
Everyone had kept coming up to me saying how sorry they were, that I shouldn’t
blame myself. I had had no right to their sympathy. I knew that at the time.
I hadn’t even wanted to be here. I didn’t think I deserved to be here,
but later, after my court-martial, I came back. Her brother had been here
then, and I had hidden behind a nearby tree and waited for him to leave before
coming over to beg for her forgiveness.
The tree had grown a lot over the years, its limbs casting shadows
across the manicured markers. I placed the flowers down in front of her head-
stone and stepped back.
“Well, here we are, Ricks. Sorry. You always hated it when I called
you that. For a while there, I guess you thought I had forgotten about you.
Trust me, I didn’t. I couldn’t. I just got a little screwed up in the head
and messed up my life even more. Hard to believe, huh, but I think I’ve set
it right now. So, here I am.” I spread my arms to let her take a good look.
“A little older and a whole lot wiser. Brief summary: I got drunk a lot,
joined the Maquis, got caught and went to prison, got paroled to help Starfleet
find a Maquis ship, and got lost along the way in the Delta quadrant. Oh yeah,
and I got married. Yeah, me, Mr. Faithful. You probably don’t believe me,
but I did. I’ve changed, Ricki. I just wish you could have met me now,
instead of when you did. Sometimes I wonder how you ever put up with me
back then.”
I fell silent for a minute, then shrugged. “But you know, time’s a
funny thing. It’s even changed Dad. He and I are actually on speaking terms
now, and friendly ones at that. He’s welcomed me back into the family and
everything. Sometimes I think that this has all been one long, crazy dream,
like something out of ‘A Christmas Carol’, and that I’ll wake up next to you a
reformed man, but it hasn’t been, has it? You’re still here, and I can’t do a
damn thing to change that, can I?”
I knelt down on the grass and pulled up two fledgling weeds. “They
take good care of you here? Mom and Dad’s money keeping away most of the
riff-raff?” I laughed softly, then sobered. “Look, I know I told you before,
but I am sorry, Ricki. I never meant for things to end like this. I never
wanted to lose you, but it is a good thing we never got married. We wouldn’t
have been very good for each other in the long run. We both still had a lot
of growing up to do. I mean, do you remember when we went to the amusement
park outside Munich and I wanted to go on the zero-grav ride and you didn’t?
I drug you on anyway, didn’t I? And you were so sick afterward, and instead of
apologizing, all I did was whine about how much of our shore leave we
were losing. Gods, why didn’t you just dump me right then? Why did you stay
with me, Ricks? Was it just to prove something to your folks? Was thumbing
your nose at them that important?”
A bee buzzed around the flowers I had brought. “I guess it seemed that
way to us at the time, huh? Me against my dad and you against yours. Remember
when you deliberately made us late to the graduation party your dad gave us and
how pissed all our parents were? Remember how we laughed at them behind
their backs, snickering at the embarrassment we had caused them? Back then,
it was hard to tell who had the worse influence on the other–you or me.”
I sighed and shook my head. “Yep. I guess we both still had a lot of
growing up left to do. I just wish you’d had the chance to. I wish you’d
had the chance to find the happiness that I’ve finally found. I don’t think
you ever found it with me, and then I took your chance away. And Chuck’s.
And Serge’s.” My lip trembled and a tear slid down my cheek. “I am sorry,
Ricki. I never meant to. I loved you, all of you. You were my best friends,
and I was selfish and careless. I should never have gambled with your lives.
If anyone deserved to die in that crash, it was me.” A huge lump rose in my
throat choking off the rest of my words.
A few hushed moments passed, and even the air stilled as I tried to
collect my thoughts. There seemed to be so much to say, and yet nothing that
I hadn’t already spoken a thousand times before in my heart and thoughts.
A tiny breeze finally rose, stirring the warm air and causing the tree’s shadow
to dance across the grass.
“I guess that’s all I had to say. I just wanted to say hello and
to let you know that I still thought about you. I was in love with you, Ricki,
and to some degree, I always will be, just not love love, you know?”
I slowly got to my feet and brushed the thatch from my trousers. “I’ll stop by
when I can, but just because you don’t see me for a while, doesn’t mean I’m not
thinking about you.” I stooped down one last time and patted the turf.
“G’bye, Ricki. I miss you.”
Dad was home by the time I got back, sitting in his usual chair in the
family room, sipping tea and listening to some familiar classical music.
(Satie, I think was who Harry once told me it was.) I took a seat on the sofa
next to him and told him about Sandrine. You could see it disturbed him.
“I am so sorry, Thomas. I’ve wanted for some time to thank her,
but I didn’t know who she was. Did they catch the man?”
I shook my head. “Nope. He killed someone else while he was at it,
slit the man’s throat and left him in an alley.”
Dad bolted up in his seat, almost spilling tea down the front of his
uniform. “When did you say this happened?”
“A little over two years ago. Why?”
His voice dropped and he moved closer to me. “I can’t give you many
details. I don’t know most of them myself, but two years ago, a Fleet
operative who had been working within the Maquis was murdered in a Marseilles
alleyway. The killer was not apprehended, and the report I saw noted that a
bistro owner had also been killed shortly beforehand by the same person. Had I
known that it was your friend…” He sat back and let out a slow sigh.
“Things used to be so quiet here, but ever since Cardassia joined the Dominion
incidents of violence have increased throughout the quadrant.”
“Does Starfleet think a Maquis killed this man?” I asked.
He nodded. “It is the most likely possibility, but not the only one.
The shapeshifters have learned how to defeat some of our tests, and people are
panicking. Anything that is the least bit out of the ordinary sparks a swift
and usually violent reaction. To make matters worse, the Maquis have somehow
survived the Jem Hadar’s hunts, and as a result, their support base within
the Federation has grown. More and more people see them as plucky freedom
fighters, succeeding sometimes where Starfleet has failed. It’s even rumored
that they have gained support among a minority of Cardassians who are tired of
the war and Dominion control. At times, I think the whole situation is spiral-
ling toward one huge war, which is, of course, just what the Dominion wants.”
He sighed heavily. “I used to believe the Federation could survive anything,
but there are days now when I’m not so sure.”
I had never heard him sound so defeated. Well, maybe not as much
defeated as exhausted. I leaned forward and placed a hand on his arm. “Dad,
the Federation will survive if I have anything to say about it. Cait and I
won’t let our kids grow up under Dominion control.”
He put his hand over mine and gave me a tired smile. “Good. I knew I
could count on you, Thomas.”

The Kims showed up promptly at 1900 hours and the dinner went really
well. It turned out that Harry’s mom shared my mother’s interest in horti-
culture and they spent almost the entire meal discussing the advances made in
rose genetics and cross-breeding. I kept thinking how much Kes would have
enjoyed their conversation, too. Meanwhile, Dad and Dr. Kim spoke at great
length on the current state of the Federation and its allies, bringing Harry
and myself into greater detailed awareness of all that had happened while we
were lost.
Harry’s parents were polite, quiet people–in short, everything I had
been led to expect. Harry looks a lot like his father, which surprised me.
For some reason, I always figured he would look more like his mom, but maybe
that was simply because he always talked about her.
When dessert was over, I insisted that both sets of parents take their
drinks out onto the patio and let Harry and me clear the table. It was more
than a bid to be helpful on my part. I wanted to get him alone. He had been
way too silent during dinner.
“Mom doesn’t like the idea of B’Ela and me being married. She wants
me to divorce her.”
“She what?” My jaw and two dishes nearly hit the floor. I couldn’t
believe it. Everything Harry had ever told me about his parents had led me
to believe that they were kind people. “She said that?”
“Not in so many words. It’s more the way she’s acted, the questions
she’s asked.”
I opened the sonic washer and he began handing me plates. “Like what?”
I asked.
“Like questions about my career: how Starfleet will view the marriage,
how long we’ve been married, is it a happy marriage, and so forth.”
“Maybe she’s just curious. You know, concerned that her precious
Harry is happy.” I teased.
“I wish.” He sighed. “But it’s not the words, Tom, so much as it’s
how she says them and how she reacts to my answers. If only I had to deal
with it, it would be one thing, but you know how B’Ela is. I know she’ll try
to put up with them for my sake, but she can only take so much, especially now.
The upcoming trial, coupled with the pregnancy, have her wound tighter than a
warp coil. I’m afraid that the situation will escalate until eventually I have
to choose between her and my parents.”
I straightened up and wiped my hands on a towel. “Harry, some people
are lucky enough to never have to, but I think most of us at some point in our
lives have to take a stand against our parents. It isn’t easy, but it has to
be done. Our parents don’t always know what’s best for us. Only we can know
what makes us happy. Hell, do you think I’d leave Cait just to be back in
Starfleet’s good graces? No way, and I told Dad so right up front.”
“But it’s easy for you, Tom. You and your dad have been at odds since
you were a kid. My childhood wasn’t like that. My parents gave me everything,
sacrificing a lot for themselves along the way. My success is their reward.
How can I deny them that? After all they’ve done to support me, shouldn’t they
expect my loyalty in return?”
“And what about B’Elanna? What’s she to expect? What do you think
will happen to her? I’ll tell you what will happen.” I said, poking him in
the chest with my finger. “She’ll be angry, hurt beyond words. She’ll lash
out at everyone, and they’ll stick her in rehab for a good long time so she can
cool down. And once she gets out, where will she go? Who’ll take her and
a kid in? The Maquis, maybe? Is that where you want them to end up?
Think about it. No, I take that back. Don’t think about it. You shouldn’t
have to. You know and I know what the right choice is. B’Elanna needs you.
You can’t leave her now.”
I turned back briefly to the washer and tried to make room for one
last glass. “Oh, and one more thing to consider and this does concern your
career. When word gets around, and believe me, it will, that you abandoned
your wife and kid to further your own career, how many people do you think will
be willing to follow you as an officer?”
He lowered his eyes. “I haven’t told Mom and Dad about the baby.”
“You what?”
“I haven’t told them, okay?”
“Why not? Are you ashamed or something?”
“No. No! It’s just that-” His lips compressed into a taut line as
he looked out the window over the sink at the deepening periwinkle sky.
“It’s just that it would only complicate an already complex situation.”
I placed my hand on his shoulder and gave it a reassuring squeeze.
“Harry, you’ve got it all wrong. It’s the answer. To accept the kid, they
have to accept B’Elanna. It’s a package deal. If they don’t, then you know
where your loyalties must lie. It won’t be smooth sailing, but have a little
faith. Miracles can happen. Just look at my dad.” I grinned and spun him in
the direction of the sliding door. “Now, come on. Dad hates to waste a
good Port.”

The next morning I was first woken by the determined chirps of the main
comm panel and then a few minutes later by a heavy pounding on my door.
“Thomas! Wake up! Wake up!” Dad bellowed loud enough to wake the
Fergusons next door.
I grabbed a pair of shorts and pulled them on before stumbling to
the door. “Whassup?” I yawned.
“Hurry up and get dressed. MacDougall’s meeting us at the courthouse
in thirty minutes. They’re releasing Caitlin and some of the others. We’ve
got to hurry.” He was already halfway down the hall toward his and Mom’s
bedroom.
“Geez!” I ducked back in my room, grabbed some fresh underwear and
flew into the shower. Thirty minutes!
We met MacDougall outside the Justice building. A heavyset man with
greying temples, he moved with surprising grace considering his size.
He confidently led the way into the building. The Kims and several others
were seated outside the main courtroom. MacDougall disappeared inside and
we waited. And we waited.
Joe Carey and his wife were there for Patel, Porter was there for
Donna Henley, and Costanza was there for Sou. The list went on and on, with a
number of Voyager’s Fleet personnel eager to help out their former crewmates.
The Captain wasn’t there, but a distinguished-looking, grey haired stranger,
who introduced himself as Mark Emory, said he was there for Chakotay. I had
to wonder how well that sat with the big man, being bailed out by the lady-
you-love’s old beau.
Harry was so nervous he couldn’t sit still. You’d have thought
B’Elanna was giving birth. He just kept pacing, back and forth, back and
forth, back and forth until Carey and I were ready to hog-tie him. Luckily,
the attorneys came out with their respective clients before either of us gave
into the urge.
Cait wore an ankle monitor just like the others. She hugged and kissed
first me, then Dad, a touch that pleased him immensely, and then she gravely
shook MacDougall’s hand and thanked him. I glanced over toward Harry and
B’Elanna. Harry’s mom had one arm around B’Elanna’s shoulders and one hand
rested briefly on her daughter-in-law’s belly. Harry must have told them
last night after all.
Mom met us at the front door and swept Cait into the house. They had
said hello over the commlink, but this was their first meeting in person, and
Cait was a bit nervous. She wore court-issued civvies, which one could hardly
call attractive. All her other clothes had been packed in with mine.
Even then she didn’t have much in the way of civilian clothes, and Mom had
already determined as she and I were unpacking two days ago that a shopping
excursion was not only necessary, but also a good way to get to know her
new daughter-in-law.
Dad just rolled his eyes as the front door shut behind them. For a man
so fastidious in his appearance, he hated shopping and had learned long ago
that it, along with gardening, were Mom’s real weaknesses. Me? It wasn’t my
favorite thing to do, but a positive attitude always made the experience more
bearable. Besides, I had lucked out in that Cait had been raised as an
immensely practical person, and the thought of frivously spending credits was
an anathema to her. So, hours later, when a pile of boxes, followed by my
wife and mother materialized in the entrance hall, I couldn’t resist teasing
both of them.
“Geez, how many stores did you clean out?”
Cait blushed, but Mom only waved a dismissive hand. “Ignore him.
He won’t complain so much when he sees you in these clothes.” She picked up
one of the boxes and limped off toward my bedroom. Cait shrugged, gathered up
all but three of the boxes, and followed her. I scooped up the last three and
jerked my head in their direction. My father just rolled his eyes again, shook
his head, and turned back to the book he was reading. I could almost hear his
thoughts: good thing poverty was eliminated all those years ago.
I met Mom as she came out of my room. “Oh good, you got them,” she
said. “Don’t want to lose that one.” She patted the red box on top. “Cait
looked wonderful in that dress.”
“Oh?” I looked over her and watched my wife’s face flush two shades
deeper.
“Yes. Oh gracious, look at the time. Why don’t you help her unpack,
Thomas. I must get dinner started.” She moved off in the direction of the
kitchen, and Cait stopped unpacking and came over to me.
“I’m so embarrassed.” She whispered. “I didn’t mean for her to buy
all this stuff. I don’t even need half of it, but almost every outfit I tried
on she said looked so good that she insisted we purchase it. And that led to
shoes and other accessories. I just feel awful.” She sighed.
I planted a kiss on her forehead. “Welcome to the Paris family, love.
We take good care of our own.” I glanced at the pile on my bed. “Maybe a
little too good, huh? Here’s a suggestion, put on one of the new outfits.
Mom’ll love it.”
“But which one? I’ve never had so many clothes to choose from in
my life. It’s overwhelming.”
I laughed and cleared off enough space to sit down on the bed. “Don’t
worry. You’ll figure it out. I have every confidence in you.”
She frowned. “Thanks, I think.”
For dinner, Cait chose a simple ankle-length knit dress in a colour
I could best describe as smoky teal. It wasn’t quite blue and it wasn’t quite
green, but she looked damn good and I said so. She swept her hair up in a
casual knot, letting wisps fall around her face. Dad was floored; Mom was
pleased.
“She’s a lovely girl, Thomas.” Mom said while Cait was answering a
subspace communication.
“Thanks, Mom.” I replied with a grin. “I think so.”
“I like her so much better than your other girlfriends, including
Ricki. I know you cared deeply for her, Thomas, but I could never get used
to seeing you two together. There was something missing.”
“Love, Mom. Ricki and I weren’t really in love. Cait and I are.”
“Yes, you can see that.” She smiled mischievously. “And hear it, too,
in the way you talk about each other.”
“Oh? And just what did-” I broke off. Cait came back in the room
looking very pale. “Cait, what’s wrong?” I reached out and touched her hand
as she sat back down at the table.
“That was a recording from my father,” she said slowly. “He was
letting me know that his transport should arrive tomorrow afternoon at 1430.”
“But that’s great!” I crowed, ignoring the sudden dive of butterflies
in my belly. “What’s the problem?”
“I don’t know. He was very brief, but he didn’t sound like himself.
He seemed upset, almost angry.”
My father cleared his throat gently. “I may be speaking out of turn,
Caitlin, but I would be remiss if I didn’t warn you. Many of the citizens that
the Klingons freed have experienced difficulty adapting to life back in the
Federation. Many blame, and to some degree not unjustly, the Federation for
leaving them there, but I may be jumping to conclusions here. Perhaps your
father was simply rushed for time to get to his shuttle. Either way, I’m sure
that having you back will go a long way to restoring his spirits.”
She grimaced. “I hope you’re right, Admiral.”
Cait remained quiet through the rest of dinner and even during our
stroll around the neighborhood afterward. There was nothing to say, no way to
ease her mind until tomorrow afternoon and maybe not even then. So I held her
tightly in my arms under the moon and later in my bed until she fell asleep.
I didn’t try to make love to her, although I wanted to more than anything.
I simply held her and kissed her and told her I loved her–that no matter what
happened, I would always love her.

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 6

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMER: See part one.

*****************************

The next morning Starfleet Command reinforced a pet theory of mine that
held that their timing is worse than an adolescent’s parents. On the day of
my father-in-law’s arrival, they decided, without prior warning, to begin
interviewing me for possible retention of my commission. I couldn’t believe it
and started to ask for a postponement, but Cait wouldn’t let me. So at 0830
Dad and I left the house for my interviews (read as grilling) with
Admiral Valak and others of the Judge Advocate General’s Office.
Throughout the meetings, my mind kept wandering back to Cait.
Twice last night, I had awoken to find her curled up in the chair by the
window, staring out at the tree. She hadn’t been this restless since we
lost Madeleine. Still, I answered all the questions as best I could and
emerged six plus hours later feeling only the numbness of total mental
exhaustion. All I wanted to do was go home, pitch face first onto one of
the loungers on the patio, and sleep until the moon came up, but Cait’s dad
would be there by now so I knew I didn’t have that luxury. Dad tried to buoy
my spirits by saying he thought the meetings went well, but when Mom met us
at the door, I could tell by her expression that the same was not true at
our home.
Loud, angry voices came from the family room, Cait’s and a man’s.
Their tone made me hesitate outside the usually open double doors. “Have you
lost all reason?” The man asked. “Him? He’s a liar, a traitor, and a coward.
He turned on Starfleet and the Maquis. He’ll turn on you, too, mark my words.
I know his kind. They occupy every bar from here to the Gamma quadrant looking
for vulnerable marks.”
“Is that what you think I am?” Cait flashed back.
“That’s what I know you can be. What about Nat? Remember how he
treated you? Cheated on you?”
“Right, and I called it off because of that.” She paused, her voice
softening. “Nat had his own problems, things he wanted to tell someone, but
was afraid to. I just didn’t realize it at the time. I didn’t understand
how mixed up he was under all that swagger. Tom isn’t like that. He was at
one time, but not anymore. Your sources only gave you half the story.
They didn’t tell you about his record on Voyager.
“Dad, please, listen to me. Tom made mistakes, bad ones. He will
admit to that, but once he got his shot at redemption, he worked like hell to
prove himself worthy of it. At first, no one on the ship trusted him, least of
all me, but given time, he earned all our respect. Ask Captain Janeway
about him. Ask Chakotay about him. They’ll change your mind.”
“I don’t give a damn what he’s done on Voyager. I’m concerned with
what he’ll do to you. Dear gods, the man killed his fiancee and two other
people, then lied about it.”
“You make him sound like a murderer, like he did it intentionally.”
“Whether he did or not, he is a liar and a traitor. He’ll do anything
to save his own skin.”
“At one time maybe, Dad, but you have to understand how frightened
and confused he was back then.”
“Back then? What about now?”
“Goddammit! How many time do I have to tell you? He’s changed.
Time and time again in the Delta quadrant, I saw him risk his own life to
save others, including myself. If you’d only open your eyes and look at his
Voyager record, you’d see how ridiculous all of this is. You haven’t even
met him yet. How can you be so narrow-minded after the way Mom’s parents
treated you?”
“It’s one thing to judge a man by the job he holds. It’s quite another
to judge a man by his actions. Paris lied under oath, then joined the Maquis,
and not on principle, either, I’ll bet. He broke the law, Cait, not once,
but twice, and quite possibly even more times than that.”
“And what about you? What about Rogogho? He disappeared the night
you and J’nok went looking for him. Or was that simply a coincidence?”
“We did what we had to do. He was a criminal. My gods, Cait, he had
just raped you. You were only a child and to come in and find you lying
there… What did you expect me to do?”
“File charges. Take it to court.”
“A trial? You were in no condition to withstand a trial.”
“How do you know? You never gave me a chance. You two were too busy
dispensing your own brand of frontier justice.”
“Because that’s what it was and still is. There is no justice on that
border. Before we could’ve had a trial, he would have slipped into Cardassian
territory, and the Cardies sure as hell wouldn’t have bothered with
extraditing him during the war. Rogogho knew this. He even boasted about it
when we found him. I couldn’t just walk away and leave it like that.”
“You!” I didn’t have to see her face. I could hear the image
shattering in her voice–the unprofaned image a little girl carried of her
father. “You’re the one who killed him, not J’nok. *You* did it. And all
this time…”
“Yes! I did it. J’nok only helped me dispose of the body.”
Her voice trembled, then grew steadier. “And you dare stand there and
condemn Tom? He’s never murdered anyone. The deaths at Caldik Prime were
an accident, and yet you dare tell me he’s not worthy? He’s made mistakes,
he’s admitted to them, and he’s paid the price. You never paid the price for
your crime.”
“Killing the rapist of a child is not a crime.”
“It’s homicide, Dad. Maybe emotionally it seems justifiable, but it
is homicide.”
“I wonder if you’d be so forgiving if Rogogho walked through those
doors right now.”
“Damn you! Obeying the law and forgiving the man are two very
different things. It took me years to put what he did behind me, the names he
called me, the pain he inflicted, the nightmares he left with me. But I have
now, and Tom helped me to do it. He gave me back the sense of worth that I
lost that evening. Please, Dad, don’t judge Tom so harshly. Talk to him.
Talk to the others from Voyager. They’ll tell you he’s a good man, and no
matter what you say, I am proud to call him my husband.”
I heard him sigh heavily. “Cait, I am only trying to think of what’s
best for you. What if he doesn’t stay in Starfleet? What will the two of
you do? What if he does? You could be a liability. Will he want to stay with
you once that becomes apparent?”
“Dad, if I become a liability, he won’t be the one who leaves.”
“You say that now, but in a year or two when the moment comes, will you
see things so clearly?”
“*If* the moment comes.”
“When.” He repeated firmly, so obviously confident in his perception
of me.
I shut my eyes and leaned my head against the door, my hand still
frozen on the lever. A thick lump of shame formed in my chest. All of this
fighting over me. The last thing I ever wanted to do was come between Cait and
her father. Yes, what he said about me was at one time true, but not anymore.
He was wrong about me, about us. I had pledged myself to Cait, mind, body and
soul, and I wasn’t about to renege on that covenant, not now, not ever.
Yet, how could I make him see that?
Footsteps thudded across the floor. The sliding door to the backyard
opened and shut firmly. Taking a deep breath, I straightened up and knocked
before sticking my head inside. Cait stood on the opposite side of the room
watching a tall, red-headed man stride across the yard toward Mom’s roses.
I walked up behind her. “Cait?” Without a word, she spun into my chest and I
brought my arms tightly around her.
“Cait, honey, don’t worry. It’ll be okay. Whatever is wrong, we can
work it out.” I pressed my lips against the side of her head. “Trust me.
It’ll be all right.”
“Tom.” She whispered faintly. “I don’t know him anymore. He’s so
angry and unforgiving.”
“Sort of like he and my dad traded places, huh?”
She pulled back far enough to look into my eyes, and–oh gods!–the
expression on her face. Disruptors caused less pain. “You heard what he said,
didn’t you?” she asked.
“About me? Yeah, I heard, but I kind of expected it.” I attempted a
nonchalant shrug. “Hell, I’d be protective of my only daughter, too.”
She shook her head. “But it was more than that. You must not have
heard him railing against the Federation and Starfleet, about how they had left
them all to rot in the labor camps. I just know he’s going to pick a fight
with the Admiral, and your parents have been so good to me.”
I pulled her close again, weaving my fingers through her hair and
pressing her cheek to my shoulder. “Prison changes people, Cait. Your father
probably saw and did a lot of things he would never have done had he not been
there. Remember how I was after Langar? Remember how Harry was after
Akritiria? And your dad was in there how many years? Seven? Eight? We have
to be patient and give him a little time. Don’t worry about my dad,
he’s tough. He can more than hold his own in an argument. I know that
from experience. Besides, he knows what your dad must have been through.
He’ll understand.”
I watched the figure outside stoop and smell one of Mom’s Royal Peach
roses. “Tell you what. Why don’t we go replicate a few drinks, take them
outside, and you can introduce me. It’s a beautiful afternoon, and under a
warm sun with a cool drink in his hand, I’ll bet your dad just might melt
a little around the edges.”
She kissed my jaw. “Always the incurable optimist.”
“Not always.” I grinned. “But after six hours of grilling at Command,
I could use a drink myself.”
“How did it go?”
“No offers, yet. But I think, that is, I hope it went well. Either
way, I have to go back tomorrow.” I hesitated, remembering what her father
had said. “And it is a package deal. I’m not going to leave you just to
better my chances. I’ll turn them down flat before I do that.”
“I know.” She nodded. “I just hope I’m not too much of a detriment.”
I slipped my fingers under her chin and tilted her head up, kissing her
slowly, lovingly. “No. Never,” I replied huskily. “You’ll never, ever,
be that to me. Remember that.” I smiled. “Now, let’s go get those drinks.
What’s your dad’s favorite?”
We replicated three iced raktajinos. I needed the caffeine and Cait
said it used to be her father’s favorite non-synthehol drink. She opened the
door and we took them outside.
Rowan James Matthews reminded me of some mythic Highlander, minus the
kilt and the claymore, with skin almost as ruddy as his hair. An Amazon-like
scar, probably from a knife, ran across his left cheek until it disappeared
into the thick beard. His turquoise eyes studied me carefully as he took the
drink from my hand. Dad was right. Cait must have taken after her mother,
although it was hard to picture this untamed mountain of a man capturing
the heart of a delicate ballet dancer. Not that he wasn’t a good looking man,
he was, even with the scar, but in a very rough way, like Antoine. I held out
my hand and watched it disappear within the confines of his own.
He asked me what my hopes were for the future and frowned when I said
they were to keep Cait happy and proud of me. He probably thought I was
brown-nosing. So, I went into a little further detail, explaining that while
career-wise I was in a holding position, I did want a home and a family and
I wanted them with Cait. Maybe he believed me a little in the end.
The evening passed quietly enough. Once Capt. Matthews found out that
my dad had known his brother, he seemed to become more accepting of the whole
situation, and the two of them swapped stories about William throughout the
entire meal. In fact, by the time he said good night, I was even willing to
bet that the Captain was in slightly better spirits.
As Cait helped her father settle into the guest room, I wandered back
out onto the patio and reclined in the lounger next to Dad’s. A waning golden
moon provided more than enough light. “Thank you.” I finally said.
“For what?” He asked.
“Oh, for being your charming self and staying clear of any touchy
subjects.”
Dad nodded and looked up into the sky for a minute before replying.
“That man has suffered a great deal of pain and loss, Thomas. First,
his brother, then his wife, then prison, then his daughter. At least, he has
her back now. He’s a strong man, just like his brother, but even the strong
have their limits.”
“You don’t think he’s-” I didn’t know how to finish. Several thoughts
sprang to mind and none of them were good.
My father wagged his head. “I don’t know. I’m not a counselor.
Besides being on Earth for a while with his daughter may help him see things
a little differently.”
“Maybe.” I shrugged. “But I’m not very optimistic.”
Dad set his drink down and gazed up at the stars. I did likewise.
We just lay there, neither saying a word, and my mind wandered back to the last
time we did something like this. I was six and a meteorite shower had been
forecasted for the northwestern sky. We sat out here, huddled under a blanket
until it was way past my bedtime. I could barely keep my eyes open, but then
the show started, and Dad got excited, and I got excited. It was beautiful–
nature’s own lightshow–and Dad was oohing and ahhing as much as I was.
Afterward, he took me inside and fixed us both some warm milk, and once we had
finished, he tucked me into bed, and I felt so special, so secure. Then, the
next morning I bounded out of bed only to discover he had left for a five
month trip to the Omicron system. He hadn’t even woken me up to say goodbye.
“Thomas.” Dad shook my shoulder. “You fell asleep. I’m going to
turn in myself. Shall I leave the door open for you?”
“Huh?” I rubbed my eyes and slowly got to my feet, stretching. “No,
bed sounds pretty good right now. Dad, do you remember the meteorite shower
we watched when I was little?”
He nodded as he shut the door behind us. “You were six, weren’t you?
It was right after you broke your arm.”
“Yeah.”
He pressed his lips together and swallowed. “Yes, Thomas, I remember.”
A light tremor of emotion passed through my chest. “I do, too, Dad.
It was some show. G’night.”
“Good night, Thomas.”
Cait was already in bed, her body illuminated by the moonlight.
I quietly undressed and slipped under the covers next to her. She stirred and
scooted over, pressing her body to mine. One leg slid between my thighs as
she purred a soft plea into my neck.
“Cait.”
“Hmmmm?” Teeth nibbled gently at my earlobe.
“Your dad is right next door. He might hear.”
“I don’t care.” She breathed and my heart leapt into warp.
“My parents are right down the hall.”
Her mouth moved along the underside of my jaw, nipping and sucking.
“Then…we’ll…just…have to be…extra…extra…quiet.” She whispered and
moved on top of me, taking possession of my mouth before I could construct
a coherent response.
“Extra…quiet.” I finally groaned between kisses.

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 7

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMER: See part one.

*****************************

Cait stood by the cooker, occasionally picking up the saute pan and
shaking it, flipping its contents with a flick of her wrist. The smells that
filled the kitchen already had me drooling, and dinner was still a good fifteen
or so minutes away. Sausage, garlic, olive oil, saffron…Mmm-mmm. I had
helped earlier by chopping vegetables and getting some of the ingredients
together; then, I just stepped back and let the “master chef” take over.
We both wanted to give Mom a break, but Cait was actually doing all the work.
Looking back, I think she kind of wanted to do it for her dad, too.
You know, give him something familiar to remember. They had already spent the
day together, gathering the necessary ingredients. I didn’t mind. They needed
to spend some time together. A lot had happened over the past few years and
their relationship was going to need a lot of time to catch up. Besides,
when I left for Command this morning, I had no idea how long I was going to
be gone, and I would have felt bad about leaving her at a loose end.

My day began in Admiral Jackson Fletcher’s office at 0900.
A diminutive man, he nonetheless had a grip like pure tritanium. He was
assigned to the Internal Affairs division of the JAG’s Office and had been
present throughout most of my meetings yesterday. He hadn’t said much then
so I was unsure of what to expect. When I entered the office, he rose and
held out his hand, the smile not quite reaching his eyes. A wiry, stone-faced
man with a captain’s rank remained seated in one of the two chairs in front
of the Admiral’s desk.
“Mr. Paris, it’s good to see you again. Please sit down.” Fletcher
waved at a chair behind me.
“Thank you, sir. It’s good to see you.”
The Admiral retook his seat, his smile quickly vanishing. “Let’s
get down to business, shall we? I should tell you that you made quite a
favorable impression on a number of people yesterday.”
“I’m glad to hear that, sir.”
“Yes, a number of people.” He repeated. “Also, your record on Voyager
speaks well of you. However, more than performance must be considered.
We must weigh how your reinstatement might affect not only those with whom you
may serve, but also any similar cases which follow. What precedent will we
be setting? How will your reinstatement affect the morale and the ethical
perceptions of all Starfleet personnel? And I raise these questions not
simply in Starfleet’s interest, but in your own, as well. It would be unfair
and possibly dangerous to place you in a position where others may be unwilling
to trust your judgement.”
“I understand, Admiral,” I said. “There is also my wife to consider.
She is a former Maquis, but others may be less than accepting of that status.”
“True.” He leaned back in his chair. “And the trial is less than a
week away. Many unpleasant questions could be raised regarding her loyalties
and your own.”
“Yessir. I’m aware of that. We both are.” I held his gaze steadily.
“Admiral, I know that my shot at getting back into Starfleet is about
a thousand to one, maybe even closer to a million, but this is something I
had to do, for my family, my friends, and myself. I know I can serve
in Starfleet again. I want to serve in Starfleet again. All I’m asking for is
the chance.”
“I see.” The Admiral’s dark eyes darted to the silent man at my left.
“As part of your consideration process, it has been decided that in spite of
your experience on Voyager, you will perform a series of flight simulations.”
He nodded toward the man. “Captain Dvorak Tai will administer them.”
For the first time, I studied the other man carefully. Slender, bronze
hands extended past the sleeves of his uniform, the thin, sharp features
pointing to any number of ethnic origins. His black eyebrows knitted slightly.
“You don’t remember me, do you?”
I shook my head. “No, sir. I’m afraid I don’t.”
“I’m not surprised. It was many years ago, and we didn’t actually
speak.” He got to his feet, standing almost a full head shorter than I did
when I got to mine. He swept his arm toward the door. “Shall we?”
“Yessir. Admiral.” I held out my hand once again and he shook it.
“Good luck, Mr. Paris.” He replied without expression.
“Thank you, sir.”
The test itself was divided into three parts. The first covered
starship simulations, the second, runabout, and the third, shuttle.
I completed the first part with no problems. Same with the second part and
the first four shuttle simulations. Then came the fifth and final one. I was
tired; my adrenaline spent. My brain felt like it had been soaked thoroughly
and then rung dry. My head ached, my back ached, and even my fingers ached
from the constant, intensive motions.
The fifth simulation was an approach to a shuttlepad on the ground,
only the trajectory and speed were way off the acceptable scale. My jaw
locked with anger. Caldik Prime. They had waited until the end of the
program and thrown in Caldik Prime, hoping I’d screw up. *Easy, Thomas.
You know what to do. Level out as best you can. Slow up and abort immediate
landing for a short return pass. There.* The shuttle landed, the display
froze, and I spun around.
Capt. Tai stared at me intently. “Well done,” he said finally.
“Computer, end program. That will be all for today. I’ll make my report to
Admiral Fletcher and he will be in contact with you.” He rose from the
observation chair and exited the holodeck, still leaving me in the dark as
to where we had met.
By that time, it was a little shy of 1200 hours. I tried to contact
Cait, but Mom said she and her dad had left for Cape Breton to see her other
uncle, “the one with a screw lose”. So, I tracked down Harry, who happened to
be at Command, and invited him to lunch. To be honest, I had also been
thinking about him and B’Elanna, wondering how they were making out with
his parents.
We met in front of the Pike Memorial, and my eyes nearly fell out of
my head. His uniform had an extra pip attached to the collar.
“Harry, what the-? When did this happen?”
“Today.” He said casually before breaking into a grin. “I wondered
if you’d notice.”
“Notice, hell, why didn’t you say something? Do B’Elanna and your
folks know?”
“Nope.” The smile broadened. “Figured I’d surprise them.”
“Well, congratulations, ‘sir’. You deserve it.” I laughed and snapped
to attention.
He laughed, too. “At ease. Hey, that’s right, I can give *you*
orders, now.”
“Nope. Still can’t.” I retorted with a grin. “I’m a civilian now.
You’ve got no authority over me. But just so there’s no hard feelings, I’ll
let you pick out the place we eat.”
He chose a little pub, affectionately known by cadets and officers
as “Pop’s”. The place was run by this old Englishman, who was already snow-
haired when I was at the Academy. I figured he’d be dead by now, but there
he stood behind the rich oak bar.
We staked our claim of a nearby table and each ordered a synthale and
a club sandwich–Pop’s speciality–piled high with turkey and bacon and lettuce
and tomato, all on oven-fresh whole wheat bread. Man, I had forgotten how
good he could make them. Harry must have, too, because neither of us talked
much until we had each downed about half of our sandwiches.
“So how are things going between B’Elanna and your parents? Okay?”
He took a long pull on his synthale before answering. “I don’t know
if I’d use the term okay. They’re going, but that’s about it. No major
clashes, and you were right about the baby. When I told them, I could tell
they weren’t pleased, but they accepted it and have put the best face on
they can. But B’Ela feels like she’s walking on eggshells. She’s kept
her temper, and I do what I can by taking her on day trips and playing referee.
Chakotay’s also spending a little time with her. Today, since I had to come
to Command, he’s taken her to Teotihuacan to see the ruins.”
“Staying next door to your parents can’t be helping too much either.”
I observed.
“Boy! You said it. You know, I never realized how pushy my parents
can be. I mean, growing up, I never thought about it. I always wanted to do
my best for them in whatever I did, but now, it’s driving me crazy since our
visions of my future don’t mesh like they once did.” He frowned into his
glass and then glanced at me. “What about you? How are things going between
Caitlin’s father and you?”
“Going,” I replied with a smirk. “He’s a nice enough man, but he’s
been through hell and back and it’s coloured his view of life. I think he
also feels a little guilty for all Cait’s gone through, too, but that’s just
a guess on my part. Either way, before he got here, he found out about my
history prior to Voyager and the shit really hit the fan. He’s afraid I’m
going to hurt Cait, dump her or cheat on her like some guy she once knew
named Nat.”
“Nat who?”
I shrugged and wiped some mayonaise off my little finger. “Don’t know
and haven’t asked.”
“Why not? Aren’t you curious?”
“Hell, yeah. From what I overheard yesterday afternoon, Cait had some
pretty strong feelings for this guy.” I took another bite of my sandwich and
chewed it thoughtfully. “But you know, Harry, when it all boils down, she’s
married to me, and as far as I can tell, she’s not interested in changing that
fact anytime soon. I guess I’ll ask her one day, but I’m in no rush.”

“Tom.” My head snapped up. Cait pointed to a kitchen towel on the
counter by my hand. “The towel.”
“Oh. Here.” I brought it over and slipped my arms around her waist,
hugging her against my chest as she spooned the shrimp and scallops into
another skillet. My chin rested on her shoulder. “I’m not much help, am I?”
“You were earlier. There’s not much you can do now.” She craned her
head around to plant a quick kiss on my cheek before shifting the seafood
around in the pan with a wooden spoon.
I sighed and nuzzled her neck, causing her shiver. “Have I told you
lately how much I love you?”
“Tom, I have to get this done. Besides, our parents are right outside
on the patio.”
My teeth closed gently on her earlobe and tugged. “You weren’t so
concerned last night.” I breathed. “And your dad was right next door. One
scream from you and he might have broken down the door. Anyway, we’re married.
If we didn’t cuddle a bit, they’d think something was wrong. C’mere.” I eased
the spoon from between her fingers and turned her around. “Doesn’t your
husband at least deserve a real kiss for all his work and not some quick peck?”
Our lips met, her spicy tongue dancing with mine. Somewhere in the
background, the hiss of sizzling food grew louder, warning us. Then, the
sliding door closed firmly to my right.
“Ahem.” Capt. Matthews stood there frowning, three empty wine glasses
in his hand. Suddenly, I felt like some teen-ager who was about to be tossed
out on his ear. “Cait, you’re going to burn dinner.” He cautioned, looking
directly at me. “That was one of your mother’s best dishes.”
Flames rose in my cheeks as she quickly spun away and resumed stirring
the contents of the pans. “Yes, Dad.”
I moved to my previous spot beside the counter. My silent accuser
refilled the glasses and returned outside without saying another word, leaving
me to wonder why the hell I should feel so guilty for kissing my own wife in
front of her father.
We ate outside. The dish, suffering no ill effects from our impromptu
display of affection, was nothing short of incredible, but I barely tasted a
single mouthful I swallowed. Whenever I glanced up, the Captain’s eyes were
on me, not glaring, just analyzing, dissecting my every word and movement.
Watching. Waiting. Waiting for the moment when he could stand up and shout
“Aha!”, triumphant in his ability to see what his daughter had missed.
The comm panel chirped about halfway through the meal, and Dad started
to get up, but I beat him to it. “Don’t worry. I’ll get it. It might
be Command.” I wiped my mouth and went inside, grateful to escape, even for
two seconds, the scrutiny I was currently under.
As soon as the blond hair in a meticulous bun appeared on the monitor,
I broke into a broad grin and sat down next to the terminal. My sister,
however, looked less than pleased, her violet eyes narrowing considerably.
“I was hoping you wouldn’t answer,” she said.
“Gee, it’s good to see you too, Vic. I tried to contact you a few
days ago.”
“Yes, I know.” She replied, assuming a perfect replica of our father’s
frozen glare. “I chose not to answer.”
“C’mon, Vic. I know we’ve had our problems, but you’re my sister.
I’ve missed you.”
“I am afraid I do not share that sentiment.”
“Why?”
“Why?” Her mouth fell open, but she quickly shut it. “How can
you even ask that after what you did? You broke our parent’s hearts and you
left me to pick up the pieces. Do you have any idea what that was like? What
my life was like?”
I hung my head. “No, I don’t, but I have the feeling you’re going
to tell me.”
“You’re damn right, I am.” She fired back. “I’ll bet you never even
stopped to think what it was like for me at the Academy after your court-
martial. Walking around, knowing what others were thinking, the questions now
in their minds. All of a sudden assignments, which had once looked so sure,
were deemed out of my reach or long shots. I had to work twice as hard as
every other cadet just to prove I was as good as they were.”
“Look, Vic.” I sighed. “I’m sorry. I know it must have been rough,
and I-”
“Rough? That was a bloody walk in the park compared to when you got
caught with the Maquis. Two months into my first assignment, my immediate
superior pulled me aside and suggested that I take an indefinite hardship leave
until the whole thing simmered down. He was trying to be helpful, but do you
have any idea how humiliating that was? I thought I was being brave by
declining, but I should have listened to him. You can’t imagine what it
was like. The insults, the looks I was given by everyone, especially by the
ship’s commanding officers. For a while they must have even thought I was
a spy because many of my duties were taken away and I was given nothing but
busy work for the next six months. Even my friends…”
She stopped and took a deep breath before setting her jaw and
continuing. “I considered, in a weak moment, resigning from Starfleet and
even changing my name, but in the long run, I knew that wasn’t the answer.
We needed someone to bring respect back to the Paris name and that job had
fallen to me. And I’ve been doing it ever since.” She added bitterly before
exploding once again. “Why in god’s name did you come back anyway? To break
Mom and Dad’s hearts again?”
“No,” I said quietly. “I came back to try and repair some of the
damage I had done. Capt. Janeway gave me a field commission, and I’ve asked
Starfleet to consider making it permanent.”
“We don’t need your kind in ‘the Fleet’.”
“C’mon, Vic, give me a chance.”
Her hand slammed down on the desk. “The name is Victoria!
*Commander* Victoria Paris.”
“All right, Victoria, it is. Look, you’re right. You are absolutely,
one hundred percent right about the way I was. After, hell, before
Caldik Prime, I didn’t think much about anyone besides myself. I was a very
angry, mixed-up, selfish brat, but I’ve learned my lessons, and even though you
probably won’t believe this, I am genuinely sorry for the pain I caused. Hell,
what do you think I’ve been doing all this time on Voyager, but trying my
damndest to make up for some of that hurt. I want the three of you to be
proud of me. I never meant to lay all of this at your feet. It was my mess.
I should have been the one to clean it up, not you. Please, Vic, -er,
Victoria, give me another chance. I have changed. Heck, I even got married.
*Me.*” I grinned weakly.
The creases in her brow deepened. “Oh yes, your Maquis with a
pedigree. Dad told me about her already. It certainly didn’t take her long
to wind him about her finger. At least you picked someone with a little more
class than the usual scum we capture.”
I sat bolt upright in my chair. “Hey! Back off! That’s my wife
you’re talking about, and she’s former Maquis.”
“Former?” She sneered. “I didn’t know there was such a thing.”
“Well, there is.” I growled. “And you’d better get used to it because
both Mom and Dad have welcomed her into the family.”
“Hmph. Right now, Mom and Dad are so potty over your return, they’d
welcome a Cardassian into their home.” She leaned closer to the monitor and
lowered her voice. “Now, you listen, and you listen well, big brother. You’d
better damn well be playing on the level now because if anything, *anything*,
happens, it will finish Mom and Dad, and when it does, I’ll see that both you
and your little Maquis wife rot in a penal facility. Paris out.”
Stunned, I fell back in the chair and stared at the blank screen.
Then, slowly, like some bludgeoned prizefighter, I got to my feet and stumbled
back outside to my place at the table.
“Who was on the comm?” Dad asked as I sat down.
“Vicki.” I responded dully without looking up. I picked up my fork
and pushed the remaining food around my plate. I scooped up a mouthful.
It was cold and tasteless; I could barely choke it down. All those things she
had said–what I had done, how I had hurt Mom and Dad, how I had screwed up
her life–made me sick at my stomach. I pushed my plate away and got to
my feet, refusing to meet their startled gazes. “I’m sorry. I’m not very
hungry anymore.”
“Tom?” Cait grabbed my arm. “Tom, what’s wrong?”
“Nothing. I just feel tired all of a sudden. Sorry.” Shaking free,
I hurried inside to the solitude of my room.
Once there, I shut the door and sank down on the bed, my head in my
hands. Oh gods. How could I have ever been so selfish? It was all so
long ago. It was almost hard to remember what it had been like, how I had been
treated on Voyager for those first few years. I couldn’t change things now.
Oh, but if I only could. Vicki wouldn’t hate me then, or at least she’d have
less reason to.
“Vicki, I’m sorry.” I muttered as tears bubbled to the surface.
“Oh gods, I’m sorry. How can Mom and Dad even begin…I didn’t know…I didn’t
think…Selfish…Oh gods, Vicki…Forgive me…Please forgive me.”
The tears flowed freely. I couldn’t stop them. I didn’t want to.
I prayed that each one would somehow travel hundreds of light years and touch
her, convince her of my remorse. Goddammit. If there was only some way I
could reach her–and Cait’s dad, too–and show them both what was truly
inside me.
An arm slid about my shoulders. “Tom?” I hadn’t even heard Cait come
in the room. “My cooking wasn’t that bad, was it?”
I snuffled loudly and shook my head. “No.” Slipping out from under
her arm, I stood up and walked over to built-in book shelves that occupied
an entire wall of my room. On the upper most shelf of the middle unit sat a
single swimming trophy. I picked it up, turning it gently over in my hands.
My first. I had been nine years old, and Vicki had been so proud of her
big brother. I set it down carefully in its place of honor. “Cait, if you
don’t mind, I’d like to be alone right now.”
She came up behind and hugged me. “Your mother told me what Vicki
might have said. Tom, you mustn’t listen to her.”
“How?” I responded angrily, breaking free of her embrace. “How can I
not listen to her? She’s my sister, and she just made it quite plain that she
wishes I had stayed lost in the Delta quadrant. To put it bluntly, my sister
hates me.”
“No. She doesn’t hate you. She’s been hurt, yes, but I’m sure she
doesn’t hate you. Give her time.”
“Cait, you don’t understand. She has every right to feel the way
she does. If I was in her place, I would. It’s me. Don’t you understand?
I caused it. She was blameless, innocent, and I almost dragged her career
down with my own. It was all my fault.” With a low growl of anger, I began
to pace. “Gods! I must have been some kind of idiot to believe my time
on Voyager could make up for all that I did. I should just withdraw my request
from Starfleet and make everyones’ lives easier.”
Cait grabbed me by the arm and swung me around to face her. “Don’t you
dare! You deserve to be in that uniform, Tom. Maybe you can’t make up for
what you did, but you can show people that you aren’t the same type of person
you were, that you deserve their respect, not their contempt. Putting that
uniform back on will go a long way towards silencing any doubters.” Her green
eyes flashed with an angry, defiant fire. *Oh gods, how did I ever…*
Fresh tears sprang up in my eyes, and I pulled her close, kissing her
over and over again. “I love you.” I whispered. “Oh, gods, Cait, I love you
so much. I can’t make it without you.”
“Yes, you can, but I’ll stick around anyway.”
“You’d better.” I replied with a weak laugh and hugged her tighter
before letting out a heavy sigh and pulling away. “But to be honest, between
Vicki, your dad, and Admiral Fletcher, I do wonder if it wouldn’t be better if
I withdrew. I mean, how badly will my presence effect morale? Will a crew
follow my orders if the time comes? If they don’t–my gods, Cait!–it could
lead to a disaster. More lives could be lost and I would be responsible.
I don’t know if I could go through that kind of fallout again, and I sure as
hell don’t want to put you or Mom or Dad through it.” I walked back to her,
took her face in hands, and stared deeply into a pair of softened eyes.
“But I want so much to make Mom and Dad and everyone else I know proud of me.
Most of all, I want to make you proud of me.”
She lifted one hand from her face, kissing the palm before wrapping it
securely around her own hand. “I am proud of you, Tom. I always will be.
I would never have married you if I wasn’t. Remember that.”

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 8

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMER: See part one.

******************************

The sun woke me early the next morning and I lay still, listening to
the gentle shush of Cait’s breathing. She had been amazing last night,
amazing, wonderful, incredible. Heck, even with a thesaurus, I’d never find
enough words to describe how special she was to me, how much it meant to know
she was by my side. I turned over, careful not to wake her. Strands of auburn
flowed across her pillow. Hunkering down in the bed, I brought my face level
with hers and gazed at her, reflecting on each little feature, each part
of the whole. The gentle curve of her eyebrows, the all but invisible scar
to the right of her upper lip, the gentle swell of her cheek. She said her
hermit uncle painted. Maybe if he was any good, he’d do her portrait for me,
like the one Dad had commissioned of Mom that hung in the family room.
My mother was a very beautiful woman back then, just like Cait was now.
The door next to ours closed softly and footsteps padded past our room.
I lifted my head. 0543. I slithered silently out of bed and into a pair of
shorts and a t-shirt. Cait groaned drowsily and hugged my pillow. I pulled
the sheet up and tucked it in about her before slipping out the door.
Capt. Matthews stood in the family room looking out the glass door into
the back yard. He had on a short-sleeve shirt, the first I had seen him wear
since arriving. A deep, canyon-like scar ran up the back of his right arm and
disappeared under the fabric. I hesitated to say anything, thinking that
perhaps he wanted this time alone, but after last night, I knew I had to speak
with him, to try and set things right between us. I owed it to Cait.
I cleared my throat gently. “Captain, I was on my way to the kitchen
for some coffee. Can I get you some, too?”
He spun around, frowning. “Why do you call me that? I’m not in
Starfleet. I haven’t captained a vessel in years.”
“That’s the way I was raised. Once a captain, always a captain.”
I replied. “Coffee?” I crossed the room to the kitchen and he followed me in,
sitting down at the table as I replicated two mugs.
We drank in silence, emptying our respective cups between furtive
glances around the room and out the door. “Another cup?” I offered.
“Please.”
“Er, I’m going to replicate a croissant. Can I get you something?”
“Toast will do.”
“Butter or jelly?”
“Butter.”
“Coming up,” I said and relayed the request to the replicator. I took
his to the table first, then got mine.
“My daughter is in love with you.” He said matter-of-factly as I sat
back down.
I pulled off one end of the flaky, golden crescent. “I am in love
with her.”
He spread the butter slowly over one corner of a slice. “She means a
great deal to me.”
“I can understand that. Any child does to their father, but since it’s
only the two of you, I know the feelings may be stronger than most.”
“Yes.” He bit off the buttered corner and chewed it carefully before
taking another bite then a sip of coffee. I could tell why he had excelled
in trade. His movements, like his words, were simple and deliberate,
the motions of a master poker player. I could almost see him as a Starfleet
officer, a maverick who would have been a real hell-raiser until experience and
age tempered him. Too bad he had chosen not to attend.
“How did it go yesterday?” he finally asked.
“Excuse me?”
“The meeting at Starfleet Command.”
I shrugged and clutched the ceramic mug so tightly that I nearly burned
my hand. “I don’t know. They put me through several flight simulations which
I know I technically passed. However, the brass expressed some concerns about
letting me back in, both for myself and Starfleet. I understand their
reservations, and while I don’t want to think about it, I can see why they
would say no. And if they do, that’s that. At least, I had a chance to clean
up my record a bit. Some people don’t even get to do that.”
“What will you do then?”
I took a deep breath. “Honestly?” He nodded. “Honestly, I don’t
know. I really haven’t given it much thought because I haven’t really had
time to, but then maybe because I haven’t wanted to, also.” I replied,
directing a small self-conscious smirk at my mug. “I suppose I’ll try to hire
on as a pilot somewhere, at least until I can figure something more
permanent out.”
“I see.” He brought the napkin up to his mouth briefly before
returning it to his lap.
“Whatever I do.” I added hastily. “Cait will be provided for.
That’s a promise.”
“I’m sure it is. I made the same pledge to Madeleine’s parents, but
they had the intelligence to know better.” His eyes, now more green than blue,
studied me intently. “Did Cait ever tell you how her mother died?”
I shook my head. “No, sir.”
“I’m not surprised. She was quite young at the time, no more than
four or five.” He paused and looked out into the yard. “Madeleine loved
roses,” he said quietly, as if speaking to himself; then he glanced back at me.
“Cait reminds me a good deal of her. She has her mother’s determination and
spirit. I had never met anyone quite like Madeleine, nor would I. The moment
I saw her I knew there was something special about her. She was, in a word,
elegant, quite out of place in the space station corridor in which I first
saw her. She had a quick wit, and when an idea seized her, no one could match
her enthusiasm or her stubborness.” He chuckled lightly, and I did, too.
“The times I’ve told Cait that.” I grinned.
“The times I’ve told her that.” He smiled and then sobered. “A few
days before Madeleine’s death, I made a deal to transport medical supplies
from Calodan II to the Ridiian settlement. The price was good, a little too
good, but at the time, I didn’t think much of it. I should have.
“Originally, Madeleine and Cait were to visit my mother while I made
the trip, but Madeleine suggested only Cait go so that she and I could
have a few days rest.” He smirked to himself, his thumb absently stroking
the side of his mug. “We had spent the past year with my daughter constantly
underfoot in our one-room quarters; I couldn’t argue with her reasoning.
Besides, we had been talking about having another child.” He paused and took
a deep breath. “So, that’s what we did, and Cait never saw her mother again.”
Bitterness betrayed itself as he suddenly pushed back his chair and got
to his feet. He walked over to the door and stood there looking out, his hands
clenched tightly behind his back. I waited.
“It turned out,” he finally said. “That the shipment wasn’t medical
supplies at all, but untreated biological waste. We didn’t know that at the
time, however, and one of the containers leaked. Madeleine, not realizing
what it was, cleaned the mess up. In a matter of hours, she became very ill.
I put out a distress call, and a starship answered. They were only four hours
away and we set an intercept course. Initially, they placed us all under
quarantine, but since the rest of the crew and myself showed no signs of
infection, we were released from their sickbay. Madeleine was a different
story. They weren’t familiar with the virus she had contracted and contacted
the officials on Calodan II for further information. They, of course, denied
everything at first since transporting hazardous materials the way we were
was illegal. So, while bureaucrat after bureaucrat swore ignorance, I watched
my wife die slowly behind a containment field.” His voice trembled, but he
went on. “I couldn’t hold her, I couldn’t touch her, I couldn’t even talk to
her without the entire sickbay hearing what I was saying. Finally, I convinced
them to let me enter the field using one of their contamination suits, but by
that time the virus and its fever had clouded her mind so badly she didn’t even
know who I was.” He stopped, but did not turn around. I sat quietly and
waited. *Gods, all the times I came close to losing Cait…*
He continued. “The starship towed us to a starbase for decontamination
and I was placed under arrest for illegally transporting hazardous materials.
My ship was impounded, and my crew was confined to the station during the
investigation. I suppose in some ways I was lucky. Over the years, I had
built up a good reputation and had made a number of friends who came to
my defense. The Calodane who had arranged the deal finally admitted that he
had hidden the nature of the shipment from us, and I found myself free to leave
with my crew, free to go back and tell my daughter that her mother was never
coming home. It was then that I decided to leave Cait with my mother on a
permanent basis. I wasn’t going to take another chance, this time with
my daughter’s life.” He concluded with a growl.
“I don’t blame you,” I said. “I would have done the same.”
“Yes.” His shoulders slumped forward as he turned around and more or
less crumpled into his chair. “Every night before Cait’s bedtime, my mother
would contact me and I would either talk to Cait or read her stories over
subspace until she fell asleep, but I refused to bring her back on board until
my mother died. I had to then. I had no choice, and within nine months that
sonuvabitch went and-” He broke off, shutting his eyes, his massive hands
solidifying into two powerful fists. “He deserved what he got.” He snarled
and opened his eyes, livid turquoise staring straight through me. “I killed
him. Cait didn’t know it until the other day, but I did. It wasn’t my
intent–I’m not even sure what was–but when we found him, he just laughed and
made lewd comments about her, and I hit him. I hit him again and again,
smashing him against the station bulkhead until he was long past dead.”
His voice slipped into a dream-like tone as if he was reliving the
moment all over again. “I remember J’nok hauling me off the body. I remember
staring at what was left, at the blood smeared on the wall, on the floor,
on me–all over my hands, my arms, even my face.” Suddenly, his eyes hardened
and drew back into focus. “Does that bother you?”
“A little, I suppose, but I know what you must have felt.” I pulled up
the left leg of my shorts about a two centimeters, exposing a slash of white
across my flesh. “See that? That’s just the tip of the iceberg to what I
received from some people who wanted control of Voyager. It was several days
before two friends rescued me, and I was a mess for many, many months
afterward. There was so much anger and fear hidden deep inside me. I didn’t
know how to face it. I couldn’t face it. I kept everyone, my friends,
especially Cait, at arms length. Then, one day I got in a fistfight and came
very close to doing the same thing you did. A friend stopped me just in time,
but it scared the hell out of me to think I could get so out of control.
It forced me to face my problems. And through all of it, Cait stood by me.
She believed in me, in us, even when I didn’t think there was that much left
to believe in. Whether we had married or not, I would have always been
grateful to her for that.”
“She is a very strong person.” He said quietly. “And I am very
proud of her.”
“I am, too.”
He nodded. “You should be.”
“I am.” I set my jaw and steadily met his gaze. “Captain, I know your
concerns about me, and you have every right to have them. If I was in your
shoes, I would, but I am not the same person who was sent to the rehab facility
at Auckland. I have changed, and I am deeply, *deeply* in love with
your daughter. The last thing I would ever want to do is hurt her, and for
that very reason, I don’t want to come between the two of you. I know how much
you mean to her. I don’t want to force her to choose between the two of us,
but I’ll also be honest with you. I don’t think I can just walk away and
leave her.”
The turquoise eyes narrowed. “I don’t like having my back pressed
against a wall, Paris.”
“Neither do I.” I replied and we stared silently at one another.
“What’s going on?” A sleepy voice inquired behind me. Cait shuffled
in, yawning, and gave us each a kiss on the cheek.
I got to my feet, offering her my chair. “Your father and I were just
having a little talk since no one else was up. Coffee?” I picked up my plate
and cup.
“Please, and a croissant. I’m getting addicted to your mother’s
recipe.”
“They are good, aren’t they?” I grinned. “How about you, Captain?
More coffee?”
He shook his head. “No, I’m fine.”
“So what were you two discussing?”
I gave a light laugh. “Oh, you know, the universe in general.”
“Uh-huh.”
“What? You don’t believe me?”
She shook her head and glanced at her father who was staring out
the door.
“Gee, thanks.” I replied and then sighed. “Okay. We were talking
about you and about us.”
“I see, and just what was the outcome of this little tete-a-tete?”
I shrugged. “I don’t know. You walked in.”
“Dad?”
His head turned slowly, his eyes flicking from her to me and back.
“I don’t know either, Cait. However, it’s a beautiful morning. I think I’ll
go take a walk before too many other people are up.” He got to his feet and
patted her shoulder as he passed by.

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 9

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMERS: See part one.

******************************

The next two days passed uneventfully, which was both good and bad.
I kept my promise to Robert and took Cait and her father to Marseilles to
Chez Sandrine’s. Capt. Matthews seemed to enjoy himself. I could tell where
Cait got her talent for pool. The man was simply amazing, beating everyone
who was foolish enough to play him, including Cait. Through it all, he kept
quiet for the most part toward me, but it didn’t strike me as an angry silence,
more like he was trying to make up his mind.
He wasn’t the only one. Starfleet appeared to be having some trouble,
as well. Nearly three days had passed since my flight test and not a peep
from Admiral Fletcher. Although it wasn’t an outright refusal, and I probably
should have been thankful for that, it bothered me to feel so out of control,
not just of my destiny, but Cait’s as well. Part of me just wanted to throw up
my hands and say forget it, but I couldn’t do that. Too many people were
pulling for me. Unfortunately, none of them had any real say in the final
decision. Still, to quit now would mean letting all of them down, and I kept
telling myself that only the old Tom Paris would do something like that.
To take my mind off the wait, Cait suggested we go out to dinner, just
the two of us–a little wining, a little dining, and some dancing to follow.
How could I refuse? I couldn’t, especially once I saw the dress she intended
to wear, the loose layers of filmy beige fabric stopping a little below
mid-thigh. She borrowed a gold choker from my mom and put her hair up in a
loose bun. A simple, but very effective ensemble, capped off by her fancy
jewelry, as she had taken to calling her security cuff.
On our way to the transport station, we passed by the park Vicki and I
used to play in as kids. Five children played there now, three boys and two
girls, enjoying the benefits of the extended dusk. One of the little girls
had red hair, which caught the air in a vermilion wave as the swing carried
her aloft. Cait stopped, her face taking on a far away expression and I felt
a tiny hand clutch at my own heart. I slid my arm around her waist in
an attempt to steer her toward the station, but she wouldn’t budge.
“Cait, don’t. Don’t do this to yourself.”
“I can’t help it. So much has happened over the past week and a half,
I haven’t thought about her at all. Until now.” She added.
I stepped in front of her to block her view of the children. “I know.
Neither have I. That’s how it is. Life goes on and we go with it.”
She looked at me, the face that had been so strong and defiant three
nights ago, now appeared almost as frail as my mother’s. “Oh, Cait, honey.”
I hugged her tightly. “It’s okay.”
“I feel guilty.” She whispered. “I don’t know why, but I do.”
“It happens. I do, too, but we’ve done nothing to feel guilty for.”
“I know, and I try to tell myself that, but it doesn’t help.”
She pulled back and gazed up at me, her eyes glistening in the light of the
setting sun.
The ache in my chest seemed to grow exponentially, and I cupped the
side of her face in my hand. “Do you still feel like going out? We could
always go home and replicate something.”
She bit her bottom lip and glanced at the children over my shoulder.
“No,” she said slowly. “I didn’t get this dressed up just to walk a few meters
then turn back, and neither did you.”
I smiled gently. “You sure?”
“Yes.” She nodded. “Let’s go and have the best time we possibly can.”
Her face brightened a little. “It’ll be our first date on the real Earth.”
Once we made it into ‘Frisco, Cait’s spirits improved considerably.
Her curiousity returned and with it, the sparkle in her eyes. She looked
great, the outfit alone turning quite a few heads as we walked down
the streets. (Of course, it could’ve also been because of the ankle cuff
she wore, but I prefered to think otherwise.)
We ate at a restaurant in Old Chinatown, The Dragon’s Temple.
Harry had spoken wistfully about it quite a few times in the Delta quadrant.
He said he ate there every chance he could during his first two years at the
Academy because it reminded him of his mother’s cooking, and if that wasn’t
a ringing endorsement, I didn’t know what was. (Although now that I think
about it, he never did say whether his mom was a good cook or not.) We ordered
one noodle dish and one beef dish, and I nearly jumped for joy when the waiter
offered me a *real* wine list–a good one, too.
“You know, I’m curious,” Cait said, as the food arrived at our table.
“If you overheard the argument between Dad and me, why haven’t you asked me
about Nat? Or did you not hear that part?”
“Oh, I heard it.” I replied, picking up my chopsticks. “And like you
with B’Elanna and me, I figured it was none of my business. I didn’t know you
back then, or was that after we met in that bar?”
“Before. About five months before.”
“Oh. And you still flirted with me?” I popped a heavily gingered
piece of beef in my mouth and felt my nose clear all the way to the ionosphere.
Cait giggled at my predicament. “Maybe I did because you reminded me
of him a little. He was stockier than you and had a beard and mustache, but he
also had the most luscious blue eyes, and boy, could he use them, too. I guess
I just have a weakness for blonds.” She added with a saucy grin.
“Wonderful. I hope that carries over after they lose their hair.”
I winked, but now that she had broached the subject, my curiosity was growing
by the nanosecond.
The smile sagged slowly at the edges. “I suppose,” she said thought-
fully. “If I hadn’t lost my virginity earlier, he would’ve taken it. He was
the first man I ever had consentual sex with. Not that I hadn’t dated or
anything. It’s just that after the rape I was afraid–I guess that’s the best
way to describe it. I mean, the way I lived, travelling from place to place,
you met a lot of people, but you never really got to know anyone, at least
not well enough for me to trust them.”
I nodded. I could remember how difficult it had been for her to tell
me about the rape, how she had fled afterwards, ashamed and unable to face me
for one minute longer.
“Well, anyway,” she continued. “Nat just showed up one day looking
for work. We needed some extra hands, and Dad took him on. Right up front he
told us he had gotten into some trouble and had come out to the border to make
a new start. It wasn’t that unusual and he was a good worker so Dad offered
him a permanent place in the crew. Nat was polite, charming, handsome,
and close to my age. I suppose it was inevitable that we started spending time
together which led to long conversations in the cargo bay and eventually, well,
you know.” The green eyes dropped to her plate.
“You slept with him.”
“Yeah. I had told him about the rape and he took it nice and slow,
almost too slow.” Cait giggled, her eyes lifting briefly with a self-conscious
sparkle. “Afterwards, he was nervous about what Dad and the crew would think.
I guess he thought they’d toss him out the closest air-lock, but they didn’t,
and once he relaxed, we were happy. Still, sometimes I got the feeling he was
looking over his shoulder, especially when any Starfleet personnel were around.
He avoided them whenever he could. He never said why. I thought he might be
on the run, but he swore up and down that he’d already paid for his sins,
though probably not enough he thought. Then one night a couple of weeks before
we broke up, I woke up and found him staring out a porthole crying. I tried
to get him to talk about it, but he wouldn’t. In fact, he seemed even angry
that I had seen him.” She stopped and pointed at my plate. “Your dinner’s
getting cold.”
We both ate in silence for a while, but my curiosity was fast getting
the better of me. She had left out the important part. “Uh, your dad said
he cheated on you. Did he?”
“What? Oh. Yeah.” The pained tone to her voice made me regret
my question. “A couple of weeks after seeing him cry, we were at a space
station. I had pulled a double shift the day before and didn’t feel like
going out so Nat went out alone. When I woke up hours later, he still wasn’t
back yet, and I got up and went out looking for him. Dad wasn’t up, but I knew
that if he caught Nat, or anyone for that matter, reeling in still drunk,
he would have sacked him.”
She looked out the window silently for a few moments. “First, I
checked with station security, but he hadn’t been brought in so I went out into
the habitat area. I had just rounded one corner when I spotted him coming out
of some waitress’s quarters and kissing her good-bye.” She gave a little
laugh, but looked about ready to cry. “I guess you know now why I blew up the
time I caught you and Jenny together. It was like watching history repeat
itself, only I loved you so much more than I ever loved him.” She bit her lip.
“I’m sorry, Tom. I should never have…”
“Hey, it’s okay. That was a long, long time ago.” I reached up and
touched my jaw and grinned. “And I learned my lesson the hard way. I’ll never
make that mistake again.”
Cait giggled, then her face fell once again. “Well, to finish the
story, he turned around and saw me. I was so shocked all I could do was stand
there, and he walked over and said something about being sorry, but that at
least now I knew what kind of person he truly was. I wanted to scream,
but instead I just told him we were through and to pack his things and get the
hell off my dad’s ship. He nodded, said he would, and he did. And an hour
or so later, Dad got up to find him gone and me in tears. I think if Dad had
been able to find him he would’ve ripped him apart, but by then Nat had
vanished off the station.”
“I think I see a pattern emerging here.” I remarked. “No wonder
your father isn’t too thrilled with me. Parts of it almost sound like my
lifestory.”
“Yeah, I guess it does. I’d never really thought about it.” She set
her chopsticks down and stared out the window. “I’ve always wondered what
happened to Nat and whether it was something I did or not. We were happy,
at least I was,” she insisted softly.
I reached across the table and took her hand. “Keep staring out the
window like that and I’m going to get jealous.” I teased gently, fighting the
urge to forget where we were and hug her until the smile I loved so returned.
The green eyes slid flirtatiously back to mine. “No reason to be.”
She smiled, squeezing my hand.
We finished our dinner and headed out to a bar called the Tripoli.
Dad had recommended it. It opened about four years ago, and he and Mom used
to go there to dance before her stroke. He assured me that young couples
frequented the dance floor, too, and he was right. Most of them turned out to
be our age or a little older, with about a third of them wearing Fleet
uniforms.
The place itself was cozily lit with a candle on each table for effect.
The music, like the furniture, was plush and romantic. Cait and I secured an
intimate table in the corner and ordered drinks.
I rested my chin in my hand and stared at her until she started to
fidget, a warm glow creeping into her cheeks. “You’re beautiful, you
know that?” I reached over and took one of her hands in mine.
Her head cocked to one side. She always got embarrassed when I went
mushy in public. “You think?” she asked.
“Nope.” I replied. “I know, inside and out.”
The glittering emerald eyes dropped to the table and I released her
hand and scooted my chair over until we sat side by side. I placed an arm
across the back of her chair and a heady warmth rushed though me as I leaned
over and nuzzled her neck. “It embarrasses you when I do this, doesn’t it?”
I breathed. “I’m sorry, but you’re just too damn attractive. I’ve got you
and I’m never giving you up.”
Cait shivered a little and giggled. “I think you’re a little tipsy.”
“Maybe, but that doesn’t mean I don’t mean what I say.” I frowned.
“Or something like that.”
She laughed and kissed me. “Think you’re sober enough to dance?”
“Who? Me?” I stood up and pulled back her chair. “Just wait until I
get you out there.”
The dance floor was small and slightly crowded, but with Cait in my
arms, I was pretty much lost in my own little world. Then slowly, I became
aware of being bumped a number of times. At first I brushed them off as
accidents and tried to pay more attention to where we were in relation to the
other couples, but an elbow between my shoulder blades changed my mind.
“Hey, buddy, watch it.”
A baby-faced lieutenant turned around. “Why don’t you?”
Cait squeezed my hand. “Tom.”
Out of deference to her, I let it drop. She was the one out on bail.
One incident and it would be revoked whether it was her fault or not. I led
her away from the jackass and we started dancing again. This time a foot
looped around my ankle and almost sent me sprawling into Cait’s arms. There
was no way in hell that it could have been an accident this time, but before
I could turn around, a low voice spoke behind me. “Haven’t you figured it
out, yet?” It drawled. “We don’t want traitors like you and your Maquis
girlfriend in here.”
I spun around. A full commander stood behind me with some giggling
civilian half his age. “She’s not my girlfriend.” I said, drawing myself up
to my full height, which was still a few centimeters short of his. “She’s my
wife, and we have just as much right to be here as you do.”
He folded his arms across his chest, and our baby-faced lieutenant and
a few other officers stepped up behind him in support. “Not in my book,”
he said. “And quite a few of us feel the same way.”
Cait touched my sleeve. “Tom, maybe we should-”
I shook my head, keeping my gaze level with the commander’s. “No, we
came here to dance and we’re going to.” I lowered my voice as I escorted her
to a new section of the floor. “Don’t worry. I have no intention of getting
into a fight, but I’m not going to be run out of here. They’ll just have
to learn to live with it.”
A hand tapped my shoulder. “Keep dancing.” I murmured.
The hand grabbed me and jerked me around. “Hey! Didn’t the Commander
just tell you to beat it?” the lieutenant asked.
“No. He said *he* didn’t feel we should be here. I happen to disagree
with him.”
The baby-face became bright red as the music stopped and the house
lights came up. “You should have listened to him. It was a friendly warning.”
“Then, tell him thank you for me.” I turned back to Cait, only to have
my arm grabbed again. “Look, my wife and I came in here to dance, not fight.
Why not let us?”
“Because people like you make us sick. Freedom fighters. Hell, you’ll
fire on us as soon as on Cardassians.”
“That’s not true!” Cait shot back. “We always gave Federation ships
the option to withdraw and even then we didn’t fire unless they did.”
“Yeah, sure.” The man sneered. “Tell that to my brother. He was on
the Satie when your holier-than-thou cohorts attacked. Lured them out and BAM!
Hit them with everything they had and left them for dead. Your kind makes
me sick. I hope they throw the book at you.”
“Yeah, same here.” Another officer cried out.
“Yeah. You tell ’em, Castillo,” chorused two more.
“You belong in jail.” Castillo snarled.
Cait and I exchanged glances. “Tom, we should leave,” she said.
I squeezed her hand. “Maybe you’re right.”
The jeers followed us as we paid for our drinks and headed for
the door. Dad had been right. Things were getting bad. If civilian sympathy
was on the rise and Fleet animosity toward the Maquis was at an all-time high
and growing, somewhere a split was going to occur, and it wasn’t going to
be pretty.
Once outside, I pulled Cait into my arms and hugged her tightly. “I’m
sorry. I didn’t mean to put you through that.”
She pushed me away, angry. “What the hell did you think you were doing
in there? What if those people had started a fight? How do you think that
would’ve looked to Admiral Fletcher?”
“I don’t know and frankly, I don’t care. They had no right to
intimidate us like that.”
“Right? Right?” She exclaimed. “What right do you have to jeopardize
your chances just because some yahoos want to throw their weight around?
For gods’ sake, Tom, nothing would have made them happier than to know you
didn’t make it back into Starfleet because of them.”
“And maybe it would be better if I didn’t, if that’s what we’ll be
up against. I don’t want you going through something like that on a
daily basis.”
She suddenly grew quiet, her eyes dropping from mine. Reaching out,
she took my hand. “Tom, let’s walk for a bit.”
My stomach curled and twisted as we slowly passed building after
building in silence. *She can’t think Starfleet is more important than she
is, can she?* I grasped at elusive straws, trying to prepare myself for the
worse. *No, I can give up Starfleet. I’ll just contact Adm. Fletcher in the
morning and tell him thanks, but no thanks. Then I’ll talk to Dad. He might
know of some privately-owned ship somewhere that needs-*
Cait stopped in front of a bench and we sat down. Her gaze fell to her
lap where she held onto my hand with both of hers. She stayed quiet like she
was searching for the right words. By that point, I wanted to tell her any
words would do–just say something! “Tom, you know I love you, don’t you?”
“Yes, of course, I do.”
“And I know you love me, and that you’ll do anything to spare me pain.”
“Yes. Oh gods, Cait, you know I would.”
She looked up. “Then, I know what I’m about to ask will be hard for
you to do, but I-”
“Cait, it’s okay. I understand. I’ll contact Adm. Fletcher-”
She shook her head vehemently. “No. No. Let me finish. I don’t
want you to withdraw your request.”
“You don’t?”
“No. I want you to stop shielding me.” One hand rose and cupped my
cheek, as a tiny smile dallied on her lips. “I know you love playing the part
of my knight in tarnished armour, but stop treating me like a child. I can
withstand a few insults and a few punches, too.”
“Cait, I’m not.”
“Yes, you are.” Her hand slid from my face. “Tom, I’m proud of my
combat record with the Maquis.”
“You should be. A lot of Fleet personnel would give their eye teeth
to have one as good.”
“Then why do you think what those people said back there would
bother me? Calling me Maquis is not an insult in my eyes. It’s a part of me.
If I hadn’t joined them and fought against the Cardassians, I wouldn’t have
been able to look myself in the eye, much less anyone else, and I wouldn’t have
wound up in the Delta quadrant, and I would never have gotten to know you.”
She smiled briefly and squeezed my hand.
“Cait, I-”
“No, let me finish. Maybe the Maquis have changed since we’ve been
gone. Maybe they use tactics now that I wouldn’t agree with, but I’m not
ashamed of what *I* did.” She sighed. “Don’t you see, Tom. Those people in
the bar can only hurt me by hurting you. Is my being former Maquis that
uncomfortable for you?”
“No, how could it be? I’m one, too.”
“Then, you don’t have to shield me from them. Life is full of pain
and anger. You’ll kill yourself trying to protect me from all of it,
and frankly, I was looking forward to us growing old together like your
parents.”
I lifted her hand to my lips. “Cait, believe me, I am, too, and I
want those years to be happy ones. I want us to have a good home with a couple
of happy, healthy kids. I-” I hesitated, remembering the park earlier, and
my gaze nervously slid from hers. “I-I mean-”
A finger on my lips silenced me. “I know. So do I, but we won’t get
that hiding from people. Someone, somewhere is always going to point a finger
at us, whether you rejoin Starfleet or not. Tell me this, do you intend not
to tell our children? Do you intend to just pack-up and move anytime someone
brings up our pasts?”
My head drooped and I took a deep breath. “No, I guess not, but I also
don’t relish the idea of our child coming home, crying, because the other
parents won’t let their kids play with him because of who we were.”
“Nor do I, but we’ll cross that bridge when we come to it. Right now,
we don’t even know if it lies ahead of us or not.” She raised my chin with
her fingers. “Tom, you want me to be happy, but how can I ever be truly
happy knowing that you sacrificed one of your most important dreams for me?
If you were in my place, could you be?”
I shrugged. “I don’t know. Some might say it proves how much I
love you. I don’t want to hurt you, Cait. You know, years ago, when we first
started seeing each other, there were days, gods, there were days when I
honestly wondered if we would even be talking to one another by the end of
the evening.” We both smiled at that remark, and with my thumb I gently
stroked one of the hands that held mine. “But time passed, and look where
we are now. To make it back into ‘Fleet may be a dream of mine, Cait,
but *you* are my most precious dream. To lose Starfleet again would be
nothing, one star in trillions, compared to losing you.”
She clutched my hand tightly. “And you won’t, Tom. Just please don’t
withdraw your request. Trust me. We will make it.”

THE PARIS JOURNALS, vol. X
Thicker Than Blood
Part 10

by Carly Hunter
copyright 1997

DISCLAIMERS: See part one.

*******************************

Midway through breakfast the next morning, the comm system chirped.
It was a frowning Admiral Fletcher. “Report to my office at 1000 hours.”
Funnily enough, after last night, my heart didn’t sink quite as far as
I thought it would. In fact, I felt this small swell of relief bubble up.
I had no idea what I would do, but something would come along. It had to.
At 1000 hours precisely, I rapped on his office door. “Come in.”
“Good morning, Admiral.”
He looked up and immediately shoved the PADD he was using aside.
Capt. Tai sat in the same chair he had been in during my previous meeting.
“Yes. Mr. Paris. Take a seat.”
“Thank you, sir.”
The Admiral rose from his chair and walked over to the window to gaze
out over the sunlit grounds. Slowly, he turned around. “I understand you ran
into a little trouble last night.”
“Sir?” *Shit! Did one of those asses file a false report? Have I
been under surveillance?*
“Captain Tai saw you at the Tripoli last night.”
“Oh, uh, yessir. My wife and I went there to dance.”
“And you both found more than you bargained for. I expect you can
understand now why we took this time to debate your request.”
I nodded. “Yessir, I can. I had no idea the average officer’s
animosity had reached that level.”
“It hasn’t, thankfully. Last night, you had the misfortune of running
into a few extreme examples, who have since been reprimanded. However, I can
not deny that the gulf between supporters and opponents of the Maquis is
widening, with extremists on both sides, and its effect–*your* effect on
morale had to be carefully considered.”
“Yessir, I understand.”
“However, in spite of the risks, we are prepared to grant your request
and re-enlist you within Starfleet with the rank of lieutenant, junior grade.”
My mouth fell open. “I-I don’t know what to say. I wasn’t sure,
especially after last night. Thank you, Admiral.”
He nodded. “Over the next six months, you will serve as Captain Tai’s
adjutant at Saturn Defense.”
“Adjutant?” I balked.
“Yes. Do you have a problem with this?”
“No, sir. It’s just that I’m a pilot, not-”
“I am well aware of your training, Mr. Paris. These six months will
be a probationary period. Pending a favorable review from Captain Tai at the
end of it, you will be allowed to apply for a transfer. I trust you will find
this satisfactory.”
*Suck it up, Thomas. You’re lucky to get it. After all, how bad can
six months of PADD-shuffling be?* “Yessir.” I replied, rising to attention.
“Good.” The Admiral crossed the room to shake my hand. “Then,
congratulations, Lieutenant. You will leave tomorrow with Captain Tai.
Be sure to see my adjutant on the way out, he will give you all the necessary
details.”
“Tomorrow?” I stared at him, wide-eyed. “But the Maquis hearing-”
“Starts tomorrow. Yes, I know. You will only be at Saturn, Mr. Paris,
and Captain Tai is well aware that sudden adjustments may have to be made if
you get called to testify. However, given that your wife is one of the
defendants, I think that is highly unlikely. Dismissed.” He sat back down
behind his desk and picked up the PADD.
I saluted them both before offering Capt. Tai my hand. “See you
tomorrow, sir.”
“Don’t be late.” He replied as stone-faced as ever.
“I won’t be.” It still bothered me that I couldn’t remember where
we had met.
The noontime hour had passed before I finally made it home, ladened
with four new uniforms (three regular and one dress), a briefcase full of specs
and regulations I had to bone up on, and one dozen roses for Cait. The guilt
over leaving her like this really gnawed at me. It wasn’t just what her father
might think. It was the fact that after all the times she had been there
for me, I wouldn’t be here for her now, especially if the trial got a
little rough. Sure, the other Maquis and the Voyager crew would be there
for her, and so would our parents, but not me, and that made me feel lower than
a snake’s belly.
No one was in the house. Through the family room windows, I could see
Mom and Dad in the backyard, him down on his knees rummaging amongst the
tomato plants. Ducking into my room, I quickly changed into my uniform; then
I snatched up the flowers and placed them in a vase full of water on the
entrance hall table before heading outside.
Mom saw me approaching and nudged Dad with her cane. He got to his
feet, shielding his eyes, and I grinned broadly. “What do you think?
Good fit?” I asked, tugging gently at the cuffs.
Dad just stared at me and his lower lip began to tremble. Mom’s tears
ran unchecked down her cheeks. “Hey, c’mon.” I joked, struggling to conceal
the tremor in my own voice. “Don’t tell me it looks that bad.”
Dad shook his head and hugged me tightly. “It looks good on you,
Thomas. Damn good.”
A shriek filled the yard as Cait tore across the grass. Dad barely
released me in time for me to catch my ecstatic wife. Capt. Matthews
approached much more slowly.
“We have…to talk.” I gasped out between kisses.
“About what?” She responded breathlessly, a huge smile lighting up
her face. “Oh, Tom, I’m so happy for you.”
“About a lot of things, but mainly about how I’m leaving tomorrow for
my assignment.”
“Tomorrow?” The pale arms slid from around my neck.
“Thomas, that’s so soon.” Mom protested. “And the trial-”
“Yeah, yeah, I know. I’m not happy about it either, but that’s what
they gave me.” I attempted to put the best spin I could on the situation.
“But I’ll only be at Saturn Defense. It’s less than half an hour away.”
I stroked Cait’s cheek with my fingers. “Honey, I’m sorry. I didn’t want
it to be like this. I thought they’d wait until after the trial to assign me.
I’m really sorry.”
“I know.” She smiled bravely. “That’s part of life in Starfleet,
but we still have tonight to celebrate. And just think of all the people we
have to tell.”

When I reached the spacedock in the morning, Capt. Tai was already
on board the shuttle, sitting in the co-pilot’s seat. He glanced up from the
PADD he was reading. “You take the helm. I’ve got some work to catch up on.”
“Yessir.” I replied. I stowed my bags and slid into the seat. “Are
we ready to leave?”
“Yes, the sooner, the better.”
“Yessir. Ops, this is the shuttlecraft, Argo, requesting clearance
to depart.”
“This is Ops. Argo, you are free to leave. Releasing docking clamps.”
“Confirmed. Docking clamps released. Engaging thrusters.”
I maneuvered the ship out of its berth and through the space doors.
“Course?” I asked.
“One-six-zero mark three-five. Half impulse.”
“Yessir. Course laid in and engaging at half impulse.”
A few minutes passed before he tossed aside the PADD and turned to me.
“So, have you figured out where we met, yet?”
I shook my head. “No, sir.”
“I’m not surprised. As I said before, we only met once. I was the
flight control advisor initially assigned to the investigating team at
Caldik Prime.”
I gulped hard. “You were?”
“Yes, I was the first pilot Command could lay their hands on who had
flown there on a regular basis. I was part of the group that visited you in
sickbay to get your story. When I heard it, I knew you were lying, and once
we left the room, I said so, but no one would listen. Then-Commander Casey,
who was in charge of the investigation, wanted a nice, quiet hearing and he
dismissed me from the team.”
“I suppose you must have felt vindicated when I came forward later.”
“A little.” He admitted. “But by that time I also knew your piloting
record. I couldn’t help wondering what had made someone with such promise take
such an enormous risk. I also knew that your loss was Starfleet’s loss.”
He took a deep breath and released it. “However, I’d be lying if I said I
wasn’t less than enthusiastic when Admiral Fletcher proposed having you replace
my departing adjutant.”
I smirked. “I guess that explains why you supervised my test and why
that Caldik Prime approach was part of it.”
“Yes, and even though you passed, I continued to have my doubts, until
I saw you at the bar. I was concerned how you would handle the pressure
imposed by other Fleet personnel, but you stood your ground, wisely retreating
when the odds were overwhelmingly against you.”
“To be honest, Captain, if my wife hadn’t been there, I’m not sure I
would have ‘retreated’, as you put it.”
“That’s all right.” A smile broke through the impassive mask.
“I’m not too sure I would have, either. Being my size and the youngest
of four boys, you learn pretty quickly to hold your ground, no matter how
tiny it is.”

TWO WEEKS LATER:

“So how did it go today?” I stared at Cait’s image on the viewscreen.
Gods, I missed her. Every muscle, every bone, every cell cried out for her.
“Not too bad. Closing arguments were made by the prosecution.
Tomorrow, it’s our turn. You know, your Dad really did me a great favour by
hiring MacDougall. He has been amazing.”
“Is he hedging bets on the outcome?”
She cocked her head to one side. “Nope, says he doesn’t believe in it,
but Dad’s already offered me a job at the settlement. I turned him down. It’s
a long way from Saturn.” She laughed, I didn’t, and she sobered. “Tom, don’t
worry. He’ll come around. He doesn’t dislike you. He just wants to be sure
I’ll be okay. In time, he’ll realize that he has no basis for his concerns.
But enough about him. How about you? Excited about getting your first batch
of graduates to help train?”
“No.” I grinned. “More like nervous as hell. I never saw myself as
much of a teacher.”
“You’ll do fine. You’re a natural charmer. You got Sinclair to
accept you, after all.”
“Gods, I hope so. I do not relish the thought of that man as an
enemy.” I ran a shaky hand through my hair. Just thinking about
Cmdr. Justinian Sinclair made my stomach knot. “So, how are Mom and Dad?”
“Same as they were two days ago. Fine. Last night, your mom showed
me some of your baby pictures.”
“She didn’t.”
“Oh, yes.” Cait cooed teasingly. “You looked so cute running through
the backyard in the buff with the Admiral chasing after you holding a diaper
and yelling ‘Come back here!’.”
The heat rose in my face. “Yeah, Dad always loved that footage, too.
Thanks, Mom.” I muttered to the air around me.
She smiled. “Oh, I should probably warn you. Your mother mentioned
the word grandchild twice in one conversation today. I think it’s her discrete
way of hinting.”
“Yeah, probably. I figured it was only a matter of time. How do you
feel about this?”
“Why? You sending a sperm sample on the next shuttle?”
I groaned. Sometimes she made it so difficult. “No, but remember the
park? I haven’t brought the issue up because I didn’t want to put any pressure
on you. It’s hasn’t been a full year since we lost Madeleine.”
She hesitated, staring off to the side of the screen in thought.
“Well, maybe we should start talking about it. We both still want them,
right?” I nodded. “Then we should talk. I can see you right now.
‘Captain Tai, I need a two day leave to visit Earth.’ ‘Why, Lieutenant?
You just got here.’ ‘I know, sir, but I have to go home and fertilize
my wife.'”
I snickered. “Cute, very cute. Makes you sound like one of Mom’s
tomato plants. By the way, speaking of kids, how are Harry and B’Elanna
doing?”
“Um, it’s safe to say that things have definitely gotten more
interesting. Evidently, while you and I were talking the other night, he was
busy blowing up at his parents. B’Elanna says she’s never seen him so angry.
Right now, they’re staying with, get this, Libby and her husband. Oh!
And B’Elanna may have a job when the trial is over. Seems that one of her
former instructors at the Academy was helping to review Voyager’s engineering
logs and was suitably impressed enough with her work to recommend her to a
friend who heads up a design team at the Daystrom Institute. She’s going to
meet with them during the lunch break tomorrow.”
“Hey-hey! That’s good news. I don’t suppose Chakotay has heard
anything else, huh?”
“Yes, he did. I meant to tell you the last time we talked. He finally
got in contact with what was left of his tribe. They’ve been wandering for the
past five years or so trying to find the right place to set down new roots.
Once the trial is over, he hopes to meet up with them and help them.”
“Good. I’m glad some escaped. When I heard that the Jem Hadar-”
“Yeah, we all feared the worst.”
I took a deep breath. “Okay. So, since Neelix is going full steam
ahead with his Chez Kes idea-”
“Er, it’s Kes’ Cafe now.” She grinned.
“Whatever. Well, I guess it’s just you we have to find work for.”
She waved a carefree hand. “Oh, don’t worry about me. You’ll be
surprised how far looks and charm can still go in this day and age.”
“No, I wouldn’t, especially where you’re concerned.”
“Oh, go on. I’ll bet you say that to all the girls.”
I shook my head and smiled. “Nope. Just one. Just you.” I reached
out and pressed my fingertips to the smooth screen. “I miss you. I wish I
could be there for you. You know if you had asked, I would have told them in
a heartbeat to forget it.”
Her fingers lifted to mine. “I know, but I also know what this means
to you. I do miss you, Tom, but I accept it as part of the price.” She paused
and gave a weak grin. “Do you think if we had a baby, I’d miss you as much?
I’d always have a little part of you with me that way.”
I shrugged, a lump rising in my throat. Gods, I wanted to hold her,
right then and there. “I don’t know. Ask Mom. Ask her how she stood it all
those years Dad was away.”
The antique clock chimed behind her. “I guess I should let you go,”
she said. “You’ve got a big day tomorrow. I don’t want you showing up with
PADDs in one hand and a litre of coffee in the other.” She attempted one
last smile. “Have a good night. I’ll call you tomorrow and tell you how
we did.”
“I’ll be waiting and hoping. I love you, Cait.”
“I love you. Now get some beauty sleep, handsome.” She laughed.
I grinned. “You, too, love.” Like she needed it. I switched off the
viewer and sat back in my chair. Maybe by this time next week Cait could join
me out here. I glanced about the room. The quarters were a little on the
small side. But if we got rid of that chair…and shifted the desk over
to there…and put up a screening wall starting right here…Yeah, that should
create just enough room for a crib and a changing table.

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

The Alcis Nebula: Dear Diary

“The Alcis Nebula: Dear Diary”
by Ardelle

Summary: Voyager finds a lifeless alien space station and fleet in a nebula. A
diary B’elanna found may hold the answers to what happened to the fleet.
Something unexpected happens…

I’ve noticed that many people have written (and are writing) series about
Voyager. I thought it was a great idea and have started my own.

The inside of the nebula looked like a graveyard.
“What happened here?” Janeway whispered. A space station, alien in design,
and several dozen starships littered the screen. All dead. Not a sign of life on
one of them.
“It looks as if they were trying to escape something in a hurry,” said Harry.
“Obviously,” said Tom, “They didn’t escape fast enough.”
“I don’t know about you,” Chakotay said, turning to Janeway. “But I’m curious
about what happened to them.”
“I agree. Harry, do you think we could get an away team on one of the ships, or
the station?”
“The ships are too unstable, but the station looks intact. An away team could
beam onto that.”

At first Torres couldn’t tell that anyone had ever lived on the space station.
Then, off to the corner she saw a twisted body, purple. B’elanna felt her stomach
turn. *Get a hold of yourself, B’elanna,* she thought. *It’s not like you haven’t
seen a corpse before.*
She passed several other bodies as she walked through the hall, searching for a
console. Torres entered what would have been family quarters on a Federation
station, but could have been a dozen other kinds of rooms for this race. She spied
a device that looked somewhat like a mini data padd. Her comm badge beeped.
“Kim to Torres. Found anything?”
“Yes,” she responded. “Something like a data padd, I think.”
“Well, you’re lucky,” said Harry. “Tom and I haven’t found anything. Some one
probably raided this place. We’re going to beam up.”
“Me too,” said B’elanna. “I want to check this out.”

For two hours B’elanna had slaved over the data padd, and still not gotten
anywhere.
“I would suggest pushing the green button, then the orange, then the red.”
B’elanna whirled around. Vorik.
“What do you want?”
“I only thought I might be of assistance.”
“Go away, Vorik,” B’elanna grumbled.
“As you wish.” He left.
*If I can’t figure it out, he can’t,* thought B’elanna sulkily. *I’ll just prove him
wrong.*
She punched in the code. It worked. B’elanna muttered a curse. *Damn the
Vulcan!*

The face of what looked to be a woman her age appeared. She had smooth
violet skin, flowing silver hair and light green eyes.
“As long as I’m on the Rillia, I must keep a diary. I guess I’ll start with the
basics. My name is Iyiza, I’m twenty-eight summers, and I have to stay on the
Rillia for about a year…”
B’elanna sat for hours that passed like minutes as she was enthralled with the
Iyiza’s innermost thoughts. She learned that Iyiza was like herself, griping about
being half Arninian and trying to hide it. Her betrothed, Iyixo, was like Tom
Paris, a handsome, dashing, but arrogant young man, whom she was either madly
in love with or driven crazy by. That last few entries were different than the rest,
though.
“Diary,[she wrote] our village elder has predicted that the disappearance of Iyixo
will mark the beginning of the Arninian’s siege. We only hope that this isn’t true.”
Her last entry was,
“The predictions are coming true. Iyixo is gone. We’ll begin evacuating
immediately.”

B’elanna fell into bed. Literally. She slept for an hour or two and was awakened
by the door chime. *That must be Tom or Harry,* she thought, getting dressed
quickly. *Nice of them to come and get me.*
It was Harry.
“Isn’t Tom with you?” he asked, puzzled. “He wasn’t in his quarters, and I
couldn’t contact him.”
For some odd reason B’elanna felt a fleeting sense of familiarity.
“Computer, locate Tom Paris,” she said.
“Tom Paris,” the computer remarked crisply, “is not aboard Voyager.”

To be continued in “The Alcis Nebula: Behind Closed Doors”

The characters in this story(except the ones I invented) belong to Viacom, but
the story is mine. I’d let you use the characters I invented… but they’re dead.

Posted in Voyager | Tagged | Leave a comment

Eye of the Storm

The following story is a sequel to the DS9 episode, “Nor the Battle to
the Strong,” as well as to “Orfeo” (in the a.s.c archive). It is
rated [R] for sexual situations. Persons under 18, or those who have
trouble with gay fiction, should read no further.

Last spring, I told several folks that “Orfeo” was a stand-alone story
and that I’d never write a sequel. Ha!

My wife can be persuasive when she wants to be. Actually, she sat
down after the DS9 episode “Nor the Battle to the Strong” and just
started writing. My initial reaction was, “A Jake-Salene *slash*
story?! Woman, you’ve got to be kidding!”

Anyway, “Eye of the Storm” is a collaboration. The story idea itself
and the plot are largely hers. The writing was more evenly divided,
involving a lot of discussion, debates and outright arguments during
which the cat would go hide under the bed. In an effort to maintain
the same tone as “Orfeo,” however, the final draft is mine. Details
were shared out between us.

Yes, this story IS slash–of a sort. J. hopes those of you who are
regular slash readers are not disappointed. I hope the folks who
aren’t regular slash readers but who aren’t troubled by the idea of
gay fiction in general (like me), might give it a whirl. Those who
are disturbed by the notion of Jake and Salene “getting it together”
at all are free to continue to see “Orfeo” as a stand-alone story, as
that’s what it began as.

We always like to hear from readers, so drop us a line if you enjoy
this tale (or even if you don’t).

Macedon
jrz3@psu.edu

Acknowledgements and notes (from both of us):
–To Peg Robinson and Diavolessa, who read through early drafts of this
and provided invaluable commentary. Without them, this story would be
less than it is. (Also thanks to D. for info on concussions and music,
and to Killa who also looked at a couple of early sections.)
–Natalie U. for the idea of light-treatment for jetlag.
–Those who sent answers to our detail questions. But as it has been
a while since we saw “Homefront,” our descriptions of Joseph Sisko’s
restaurant are likely to be off. Readers with better memories,
forgive us. J. says, “Pretend he redecorated.”
–The partial song lyrics (slightly modified) in section 10 are from
“Piece of My Heart,” and belong to the immortal Janis Joplin.

–Information on Jennifer Sisko came from the Trek encyclopedia and
the novels THE EMISSARY and SARATOGA. And Sethan, Salene’s father, is
a tertiary character from Margaret Wander Bonanno’s DWELLERS IN THE
CRUCIBLE.
–We’ve assumed that while some New Orleans landmarks would remain,
much would have altered significantly by the Twenty-Fourth Century.
Those of you who know the town, don’t expect to recognize it.

A caveat: We have assumed that more than one month passed between
the episodes “Nor the Battle” and “The Ascent” (in which Nog returns
to DS9 for his second year practicum). “Eye of the Storm” begins one
month after Jake’s experiences on Ajilon Prime and about eight after
the events in Macedon’s story “Orfeo”; it ends a month or so before
Nog’s return to the station. Thus, Nog is still at Starfleet Academy
in San Francisco during this tale.

DISCLAIMER: Paramount owns all rights to the characters herein, except
for Salene and Jillian. Resemblance to any individual, living or
dead, is purely coincidental. This is a nonprofit work of fanfiction.
Distribution is free, but please retain this disclaimer and ask the
authors’ permission before archiving this or “Orfeo” to web pages or
sites other than the a.s.c archive.

EYE OF THE STORM
Macedon & J, c1997

Bashir hadn’t yet forgiven Jake.
It wasn’t as if he made Jake’s life hell. He’d even complimented
Jake on the story written for the Trill journal. But he was a little
cold. Withdrawn. It got to Jake–though he couldn’t really blame the
doctor. Bashir might be brash, arrogant, sometimes a snob, but he
wasn’t a coward. And whatever Jake’s father had said about the
virtues of introspection, Jake knew deep down in his center that *he*
was a coward.
That was bitter on the tongue. Still, he might have come to
assimilate it all, if not for the nightmares.
They began almost a month to the day after he had returned from
Ajilon Prime. Sometimes he dreamed of shells going off, of that dying
soldier on a dusty battlefield, of the moaning wounded…but his most
persistent dream was of the morgue–all those bodybags: toe-tagged and
zipped in anonymous silver. It had not been the blood and gore which
had gotten to him most. It had been the ignobility of death. However
the men and women in that morgue had died, whatever noble acts they
may have achieved in the dying, in the end all that remained for them
were faceless silver bodybags. In fifty years, would anyone but their
families remember their names? That was the problem with war. For
every heroic name remembered, a thousand–a million–were forgotten.
He wrote all this in a letter to Salene. He wasn’t sure what his
Vulcan friend made of his bitter philosophic cynicism but something
about Salene encouraged Jake to confidences. Perhaps it was just that
Salene always seemed to find time to respond, or to make time. When
he had left DS9 eight months ago, Jake had feared their friendship
would gradually peter out, as Jake’s with Nog seemed to be doing.
Instead, the opposite had occurred. Jake’s friendship with Nog had
been based on time and shared experience; his friendship with Salene
was based on shared outlook despite cultural differences. Nog was his
buddy. Salene was his alter ego.
Since Ajilon Prime, Salene had also become his lifeline. Jake
wondered if he should be alarmed by the fact that what got him out of
bed some mornings was a desire to see what Salene had to say that day.
Sometimes Jake sent two or three letters within as many hours. He
could clarify things to himself by clarifying them to Salene.
Yet Jake found that Nog also agreed with him on the waste of war.
Vulcan peacefulness–but Ferengi practicality. War interfered with
profit, and waste of life was still waste, a Ferengi cardinal sin.
For that reason, Nog was, if anything, harsher in his condemnation
than Salene.
Nevertheless, the nightmares did not end just for writing about
them to Salene or Nog, or by talking them out with his father. He
thought about going to the doctor to ask for something to help him
sleep, then discarded the idea. Bashir already knew him for a coward;
he didn’t want to show this weakness to the doctor, too. So he kept
his mouth shut and, after a week or two, tried to hide his insomnia
from everybody else–unsuccessfully, he feared. His father knew him
too well. It all finally came to a head in a panic attack.
He had been walking into Quark’s when suddenly, from behind the
bar, something popped….
….and memories drowned him: shells fired by the Klingons, being
out without cover, running, running, running…. He fell to his knees
and rolled under a table, shaking and shouting and struggling just to
breathe. It took almost an hour for him to calm down, and all over a
popped cork.
“JakeO, I think you need a change of scenery,” his father had
said that night. Jake had not even protested. “Why don’t you take a
vacation to Grandpa’s for a while? You can visit Nog at the academy.”
So here he was, on a spaceliner bound for Earth.
He arrived in New Orleans just ahead of a hurricane.

***

He had expected thirty-two degree temperature to be comfortable–
and it would have been, had the humidity not been one hundred percent.
New Orleans was a sauna, not a city. Salene removed his cape, folded
it over an arm, and shouldered his luggage. Kenner spaceport was
primitive: disorganized and sprawling, ill-marked for strangers,
antigravs available only if one rented them. He was not inclined to
waste money on what should have been provided free of charge.
He soon discovered that antigravs were not the only things which
had a fee. And Terrans complained about Ferengi commercialism? One
was required to pay for public transportation! It hardly seemed
“public” in that case. Mildly disgusted, Salene wondered if he could
walk to the hotel except that he was not at all sure where he was
going or how far it was.
He consulted a map at the subspeed station which docked beneath
baggage claim. A portion of the map lit blue to indicate his current
location and another portion glowed red at the address to which he was
going–around the south side of Lake Ponchartrain near the city park:
Esplanade Street. The lake appeared to be huge–more like a bay.
“Excuse me,” he said to a passing woman. “How long would it take me
to walk this distance?”
She stared at him. “Probably from here to your next life–‘less
you got nine like a cat. There’s a hurricane coming, hon.” And she
waddled away, purse and child of nearly equal size bumping after. He
was beginning to understand why the Vulcan travel office gave Earth
low marks on accessibility to foreign travelers. He took the subspeed
after all.

***

“Jake? *This* is my baby cousin? My god! Uncle Ben should have
named you Goliath.”
Jillian Idowu had been raised Christian Scientist and still
peppered her speech with Biblical metaphors though she had long ago
left behind her mother’s beliefs in favor of her father’s “pagan witch
doctor ways,” as his Great Aunt Cassie characterized it. Jake was
embarrassed to admit it was Aunt Cassie to whom he was related instead
of Jillian’s father. The Yoruba had always seemed more civilized to
him than the Christian Scientists.
“Are you going to stand there in the door,” he half-shouted now,
trying to wedge himself under the awning out of the downpour, “or let
me in before I drown?”
“Sorry!” Laughing a little, she stepped aside. “I’m surprised
they didn’t reroute your shuttle down.”
“The storm’s still about fifty miles offshore.” Closing his
umbrella, he stepped through the door. “It’s just sitting out there,
getting stronger. They’re not sure which way it’s going to turn. How
did it get past the storm traps anyway?”
She shrugged. “Your guess is as good as mine. Come on. Uncle
Joe is in the kitchen.”
He followed her through the empty dining room toward the solid
thump of a butcher knife on wood. “Grandpa?” he said, stepping from
the shadowed dining room into bright kitchen light.
“Jake!” Setting aside a cutting board of half-chopped onions,
his grandfather hugged him hard, then led him upstairs to the private
apartment above the restaurant and the guest room which had once been
his father’s bedroom. “Settle in, then come on downstairs,” Joseph
Sisko said. “I’m sure Nog will be in tonight for his tube grubs.
He’s been counting the days till you got here.”
“Grandpa–wait.” Joseph Sisko turned back. “What’s Jillian
doing here? Not that I’m not glad to see her–but I thought she was
with her dad in Ife?”
“She’s tracing the migration of Yoruba drumming patterns out of
Nigeria through Haiti to New Orleans and then up the Mississippi as
jazz developed. Research for the University of Lagos. Ask her about
it and I’m sure she’ll tell you–in great detail.” Laughing, his
grandfather left Jake there to unpack.
He took his time at it, not wanting to go downstairs immediately.
It was more than space-lag; he’d undergone the usual light treatment
at the spaceport. He was just…tired, and felt a need to get his
bearings before descending to face the questions–spoken or unspoken.
At least they hadn’t all pounced on him the moment he’d arrived.
He dropped his bags by the guest bed. It would be too short for
him now; then again, most beds were too short for him now. Going over
to the little dresser, he pick up the photocubes with their frozen
moments in 3D. His father’s childhood, and his too. He seemed very
young–even the one of himself, his father and his grandfather last
time they’d all been together on Earth. He’d been just seventeen.
Had so much happened in a year?
Enough. He had discovered his own cowardice.
Setting down the cube, he raked fingers through the pile of
plastic mardi gras beads: yellow, blue, white, green…. Too bad he’d
come at the wrong time of year. He felt a need for masks, for the
wildness of carnival.
“Jake!” Jillian’s voice on the stairs. “There’s someone here to
see you.”
Jake walked over to open the door. “Nog?” Wasn’t it too early
for Nog? It would be only early afternoon in San Francisco.
“Oh, this isn’t Nog,” Jillian called, “thank the stars. Nog’s
been driving me crazy for two weeks. Besides, I don’t think a Vulcan
would appreciate being mistaken for a Ferengi–”
Jake was out the door and past her, taking the stairs three at a
time.
“Salene!”

***

The woman who had let him in had said she was Jake’s cousin
“several times removed.” Salene wondered why so many human languages
had such imprecise terms for family. All three major Vulcan tongues
had terms for cousins of both sexes up to the seventh degree.
Now, waiting in the main dining room, he studied the place. It
was medium-sized as restaurants went, decorated in dark wood intended
to look artfully rustic. There was frosted glass in the front window,
“Sisko’s” backwards in Tiffany to match the Tiffany lamps over the
booth tables. Various objects hung on the walls; he supposed they
were meant to evoke the history of this region of earth. There was
also a large stuffed reptile hanging from the ceiling. It looked like
a Vulcan *saloba*. Why would anyone wish to stuff a dead animal?
Shuddering, he turned away. Somewhere in the background came the
sound of a weather report: “Hurricane William is still stationary….”
Then Jake’s voice called his name and he turned in time to see his
friend burst out of the kitchen. Jake nearly grabbed him by both arms
before recalling himself and aborting the gesture. “What are you
doing here?”
“I came to see you.” Humans asked obvious questions.
“No kidding!” Jake said. “*Why*?”
Salene hesitated. He had not really expected to be asked why,
was not sure he knew quite how to answer. “You seemed…disturbed.
In your letters. So I came.” At the time, it had been the logical
response. Any Vulcan would have understood–would have expected it–
without an explanation. Jake was his friend. To not come in the face
of a friend’s need was an intolerable disloyalty. But now, Salene was
uncertain. Jake was *not* a Vulcan. Had he acted on instinct
erroneously? Was Jake somehow offended?
But Jake just reached out to grip Salene’s arm briefly. “Thanks.
I owe you one.”
“Friends owe one another,” Salene replied. “There is no tally
board.”
That made Jake smile. Salene had to confess a wholly irrational
pleasure in Jake’s smile. He courted it.
There was a pause, then Jake asked too many questions at once,
“When did you get in? Where are you staying? How long can you stay?”
Salene held up a hand. “I arrived three hours, two minutes ago; I am
staying at a hotel two blocks away; and my next performance is not for
two Vulcan months–the only terminus ante-quem on this visit. I had
no preconceived length of stay scheduled.”
“You checked into a hotel! Hang on a minute. Let me talk to my
grandfather–” And he disappeared back into the kitchen. Salene
shook his head and sat down at a table to await Jake’s return.
In the meantime, Jake’s cousin came back into the room, wandered
closer to him under the pretense of wiping tables. Despite her North
American accent, she had the fine, high cheekbones Salene tended to
associate with Earth’s Africa. In fact, she was quite aesthetically
pleasing to the eyes.
“By the way,” she said finally, breaking the silence, “I didn’t
introduce myself earlier. My name’s Jillian Idowu.”
He studied her for a long moment, hesitating. With strangers,
he was self-conscious of his speaking voice, modulating it carefully
to keep it from being shrill. “I am Salene,” he said finally.
She started on another table, closer to his, answered, “I know.
I recognize you.” She did? “I’m a music historian–Earth’s history,
but I’d have to have my head pretty far in the sand not to recognize
*you*.” Salene almost asked why she would wish to put her head in the
sand at all, then realized it must be a human expression, and said
nothing. “How’d you meet Jake, anyway?” she asked.
“I was invited to sing for an interstellar music festival on
Bajor. Initial rehearsals were held on DS9.”
At that, she gave up all pretense of working and pulled out the
chair across from his, dropping the wet cloth on the varnished top. “I
heard they were having one. How’d it go?”
He hesitated, not sure how to reply. “It was…interesting.”
she grinned. “When someone–even a Vulcan–calls something
‘interesting’, it’s not necessarily a compliment.”
“That would be a…fair assessment,” he replied. It made her
laugh. “You said you were a music historian…?”
“Yeah, I teach at the University of Lagos.”
Lagos? That explained her name–and the cheekbones. “What are
you doing in New Orleans?” he asked.
“Research.” And she began to tell him about it.
Jake came back in the middle of her explanation, followed by an
elderly man who must be his grandfather. Salene immediately stood and
bowed. The man chuckled and patted Jake’s shoulder. “That’s what I
like about Vulcans–they show respect for their elders.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Jake asked in a tone which Salene
had come to recognize as mock affront.
But his grandfather ignored him, spoke to Salene. “I’m Joseph
Sisko, the owner of this humble establishment.” He grinned and swept
a hand around the dining room, then turned serious. “Jake tells me
that you planned to check into a hotel nearby. Our hospitality can’t
allow that; we hope you’ll honor us with your presence.”
A little surprised, Salene bowed again. It was rare that a human
showed a correct knowledge of the finer points of Vulcan hospitality.
“With pleasure.”
Jake was staring at his grandfather as if he had suddenly grown a
second head; the elder Sisko smiled tolerantly. “Jake, my boy, being
in Starfleet or living on a space station isn’t the only way to learn
about other races. Just run a restaurant for a few years. Now”–he
clapped his hands together in what Salene recognized as a favorite
gesture of Captain Sisko–“I have dinner to prepare for. Jake, show
our guest upstairs and Jillian, finish these tables! You can talk his
ear off later. And you”–he pointed to Salene–“if she gets to be too
much, tell her to find another audience.”
Salene shot a glance at Jillian Idowu. “Actually, I find her
theories fascinating. I hope we can continue the conversation later.”
Grinning, she picked up her rag. “Jake, your taste in friends is
definitely improving. How about a few more like him and a few less
like Nog?” She returned to her duty; Joseph Sisko had headed back to
his kitchen.
“Who is Nog?” Salene asked Jake, who seemed suddenly uncomfortable.
“Oh–he’s somebody I knew from the station. Remember the friend
I said had gone into Starfleet? That’s Nog.” Jake began to lead
Salene through the dining room towards the back.
“Why does your cousin dislike him?”
“Well, I guess it’s…uh…Nog’s culture.” Jake appeared to be
uncomfortable. “Nog’s…uh…Nog’s a Ferengi. And Ferengi are kind
of funny about women–”
“A Ferengi!” Salene stopped cold.
Jake turned back. “Yeah. He’s the first Ferengi in Starfleet.
He’s a nice guy. Jillian may not like him, but he’s a nice guy.”
Salene pressed his lips together and said nothing else, followed Jake
upstairs to the guestroom where Jake was staying himself.
A Ferengi!
At least this Nog was in San Francisco and Salene would not have
to deal with him.

Jake was coming downstairs after having left Salene in the guest
room to settle in. Jillian met him at the stairwell bottom, glancing
up the well and sighing a little. “I wish he was even five years
older. He’s cute as bees’ knees, but I don’t want accused of robbing
the cradle.”
Jake blinked. He had never before thought of Salene as ‘cute’.
“He’s a Vulcan, Jill. Vul-can. Forget-it. Besides, how old do you
think he is?”
“About your age–too young,” she said, and winked.
At that moment, his grandfather came up beside them. “Jill–
tables?” Snorting softly, she left. Joseph Sisko turned to study
Jake a moment before asking, “Do you know what it means, that he’s
come here?”
Jake blinked. “Not specifically, no. He said something about my
letters worrying him. Well–he didn’t say ‘worry’ but that’s what he
meant.”
His grandfather was shaking his head. “No, not why he decided to
come…do you know *what it means* that he came?”
Still baffled, Jake said, “No.”
“Let me tell you a story about the first Vulcan I ever had cause
to trade more than a word or two with. She was an exchange student at
my culinary arts school, taking an advanced course on ethnic Terran
vegetarian. Towards the end of the course, she received news of an
emergency back home and asked leave to return to Vulcan. Though the
professor was willing, the school wouldn’t recognize her emergency
because it involved a friend, not family. She went anyway even though
it meant failing. That might seem like a small thing to you or I, to
fail a semester, but Vulcans don’t take well to failure and don’t make
excuses for it. Still, the duty she owed a friend overbore any
personal shame in failing.”
The writer in Jake wanted to know the details. “What was the
emergency she went back for?”
“I don’t know; she never said. But I was enormously impressed at
the time by her loyalty…not the sacrifice itself, but what she chose
to sacrifice *for*: a friend in need. The woman had her priorities on
straight. Some years later, I learned a bit more about it from an
acquaintance who’d lived on Vulcan for a year or two. Vulcans don’t
often make *friends*, you see.”
Jake was poignantly reminded of what Salene had said before
leaving DS9: ‘A Vulcan has colleagues and family…not friends. Not
often.’
“Some of it’s terminology,” his grandfather went on. “As it was
explained to me, the people you and I would call friends, they call
acquaintances. Their main ties are to their families, even more than
among humans. When they do make a *friend*, they start treating that
person like a family member, and they’ll do just about anything for
him or her. Loyalty and duty. Logical, I guess. Or Confucian. They
see life as a web of duties rated according to consequence. Sometimes
their choices baffle humans, but they understand each other. There
are certain expectations–things they’d never outright ask for, but
it’d be rude, even betrayal, not to offer.”
Some pieces were starting to fall into place for Jake. “So like,
if I sent him a letter, he might feel he had to answer it immediately,
no matter what?”
His grandfather nodded. “If he thought you *needed* the answer,
he’d find the time to answer it.”
“Even if he didn’t get any sleep.”
“Even if he didn’t get any sleep.”
“And he’s come here–”
“Because he’s decided that you need him. He owes you that duty,
no matter what it costs him personally. The only thing that could
interfere with his duty to you would be one he counts higher, and he’d
expect you to understand that. Vulcans distrust sentiment but they’ll
go through hell and high water for duty–including the personal duties
you and I would call by a different name.”
Jake was silent a long moment. His grandfather said nothing
else, letting him think it through. “I’ve been taking advantage of
him,” Jake said finally. “I didn’t even realize it.”
“I doubt *he* thinks you did. But it might be a good idea to
learn a bit about Vulcan culture, since you’ve got a Vulcan friend.
That way you can avoid putting him–or yourself–in a spot.”
Nodding thoughtfully, Jake turned his head at the sound of feet
on the stair. Salene was coming down finally.

Salene had spent a few moments in the guest room, trying to
determine where he was supposed to put his luggage and–more to the
point–where he was supposed to sleep. There was one bed. Jake had
clearly claimed it already. It dawned on him that Jake must intend
for them to share it.
This alarmed him. Even Vulcans could be perversely curious about
his physical state. Would Jake stare? Yet he had seen, as Jake had
led him down the hall, that this was a small private apartment: a
single washroom, a sittingroom-cum-workroom, and three bedrooms–one
for Joseph Sisko, one for Jillian and one for Jake. He could hardly
share with Jillian. Had he realized Joseph Sisko’s home so small, he
might not have accepted their hospitality. But that would have been
unforgivably rude. A polite guest did not complain about his bed–or
a lack of privacy. He reminded himself that sensitivity about his
body was illogical and, setting his bags in a corner, left the room.
Voices stopped him in the hall. Vulcan hearing and the stairwell
architecture carried Joseph and Jake Sisko’s conversation up to him.
Almost, he turned away to grant them privacy, but something held him
there. Curiosity was, indeed, a Vulcan sin.
When he had heard enough, he continued downstairs but kept to
himself the fact that he had overheard. Perhaps he should not have.
Jake wore a guilty expression all through their dinner that evening.
It concerned Salene.
They were sitting in the dinning room at a back corner booth–far
from the hanging reptile, to Salene’s relief. Their seat afforded a
small degree of privacy from the chatter of paying customers, of which
there were few tonight. Salene could hear the storm winds outside.
Rain beat on the frosted front glass and it was already dark though
the sun had not yet set. Customer conversation was about the storm.
“It’s started moving again,” someone called to Joseph Sisko when he
and his party entered. Apparently, they were regulars. “It got past
the last trap. That sucker’s actually gonna come in, Joe!”
Across from Salene, Jake muttered, “Great.”
“You are pleased by this?” Salene suspected Jake had meant his
remark sarcastically, but was not entirely sure.
Jake just stared at him, then shook his head. “This city hasn’t
weathered a hurricane in a hundred years.” Then he shrugged, “At
least this building’s older than that, and solid brick; it’s been
through them before. If the hurricane doesn’t come in on top of us,
it ought to stand.”
Salene put down his fork. “It ought to *stand*?”
“Hurricanes have gale-force winds of at least a hundred seventeen
k-ms an hour, and they’re calling this one a Beaufort fifteen! That’s
pretty impressive. The winds are probably over a hundred and fifty at
the eye by now.”
“Forgive me. I do not know a great deal about hurricanes; Vulcan
lacks oceans, remember. What does ‘Beaufort’ mean?”
“That’s a rating scale for storms. I did a report on hurricanes
once, when I was younger. It takes a Beaufort rating of twelve to be
a hurricane.” He pushed aside his plate and set his glass in the
center of the blue placemat. “See, this is the eye. A hurricane
pulls warm air in at the bottom of the central column and spits it out
at the top in the tropopause, so the pressure in the eye drops way
down; that causes the winds to spin around it.” He demonstrated with
his hand. “The closer to the eye, the faster they go.”
Salene cocked his head. “Jake–I know all that.”
“I thought you said you didn’t know about hurricanes?”
“I know the basics. Explain to me how a storm trap works.”
“It catches the storm eye in a gradual forcefield starting at the
bottom, so it can’t pull in any more warm air but it has a few minutes
to let out some at the top before the whole field closes. Basically,
they cut the heart out of it. Trouble is, forcefields can’t just go
up anywhere, especially not ones that big. They have to have a source
to generate them. If the storm doesn’t blow close enough to a trap,
it runs free.”
“And that is what happened in this case?”
“Yeah, I guess. And this storm’s huge. ‘Fat Bill’ I heard one
of the guys on the weather station call it. Hope it doesn’t come in
directly or it’ll blow Lake Borgne right over us.”
Jake’s face was grim and Salene did not know what to say to that,
so he returned his attention to his meal. The food was, of course,
excellent, but he was beginning to take fine food from the Siskos for
granted. Looking rather harried, Joseph Sisko appeared once to ask if
the meal was satisfactory. “More than satisfactory,” Salene replied.
“Is there more news on the storm?”
“It’s supposed to come in west of us, over Vermillion Bay.”
“That’s south of Lafayette,” Jake said.
Joseph Sisko nodded. “They’re evacuating only as far east as
Baton Rouge.” And he disappeared back into the kitchen, shouting
orders to someone inside.
Jake returned then to silence; Salene watched him a while. “Are
you nervous of the storm?”
Jake just shrugged. Several more minutes passed. Salene sipped
the French wine Joseph Sisko had insisted he drink with his meal, and
thought about what the old man had told Jake earlier–and Jake’s
guilty response. They did not really understand one another’s basic
assumptions about the universe, for all they often understood one
another’s minds very well. He wrestled with whether or not to tell
Jake what he had overheard, finally gave in.
“Your grandfather was correct, earlier,” he said, tearing off a
piece of bread, “regarding my people and duty. He was also correct
that I do not consider you to have taken advantage of our friendship.
Do not blame yourself unfairly.”
Jake jumped, dropped his fork. “You heard all that?”
Salene nodded, mopped up sauce with brown bread. “Humans tend to
measure the volume of their speech by their own hearing.”
Jake’s expression was a picture of mortification. Salene went
on, “I did not intend to embarrass, merely to remove undue guilt which
you may feel regarding my presence here. I came by my own choice.”
“But I didn’t mean for you to think you had to–”
“I didn’t.” Salene held Jake’s eyes. “You are my friend.”
“But that’s just it,” Jake said, dropping his voice as someone
passed their table headed for the restrooms. “I didn’t know Vulcans
had all these…expectations–that you’d think you had to answer all
my letters as soon as I sent them, or come running just because I
can’t seem to get my act together. It’s my problem, Salene. You
don’t have to feel responsible for me.”
Salene shook his head. “You are wrong. I am responsible for
you, and you for me. It is the way of things. No person exists in a
vacuum, however much he or she might wish it.”
“Somehow that doesn’t sound very Vulcan,” Jake muttered, picking
up his dropped fork. “I thought Vulcans were big on self-sufficiency.”
“On the contrary–responsibility is the heart of Vulcan ethics.
There is a difference between being responsible to and being a burden
upon. You have confused the two. All being are responsible for one
another by the nature of existence. To borrow from one of your own
religions, it is the interplay of karma and dharma. The ties of blood
entail certain responsibilities to relatives, but there are others to
whom we freely choose to owe duty. You, I choose.”
Jake was staring at him. Salene got the impression that he had
said something Jake found either astonishing or profound. Sometimes
it happened so, and Salene could never predict what would move Jake.
He wondered what it was like, to live a slave to emotion. Unsettling,
he would think.
“Thank you,” Jake said now, then glanced down at his glass of
soda, took a sip, shifted in his seat. “You know, I might not always
understand what I’m supposed to do, what responsibilities I owe you,
as your friend. You might have to tell me. Even if it feels rude,
tell me anyway. I don’t want to screw up.”
Salene waited until Jake quit squirming. “I believe you already
know more than you realize. Humans have a word for it: intuition.”
“Yeah, well, human intuition isn’t always very reliable.”
“True. And that is why Vulcans prefer duty.”
Abruptly, Jake broke up laughing. Salene just shook his head,
wondering if he would ever be able to predict human responses.
Before either could speak further, the whine of a transporter on
the far side of the room diverted their attention. It coalesced into
a smallish Ferengi in a red Starfleet cadet uniform.
“Nog!” Jake said, standing.

II.

Nog wasn’t supposed to be here this soon. Given the hurricane,
Jake had wondered if Nog would make it at all.
The Ferengi waved and Jake took a few steps forward, then stood
frozen between his two friends. Bleach and ammonia. In his own mind,
he’d compared a meeting between Salene and Nog to a mix of bleach and
ammonia. He’d expected to have another hour or so, to prepare Salene.
Now, he wondered what he’d thought he could possibly have accomplished
in an hour. The antipathy between Vulcan devotion to logic and
Ferengi devotion to profit was legendary.
Grinning, Nog came forward to embrace Jake. “They almost refused
to beam me in, because of the storm–” Only then did he glance past
Jake to see Salene in the booth shadows behind; surprised, he blinked.
Jake turned. Salene, glass of red wine in hand, lounged sideways on
the bench in an uncustomary slouch, regarding Nog as if he were a
rather dubious pet which had followed Jake home.
“Who is that?” Nog snapped.
“Uh– Nog, that’s Salene. Salene–this is Nog.”
Salene said nothing. Jake had noticed before, when Salene had
been on Bajor, that the castrato spoke little in company which might
prove hostile. To protect himself from ridicule regarding his voice,
he wrapped himself in that damnable Vulcan silence which read to
strangers so very much like scorn.
Nog waited five breaths before turning to Jake and saying, “Come
on, let’s go somewhere else–somewhere with better company.”
“Nog, wait, I–”
“Go,” Salene interrupted. Jake glanced at him, trying to ask
permission without asking it. Salene said nothing more, his own face
utterly expressionless. After a second, Jake turned back to follow
Nog towards the kitchen.
They’d barely gotten two steps inside before Nog shoved Jake up
against the wall. “Who was that? And don’t just give me his name!”
Despite the dramatic difference in their sizes, Jake felt
intimidated. “He’s a friend.”
“A *Vulcan*? They don’t have friends!”
“What’s this?” Joseph Sisko asked, coming up beside Nog.
Nog let Jake go. “Nothing,” he said.
“Good.” The elder Sisko wiped his hands on the white towel
tucked into his belt. “I’d hate to think you hadn’t learned tolerance
after a year in Starfleet.” He gestured back out towards the dining
room. “Go sit down, both of you. I’ll bring Nog his dinner in a bit.
You’re early, Nog.”
“I came early,” Nog said, “because I thought Jake might be
lonely. I didn’t realize he already had *company*.”
“I didn’t know he was coming,” Jake replied.
“Well get rid of him. Vulcans are no fun.”
“You don’t even know him!”
“I know Vulcans.”
“Nog–tut, tut.” Joseph Sisko shook a finger at Nog, patted Jake
on the back and returned to his pots.
“Come on,” Jake said. “I can’t leave him sitting out there all
alone. He’s my guest.”
“An uninvited one.”
Jake spun around, glared down. “But not an unwelcome one. Cut
it out, Nog.” They measured each other a moment, then Nog followed
Jake back out to the dining room.
“Well,” Nog said when they rounded the corner, “I don’t guess
he’s alone any more. Fine with me; we can get our own booth.”
Across the dining room, they could see Jillian leaning elbows on
the table, smiling her seduction smile and speaking intimately to
Salene. Jake felt the same kick in the gut as when he had brought
out his grandfather earlier to meet Salene, only to find Jillian had
already cornered him. Apparently, she had decided to try her luck
after all. Vicious pettiness made him say, “She won’t get far.
Salene’s a eunuch.”
“He’s a *what*?” Nog hissed.
Immediately guilty, Jake tried to pass it off: “Never mind.”
Nog grabbed his arm. “No! What did you say?”
Jake dropped his eyes. “He belongs a very special class of
sacred singer, on Vulcan. They’re castrated to preserve their
voices.” Nog’s face betrayed his horror. Jake went on, “It’s an
honor, Nog. On his homeworld, Salene’s famous.”
Shaking his head, Nog said simply, “That’s sick.”
“It’s not your place to judge his choices!”
“He *chose* it?”
“Yes, he chose it.”
“That’s even sicker.” Nog looked from Jake to Salene talking to
Jillian, then back to Jake. “It sounds like you approve, though.”
“Let’s just say that I understand.”
“Well I don’t.”
“That’s fine. But don’t say anything to him about it.”
“Why not, if it’s an honor?” And Nog headed for the table. Jake
grabbed for him–missed. A weak-water flash of fear went through him
as Nog snatched a chair from another table and sat down at the end of
the booth. “So,” he said loudly, glancing back to where Jake stood
frozen in place, “are you going to sing for us? A little melody to
show off your high notes?”
“Nog!” Jillian snapped. Salene whipped his head around. Jake
felt black eyes slice through him, cutting out his soul. He shook his
head a little, as if he could somehow undo what he’d done. Salene
held his gaze a moment more before refocusing on Nog. Slowly, he rose
to step away from the table. For just an instant, Jake feared he’d
strike Nog, then realized how stupid that was. Salene was a Vulcan.
Almost absently, Salene tapped the edge of his wine glass with his
fork. It rang. Then he opened his mouth to let out a single, perfect
high note which shattered the glass. Red liquid poured onto white
tablecloth, like blood, like the sun setting over Ponchartrain.
Every head in the restaurant had turned. Even Nog was surprised.
Stepping further clear of the table, Salene surveyed them all.
Then he sang.
It was not a Vulcan song. Or opera. It was an old Gospel tune:
the music which had inspired jazz and given birth to the blues. He
was honoring Jillian.

Swing low, sweet chariot, coming for to carry me home;
Swing low, sweet chariot, coming for to carry me home.
I looked over Jordan and what did I see,
coming for to carry me home?
A band of angels coming after me,
coming for to carry me home.

Jake had heard some of his father’s more conservative, race-
conscious friends say that a white man couldn’t sing gospel: “They
don’t know the pain it bled out of.” Salene was not exactly white.
He was something even further afield: he was Vulcan.
But pain was a universal thing. Even Vulcans felt it. They
would never admit to it, not in words, but they felt it. Salene put
into his music what he could never say aloud–and used it to indict
Jake. Yes, his choice had been meant to honor Jillian. But it had
also been meant to crucify Jake.

I’m sometimes up, I’m sometimes down,
coming for to carry me home;
but still my soul feels heavenly bound,
coming for to carry me home.

Jake’s soul had been sent straight to hell.

Swing low, sweet chariot, coming for to carry me home;
Swing low, sweet chariot, coming for to carry me home–

The last note whispered away. There was a pause, an intake of breath,
then the restaurant erupted. Salene patiently acknowledged the
triumph, gave Jillian a little bow where she stood, clapping and
grinning madly. Then he stalked toward the kitchen. As he came level
with Jake, he paused, met Jake’s eyes once, then continued on.
Slipping past Jake’s grandfather in the doorway, he disappeared
through the back.

The spaceport was temporarily closed. The hurricane, of course.
He would have to wait until morning before he could catch a spaceliner
to Vulcan.
“Kaiidth!” Frustrated, Salene jabbed off the comm and rested his
chin on his fist, closed his eyes, struggling for calm. He was young
yet and his control imperfect. More, he possessed an artist’s
temperament–always had. He fought against it with the twin tools of
logic and the ruthless suppression of his ego, teaching himself not to
take offense, even sometimes when he should. After the incident on
Bajor, he had thought perhaps he had finally conquered his temper.
Jake’s betrayal had blindsided him, made him lower himself to execute
a display for a *Ferengi*. Fool. He was as angry with himself as
with Jake. He had trusted a human to understand, to respect what he
was, not make light of his state to others. It was his own fault; he
had laid himself open to this.
And now he was stuck here. Breathing out, he flipped up the comm
again. He had canceled his reservations, but perhaps he could still
get a room at the hotel–
The door opened. Salene turned.
It was not Jake. It was Jillian. “Nog can be a jerk,” she said.
“Ignore him.” It was meant kindly but annoyed him nonetheless. He
realized that he had wanted her to be Jake. He said nothing. She
came a little further into the guest room, sat down on the other side
of the bed and absently smoothed the spread. “You have a beautiful
voice; I’m honored that I got the chance to hear you, chi`pah. Nog
doesn’t understand or know who you are.” Salene still said nothing.
“Won’t you come back down?” she asked. “Jake was telling Nog where he
can get off, when I left.”
Salene turned away. How could he explain that it was Jake who
must have told Nog about him in the first place as some kind of jest?
There were heavy footsteps in the hall; Salene heard Jake’s voice.
“Jill, Grandpa wants you.”
“No, he doesn’t,” she replied. “But I’ll go anyway and leave him
to you. Maybe you can get him to say something.” The tone was light
but Salene recognized it for a rebuke anyway.
When the door closed, he glanced around. Jake stood just inside
the room, arms hanging loosely. The silence was heavy. “I’m sorry,”
Jake said finally. Salene said nothing so Jake added, “I didn’t mean
to tell him. It just…popped out.”
“I’m sure.”
“Well, you said once you didn’t like it when people avoided the
subject! Now you’re all pissed off because I told Nog. I wish you’d
make up your mind.”
Standing, Salene walked over to face Jake. “I am not ‘pissed
off.’ But did it never occur to you that I might wish to be unknown
here? To avoid the stares, the questions I see behind their eyes,
even sometimes the disgust? It fatigues me.”
Jake’s face wore the frozen blank look of humiliation, then
abruptly it went hard. “You could’ve just ignored him, y’know.
You’re the one who stood up and gave that little performance!”
Which was precisely the problem. Salene had indulged his desire
to shame the Ferengi and, in so doing, had shamed himself. He had
betrayed anger. Clenching his jaw, he turned the conversation. “Why
did you say anything to him at all?”
“I told you–it just popped out.”
Salene regarded Jake, who dropped his eyes. “So I thought,”
Salene said. “It is not the sort of thing which ‘pops out’.” A
pause, then, “Why? Were you attempting to use me for humor?”
“No!” Now it was Jake’s turn to be angry. “I wouldn’t do that
to you. It’s not a joke.”
“The Ferengi thought it was.”
“Well, Nog’s…a Ferengi. What else can I say? He gets stupid
about that kind of thing. It doesn’t mean I agree with him. You’re
not a joke to me, Salene. But Nog said something about Jillian coming
on to you, and I…said she wouldn’t get very far.”
Salene considered this. Jillian’s manner had been motivated by
romantic interest rather than hospitality? How peculiar. “My being
castrato has nothing to do with why her overtures would not have
succeeded. Castrati are not forbidden to marry, but your human mating
behaviors are not consonant with Vulcan ones.”
Jake gave him a very odd look. “What has *marriage* got to do
with it?”
Before Salene could reply that marriage had everything to do
with it–Vulcans did not court for other reasons–a siren started
wailing in the distance. Salene tipped his head. “What is that?”
It was a moment more before Jake heard it, too. Then he moved
towards the window to peek out the blinds. This room was on the
streetside facing the city park. “I can’t see.”
Someone came pounding up the stairs. “Jake! Salene!” Jillian’s
voice. “They’re calling for an evacuation! The hurricane’s changed
direction. It’s headed right for us!”

***

Jake didn’t know what to do about his grandfather.
“Grandpa–we have to leave!” All the patrons had since departed,
and Nog had beamed back to San Francisco. Almost forty-five minutes
ago, the local reserve guard had come by, pounding on each door, to be
sure the populace knew about the evacuation. The hurricane had turned
abruptly and was coming in fast. Jake could hear winds picking up
outside. Rain lashed the windows.
But Joseph Sisko was frantically trying to pack his kitchen.
“We can’t take all that stuff with us!” Jake protested. “It
won’t fit on the transport. The guards said two bags each–no more.”
“Well let me at least get it off the floor in case the restaurant
floods. Jillian–not there. Put it *up*. Find a spot on a counter.”
“There aren’t any more spots!” she snapped.
Silently, Salene took the box of cooking utensils from her, set
them on another box long enough to stand on tip-toe and knock down a
stack of carry-out boxes atop the cabinets. “It will fit there.”
Sisko glanced over his shoulder even while packing another box. “Good
idea. Push down all the junk from up there; I’d rather save my wok
than the damned take-out boxes.”
“We don’t have time for this!” Jake broke in. “The transports
are going to leave us.”
“Then quit arguing and help me,” Salene muttered under his breath
when Jake’s grandfather had turned away. “The sooner this is done,
the sooner we can convince him to leave.”
He cleared a spot on the counter to heave himself up, stand, and
push down all the spare paper items stacked on the cabinets. Jillian
started passing up what was most critical to save. Frustrated, Jake
sighed, then got up there with Salene.
“This isn’t going to do any good,” he whispered as he slid a box
back towards the wall. “The flood level is two feet above the dining
room floor, and the swells would bring it almost to the second story.”
“I have found,” Salene whispered back, “that it is often easier
to simply comply with an illogical request than to argue with panicked
humans.”
Jake grinned. “Salene, you’ll learn a sense of humor yet.”
“I sincerely hope not.”
Something crashed through the front window. All of them jumped,
even Salene. “Tape the windows!” Sisko shouted, throwing masking tape
to Jillian. She hurried out. “We’re almost done,” he said to Jake
and Salene, handing up two last boxes.
Outside, the wind screamed. Salene had tilted his head to
listen. “How fast does a hurricane move? It seems as if it has
already arrived.”
“That’s nothing,” Jake said, “just the edge. We won’t be here to
see the real thing.” He glanced at the chronometer on his wrist, made
a little noise. “Grandpa–we have only *fifteen minutes* left to get
to the transport!”
“It’s a five minute walk from here. You and Salene go on up and
get your things. Jill!” he called. “Go get your bags.”
Salene leapt down lightly. Jake moved to follow, almost put his
foot down on a box of glasses. Twisting at the last second to avoid
them, he lost his balance–fell.
“Jake!”
He managed to land on his feet–barely–heard his ankle snap as
his weight hit the edge of his foot, turned it under him. For just
an instant–no longer than it took for him to say, “Oh!”–there was
blinding pain. He sat down hard. After that, shock took over. The
sound of snapping bone was worse than the hurt. His grandfather was
right there. “Jake? Jacob Paul?”
“I think my ankle’s broken,” Jake said. His voice sounded
surprised even to himself.
Joseph Sisko went grey as he bent over his grandson. “This is my
fault! I shouldn’t have let you boys up on the counter. Jillian!”
Salene pushed him away, gently. “I can carry him, but someone
else will have to carry our things for us.”
“I will.” Jillian had come running. “I’ll take them down now,
then come back for mine. Grandpa–go.”
Jake’s ankle was starting to hurt a little. “Salene, you can’t
carry me! I’m as big as you are.”
Salene had been looking around the kitchen for something. Now he
glanced over. “Your height will be awkward, but I am quite capable of
bearing your weight. Where are the towels? We should remove your
shoe and wrap the ankle first.”
How could he be so calm?
Stupid question. He was a Vulcan. “They’re in the third drawer
from the end,” Jake said. “And I still don’t think you can carry me.
Find me something to lean on.” He pulled himself to his feet.
“I told you, I can. Now sit. Standing causes the blood to go to
your foot, making it swell faster.”
Jake ignored him. Jillian was coming down the stairs with one of
Salene’s bags, one of Jake’s and one of her own. “I’ll be back,” she
said, headed for the front door. Joseph Sisko came down more slowly.
“Jake–?”
“Go on,” Jake said. “I’ll get there.”
Salene had grabbed a chair from a corner. “I said sit!” And
he shoved Jake roughly into the chair, knelt in front of him to begin
unlacing Jake’s boot. His movements–rushed and jerky–betrayed his
alarm far more than his expression or voice.
When he got the boot off, he wrapped Jake’s foot with ice, then
went upstairs to get the last of their bags. Meanwhile, Jillian came
back, squatted down by Jake’s chair. “Uncle Joe is on the transport
and I told the guards to keep him there. I also told the driver what
happened. He said that if you don’t make this transport, there’s
another on the way in about ten minutes. This one wasn’t big enough.
It’s been so long since the city had to be evacuated, I think they’re
all chasing their tails. It’s a disorganized mess.”
“What about transporters?” Salene asked.
Jillian shook her head. “They’re using them for hospitals and
nursing care. Ambulatory citizens have to go by ground transport.
Anyway, the driver of this one said some of the younger people are
volunteering to wait for the next one. Do you want me to stay, too?”
Jake shook his head. “No–go with grandpa. Make sure he takes
his medicine.” He glanced at Salene, who just nodded. “We’ll wait;
we’ll be fine.”
She nodded. “Okay, then. The hardest part will be finding each
other later. Remember we’re on transport seventy-six. The one coming
for you is supposed to be one-twenty-four but everything’s so crazy,
it might be a different one. So you remember ours.” Leaning in, she
kissed Jake on the cheek, smiled at Salene, and hurried off with all
their bags but one–the little pocket which contained Jake’s writing
material: his PADD and stylus, some reference clearcells and a pack of
velslips. Whenever Jake travelled, he never let these things far from
him. A peculiar paranoia. Now, he would carry the pocket himself; it
was neither heavy nor large. He would also carry his shoe. Salene
handed it to him.
“Should we wait out of the rain?” Jake asked.
“I do not think that would be wise. We might miss the transport.
Now, put your arms around my neck.” He bent down.
A little skeptical, Jake did so–then he was being lifted bodily
out of the chair. “Wow!” He laughed a little. Salene really could
pick him up. They headed for the door.
“You will have to open it,” Salene said.
Jake did so. The wind tore it out of his hand, slamming it back
against the wall. “Put me down so you can close it!” he called over
the whistling. “If we leave it open, Grandpa’ll kill us.”
“I do not believe it will matter,” Salene said, but did as Jake
said. Jake leaned against the wall, balanced on one foot, and looked
around.
Lights burned in a few windows and along the street; power was
still running in the city. Rain and overcast made it very dark
outside the yellow pools of streetlight. Debris blew through them.
Dimly, Jake could see the outline of park trees bending. He could not
hear much of anything but wind. Not even sirens any more. The first
transport must already be gone.
The door secured, Salene turned. Already, rain had plastered his
long hair to his skull, outlining the points of his ears. “Ready?” he
shouted. Jake nodded and Salene picked him up again.
It was well they had not waited. They had to make the three-
block trip in stages. Salene could lift Jake but not carry him more
than about twenty paces before needing to rest a moment. “This is
silly!” Jake shouted at one point. “You should have just got me
something to lean on so I could move for myself.”
“What was I supposed to get?” Salene snapped back. “Did you have
a pair of crutches lying about? Now be silent!” And he picked Jake
up again–forcing himself to take thirty paces that time, perhaps just
to prove that he could.
The winds had gotten worse even in the very short time since they
had left the restaurant. Larger debris was blowing now: a gutter, a
bit of light metal garden fencing, painted plywood, a large plastic
incinerator cover. Jake saw no one else on the street. “How long has
it been? Did they leave us?”
“It has been seven minutes, three seconds,” Salene huffed. “The
stop point is just around the corner.”
They would have made it, if not for the piece of aluminum siding
that ripped itself off one of the sight-seeing trolley-stop shelters.
It hit Salene hard in the side of the head. Salene dropped, dropping
Jake with him. “Ooof–!” It was amazing that Jake broke nothing
else.
But Salene was out cold.
Jake shook him, shook him again. No response. “Dammit, Salene!
Salene! Wake up!” Still no response. Emerald blood leaked from a
long gash which ran from just above Salene’s ear across his cheekbone.
Rain diluted it, turned it chartreuse on brown skin. “Salene!”
Jake heard an engine roar over the noise of the wind, looked up.
On a cross street a hundred feet away the second transport streaked
past. Leaving. It was leaving them. “Wait!” Jake shouted. “Wait!”
He pushed himself up. Screaming pain in his ankle knocked him back to
his knees. He stared after the transport. Would there be a third?
Probably not.
What were they going to do?
Sick-white panic rose up to choke him–the same panic he had felt
on Ajilon Prime. They were alone with a hurricane coming. They were
going to die.
“Get a hold of yourself!” he whispered. Salene needed him.
He turned back to his friend. Salene was still unconscious; even
slapping him did no good. It was up to Jake now. “Don’t panic.
Think.”
They needed shelter–preferably high and certainly old…a
building which had proved itself in past storms before the advent of
modern storm traps. Shelter would do them no good if it came down on
top of them. The restaurant might have served but Jake could not
possibly drag Salene back there. And it was at a low point in the
street. Of course, no place in New Orleans was truly *high*, but a
five-foot embankment could make a difference. He looked around.
There. Catty-corner across the street was some old religious
structure built on a little hillock. Not a church. It looked like a
temple. Probably Buddhist, from the mid-twenty-first-century
missionary wave following the Last War. For a while, there had been
more Buddhist temples in New Orleans than in Bangkok. The bigger ones
were still around.
Turning back to Salene, Jake tried one more time to rouse him.
No good. He was going to have to move them both. Taking a deep
breath he picked up his boot where it had rolled away when he had
fallen, tore off Salene’s makeshift bandage, then began working the
boot back on his foot. God, it hurt. Gritting his teeth, he finally
forced it on, felt the ends of snapped bone grind together as he did
so. That almost made him pass out beside Salene, but he couldn’t
allow himself the luxury. “Salene needs you.” He whispered it over
and over to himself like a litany. Attaching the carry-strap to his
pocket and throwing that around his neck, he set hands under Salene’s
armpits, staggered up.
Pain. White, white pain. For a moment, he saw nothing, heard
nothing, felt nothing but pain.
He couldn’t do this!
Yes–he could. He had to. If he didn’t do something, they’d die
out here. He might be able to crawl off alone, but he couldn’t leave
Salene. He’d left Bashir; he couldn’t leave Salene.
“Focus,” he muttered to himself. “Think like a Vulcan; think
like Salene would.”
Panic receded, and the pain with it.
Tightening his grip on Salene, he moved backwards, dragging his
friend’s body after. One step. Two. Three. Ten…seventeen…
twenty-seven…. He shut out the wind, shut out the rain, shut out
the screaming pain in his leg, and counted to himself. Fifty-seven
paces brought him to the foot of the grassy hillock. He tried to drag
Salene up the grass but the rain had made it too slick. He had to go
a little further till he could reach a ramp. At least there were no
stairs.
The slender palms on the temple grounds were bending in the
middle. Bushes strained, ripped of their leaves. Jake dragged Salene
up the ramp. Ten steps…twenty-two…thirty-eight. He noticed
suddenly that the street lights had gone out. So. No power. But
they were at the door. What if it was locked? He had not thought of
that before starting over here.
“Please be unlocked.”
It was. How he managed both to hold it open and drag in Salene,
he could never remember later. As soon as they were inside, door
closed on the howling wind, he passed out on white tile.

III.

Jake woke some time later, probably only a few minutes, to find
himself flat on his back on a wet floor beside the still-unconscious
Vulcan. He pushed himself up on his elbows to look around. He had
never been in a Buddhist temple before. It was…almost gaudy. Gold
leaf and bright paint and lots of statuary. Someone had left candles
burning. Probably stupid–just begging for a fire–but he was glad of
it. He would hate to have been left in the pitch dark.
The main sanctuary had no pews, as in a church, only kneeling
pads stacked against a wall. They would be something to put beneath
Salene’s head and feet so he did not go into shock. Did Vulcans go
into shock? Jake had no idea. He just hoped he could remember
something about head wounds from Dr. Bashir’s first aid classes. He
did remember that one wasn’t supposed to move the victim, but that
hadn’t been an option.
He pushed himself to his knees, told himself, “Just a little bit
further.” But when he touched Salene to move him, Salene moaned. Was
he coming around? Jake shook him. “Salene?”
It took a few minutes, but Jake finally got Salene conscious
enough to move under his own power. Jake crawled after. They both
collapsed on the first kneeling pad in the pile. “Where are we?”
Salene whispered, wiping blood from his face.
“Buddhist temple,” Jake panted, stretching out his bad leg. The
ankle was really swollen now but he leaned over to inspect the gash on
Salene’s head instead. Weakly, Salene tried to push his hands away.
“Stop it!” Jake said. “Let me look at it.” It wasn’t pretty. The
aluminum siding had cut deep and ragged, tearing a bit of flesh away
from the skull. Jake tried not to gag. “I should put something on
this,” and he pulled off his shirt, tore a sleeve to make a ball of
it. At least the shirt was clean. Wet, but clean. “Hold this to the
wound,” Jake said while he ripped free the other sleeve and twisted
the body of the shirt to tie it around Salene’s head. Salene waited
patiently, the makeshift bandage he held to the gash already dark with
blood. Jake got it tied in place.
“You will be cold, without a shirt,” Salene said. His speech
sounded slurred.
“I’ll be fine. I’m more worried about you catching a chill.”
“I shall manage.” A pause, then, “How did we get here?”
“I dragged you.”
Salene lifted his chin to stare at Jake.
“You’re heavy, too,” Jake added, trying to make light of it.
Salene said nothing to that. Instead he said, “I must assume we
missed the transport?”
“I couldn’t drag you that far, that fast.”
“Forgive me–it was not a censure. No doubt I owe you my life
for getting me in here.” He turned to study Jake again. Candlelight
danced on his tan skin; it was paler than usual, probably from shock.
“Why did you not leave me? You endangered yourself.”
“I couldn’t leave you. I left Dr. Bashir. I couldn’t leave you.
You wouldn’t *be* on this planet if not for me. I’m responsible for
getting you hurt.”
“You are not.” Eyes closed, Salene said nothing more for a few
minutes, then whispered, “I believe I have a concussion.”
Jake snorted. “No surprise. Don’t we just make a pair? I have
a broken ankle. You have a broken head.”
Salene did not, quite, smile. “Distract me.” He leaned back
again. “Tell me how humans understand friendship.”
Jake blinked at the leap of subject. Were they back to that
again? “What do you want to know?”
“Given our discussion at dinner, it occurred to me that we do not
always understand each other, even while understanding each other.”
“That bump did scramble your brain. What you just said made no
sense.”
Salene ignored the sour attempt at humor. “Explain to me how you
understand our friendship.”
“I don’t know.” Jake looked around to hide his confusion.
“We’re friends. What else is there to say?”
“But what does that *mean* to you?” Salene sounded as frustrated
as Jake felt.
“Friends…do things for each other. It’s not so different from
Vulcan duty, I guess. But we don’t think of it as *duty*. It’s
something you do because you want to, not because you have to.”
“And you assume that duty is never chosen?”
Jake remembered what Salene had said over supper: You, I choose.
“I guess,” he said aloud now. “It just– ‘Duty’ seems like a bad
word for it, like it’s a chore.”
“Sometimes it is,” Salene said. For a moment, Jake thought he
was trying to be funny, then realized he was not. Salene only got
humor about half the time.
“But if it’s a chore, it’s not– I don’t know. I don’t know
what I’m trying to say. Being your friend isn’t a chore.”
“Even when you must drag me through the rain, in the face of a
hurricane, with your ankle broken?”
“That’s different! You’re misunderstanding on purpose.”
“No, I am not. My point,” he went on before Jake could
interrupt, “is that friendship may entail situations and actions we
would not choose for our own amusement–‘chores’ if you wish, or
duties. But that does not mean the friendship itself is distasteful.”
“Of course not.”
“Yet you objected to characterizing friendship as duty.”
“God! Even when you get hit in the head, you still argue worse
than a lawyer. It’s not that I don’t think friendship has duties but
I don’t want to think of it primarily as duty!”
Eyes closed, Salene let his lips twitch. “Nor do I.” Before
Jake could think of anything to say to that, Salene went on, “Thank
you, for pulling me to safety. It was a brave act.”
Jake knew very well that Salene wasn’t mocking him but the choice
of adjective hit him like a sucker-punch, knocking a harsh laugh out
of him. “Me? Brave? I’m the guy who runs from popping corks,
remember?”
Opening his eyes, Salene levered himself up a little to glare at
Jake. He had started to shiver, Jake noticed. “I should get you a
blanket or something.” Were there blankets to be found in a temple?
Salene’s hand on Jake’s wrist stopped him from crawling away.
“Sit. I have two good legs.”
“And a cracked head. You shouldn’t move around.”
“And your ankle is broken.”
“Yeah, but it’s nothing a medic couldn’t fix in ten minutes. I’m
more worried about you.”
“Jake. Sit down.” The words were neither loud nor hard, but
they carried all the resonant authority Salene’s trained voice could
muster. Jake sat almost without thinking. “Listen to me. What you
did *was* brave. There are many kinds of courage–even of physical
courage. What it takes to hold ground in the face of enemy fire is
not the same as what it takes to stand up on a broken ankle and drag a
friend to shelter. They represent different kinds of fortitude in the
face of crisis–different kinds of crisis, in fact. And neither
compares to moral courage–of which you have demonstrated time and
again you have much. I admire you. And I thank you for my life.”
Hot with embarrassed pleasure, Jake glanced all around them…
anywhere but at Salene. Salene let his wrist go and, to Jake’s alarm,
pushed himself to his feet. “What are you doing?”
Salene swayed, caught his balance. “I will find something to
wrap around us both.” And he stumbled away, hand braced on the wall.

“Salene! Salene, come back here!”
Salene ignored Jake and continued on towards the front of the
temple and a small door he had noticed off to the side, almost hidden
by shadow. Red and white candles flickered in their holders, glinting
off brass statues of Siddhartha Gautama–the Buddha–along with a
dozen different bodhisattvas, all lined up atop a table decorated with
bronze revetment plaques.
Salene reached the door and tried it. Locked. Luckily, it was
the old kind with a handle. He shoved it open, snapping the latch.
Inside was a storage area with more statuary, bowls, boxes of candles,
vases for flowers, small ‘spirit houses’…and plenty of cloth–altar
decor of some kind. But as soon as he was out of Jake’s sight, Salene
grabbed a small brass bowl and retched into it, hoping he was not
profaning some sacred object. He assumed they would rather him empty
his stomach into a bowl than onto the floor. It would be easier to
clean up. He was grateful for the wind outside which covered the
noise. Jake would worry though there was nothing he could do, or he
would shoulder inappropriate guilt for what had been purely an
accident.
When Salene had control of his stomach again, he pulled down a
stack of oblong cloths, took three of them. These, he carried back to
Jake, who had dragged a kneeler out into the center of the temple,
away from the small, high windows. “Wrap this around you,” Salene
said, handing Jake a cloth as he lowered himself gratefully back to
the floor, wrapped his own about his shoulders and spread the third
over their legs. “I think I shall try to rest.” And he turned so as
to lie on the non-wounded side of his head.
Jake was silent a while, though he shifted restlessly. Salene
listened to the wind outside. Sleep was impossible, no matter how ill
he felt. Finally Jake said, almost to himself, “I wish I knew where
the storm eye was.”
“Why?”
“So I’d know how fast it’s moving, how close it’ll come to us–”
“Would knowing change our situation?”
“No.”
“Then rest, Jake. You only make yourself more anxious.”
“Easy for you to say. I can’t just turn off my feelings like a
water faucet!”
“Is that what you think Vulcans do?”
“Well, isn’t it?”
“No. We are taught to step beyond emotion so that we may control
it, rather than permit it to control us.”
Jake was silent a moment, then said, “That would’ve come in handy
on Ajilon Prime.”
Salene rolled over onto his back. The temple was getting darker.
Some of the candles had gone out. Jake was a silhouetted profile:
high round forehead, scooped nose, full mouth–a handsome face, Salene
thought idly. Aloud, he said, “The past is the past; you cannot
change it. What is the Terran idiom? Quit booting yourself.”
Jake grinned; even in the half-dark, Salene could tell. “It’s
‘quit kicking yourself.'”
“Yes. Well?”
Jake shrugged. “I think it’d be nice to be able to get past my
feelings–maybe not to have any. Fear I could definitely do without.”
“You are not a Vulcan, Jake. Do not try to be.”
Jake snorted. “Funny. I’d’ve thought you glad to convert me to
Vulcan stoicism.”
“Vulcan philosophy is not evangelical; I have no wish to convert
anyone, least of all you. Be who you are. There is value in Jake
Sisko–who is human, and emotional.”
“And a coward.”
Irritated, Salene sat up and grabbed Jake’s chin, forced his head
around. “I thought we had settled this? You are not a coward.” They
were almost nose to nose. Stomach quivering, he let Jake go, turned
away and laid back down. He must still be nauseous.
Jake touched his shoulder. “Go to sleep, Salene.” And Jake left
the hand there. Salene found it oddly comforting.
He must have dozed after all. The sound of breaking windows woke
him. He jerked up, which set his head spinning and nearly made him
retch again. He swallowed it back. Jake had also jerked awake. Cold
wind whistled through the temple and Salene was glad for the makeshift
blankets. He could barely hear Jake shouting right beside him: “What
day is it?” Salene turned to stare. Had Jake become delirious?
“Tell me the date, my name and yours.”
Salene understood then. He set a hand on Jake’s arm, shouted
back, “I am fine; my memory is intact.”
“So–your name? The date?”
Salene sighed. “My name is Salene ch’Sethan, you are Jake Sisko,
and do you want the date by Earth’s calendar or Vulcan’s, or both?”
Jake grinned. “In first-aid class, Dr. Bashir told us to keep
asking till the patient answers and we can be sure they’re all right.”
He looked up towards the now-broken windows. “Do you have any idea
how long since we got in here?”
At least the head-blow had not disrupted Salene’s internal time
sense. “One hour, seven minutes.”
“It seems like longer.”
“Yes.”
“It’s going to get chilly now. Do you want to scoot closer
together? I know Vulcans don’t touch much–”
“It is only logical that we share body heat,” Salene said, moving
closer to Jake, his back to Jake’s front. They rearranged the altar
cloths around themselves and huddled down against the kneeler.
“You can rest your head on my chest,” Jake offered.
Salene was reluctant; it felt odd and awkward. But his head hurt
badly and he found it difficult to keep his eyes open. He let them
fall closed and leaned back. Muscles tense, Jake held very still–as
if afraid Salene might bolt. Salene could have told him that he was
too sick to move. After a long while, Jake’s arm slipped around his
chest to hold him tightly. Salene could feel Jake’s breath on his
hair and deliberately blocked the human flutter of random thoughts and
feelings their touch might otherwise have made him privy to.
It felt…good…to be held. He could not recall the last time
he had been held like this by anyone. Not since he was five? Six?
Vulcan children clung. Tactile connections were critical to their psi
and psychological health. Gradually, they were weaned of touch as
they mastered inner shielding until, outside of emergencies, extensive
body contact was permitted only to one’s bondmate–and Salene had no
bondmate any more. The sudden thought of going through life never to
be held like this again almost made him weep.
It is the concussion, he told himself, guilty for cherishing what
necessity and survival had thrust on them.

Jake’s feelings were less complex, though no less troubling. He
hoped Salene would not shift to the right or they’d both be horribly
embarrassed. He couldn’t believe he was sitting here with a hard-on
just from holding his friend. Salene was *hurt*, for chrissake, and
all Jake could think about was scratching an itch?
It was the hair: Salene’s long, wet hair clinging to Jake’s bare
chest, a bit cold but surprisingly erotic. It teased sensitive skin
like the whispery brush of damp fingers. Even wet, it was soft, and
as thick as a woman’s, or a boy’s. In fact, looking down at Salene
from this angle, the alchemy of arrested adolescence lent him a
baffling androgyny. He seemed to waver between man and woman like
an optical illusion: first a vase, then two faces.
Jake swallowed, telling himself, Think of something else. He
couldn’t believe the direction of his own thoughts. Salene was his
friend. And Salene was a man. Jake was not attracted to men.
Was he?
“This is weird,” he whispered under cover of the wind. But,
almost absently, his hand strayed up to stroke Salene’s hair.

The wind outside had become so intense that it seemed the whole
world consisted only of its roaring. Salene hoped his hearing was not
permanently damaged. He would not have believed it could get louder–
until it did.
Actually, the sound was more a rumble in the tile beneath them
than a noise. “What is that?” Salene shouted, though he doubted Jake
could hear. Perhaps Jake read Salene’s lips; he shook his head.
Then it struck the north temple wall.
Water.
Flood water.
The wall was crumbling.
Instinctively, Jake’s grip on Salene tightened, but it was
Salene’s strength that saved them and kept them from being separated.
Even as the waters swept in and tumbled them over, threatened to tear
them apart, Salene snared Jake’s wrist with one hand and grabbed for
anything bolted down with the other. At first, he found nothing. He
could not see through the dark foaming water. Then his hand closed on
something that did not yield or move with him. It nearly ripped his
shoulder from its socket. “Jake!” he screamed, not caring for the
moment that it came out shrill. He could feel Jake’s wrist still in
his, then Jake was grabbing on to him with both arms and legs. The
flood waters bore them up.
Salene had hold of a chair arm; he could tell no more than that.
Once the swell had passed, it was not so bad. They had only to hang
on. As the flood waters receded, Salene could discern that they had
been thrown up by the altar. All the statuettes, bowls and candles
were gone, leaving twisted revetment plaques, the table, and this
chair bolted through tile into solid concrete. It was the oversized
throne in which the largest buddha had been sitting. “Take hold of
the chair!” he shouted to Jake.
“I can’t!” Jake screamed back. He was terrified.
“Take hold of the chair!” He was not sure how much longer he
could manage for both of them. The flash flood had ripped the bandage
from his head, reopening the wound, and Jake’s arms around his neck
were choking him. “Take hold of it! I am afraid I may pass out!”
Jake groped for the chair, found it and latched on. Then he was
pulling himself and Salene both up into it. The waters had gone down
enough that the chair sat above the flood. Jake had been wise to pick
the temple for shelter, Salene thought. They were several feet above
street level. Only about two feet of water covered the temple floor
now, though it was still quite deep in the street below. Salene could
see the street through the missing wall. But high or not, the temple
was destroyed: half the roof gone with the fore-wall, nothing left of
the altar but a few permanent items. At least the rear wall sheltered
them from the worst of the wind. In the oversized throne, they curled
themselves as small as their height would allow, braced each other,
and waited.

The eye must be nearly on them, Jake thought, hoping they had
seen the worst of it. They wouldn’t survive another wave like the
last one. He could feel Salene trembling, but whether from the cold
or from shock and the head wound, Jake didn’t know. With the roof
mostly gone, the wind drove rain in on them. Jake pulled Salene as
close as possible to warm him with his own body. His friend was in
bad shape, having lost blood earlier and now, with the bandage gone,
losing more. The rain washed it away before it could clot. “Please
don’t let him die on me,” he whispered to any god willing to listen.
“Please don’t let us die.”
The eye’s calm hit suddenly. Wind dropped to nothing. Jake
lifted his head to look around. So did Salene. The sky had lightened
to what one would expect on a normal night. Bizarrely, Jake could
even see the moon. What time was it?
“We should try to find better shelter,” Salene said, alto-bell
voice hoarse and strained.
“Yeah,” Jake agreed. “But *where*?” He nodded towards what they
could see of the street past the crumbled wall. It looked like a war
zone. Worse. “I wonder if there’s much left standing at all.”
“How long will the calm last?”
“I don’t know; depends on how big the eye is. The bigger the
storm, the bigger the eye. I’d say a little while.”
“I shall go and see what *is* still standing.”
Jake grabbed him before he moved. “Your head–!”
“In the interest of survival, I can manage.”
Jake just nodded and let him go.
Face haunted, Salene returned in short order. Jake wondered what
it looked like out there. “It seems the north side of most buildings
collapsed in the flood but there is a good portion of this building
still intact behind the sanctuary proper. Offices, I presume. I do
not know if the rooms there will be safe, but we are not safe here.
Come. I cannot carry you now; my shoulder is damaged. You will have
to lean on me and hop.” He helped Jake to stand. He looked, Jake
thought, like shit. But he was also right–they had to get out of
here before the second part of the storm hit. They could rest later.
They passed through the little closet Jake had seen Salene disappear
into before, to reach the back. Finding the largest room they could,
they waited, tense, silent. The silence got to Jake. “I’m really
sorry for dragging you into this.”
“Jake, you did not drag me into this. It was my decision to
come to Earth; I simply have poor timing.”
“Maybe. But if something happens to you….”
“Quit blaming yourself. It grows tedious.”
Jake shut up, studied Salene, or what he could see in the dim
moonlight. One side of Salene’s face was turning dark with a bruise;
blood still trickled down. “We need to put another bandage on you,
and I’m all out of shirts. Give me yours; it’s half torn up already.”
Salene stared at Jake a moment before unsealing the shirt and handing
it over. Jake ripped it into strips, cleared the wound of hair and
then rebandaged it.
Another tense silence. Salene had crossed arms over his chest.
Modesty or cold? Jake had never heard that Vulcans were particularly
modest–just the opposite, in fact. Jake scooted over to put an arm
around Salene, who jerked away. “What are you doing?”
Frowning, Jake said, “Trying to warm you up. It’s important to
keep you warm.”
After a moment, Salene relaxed. Jake moved him so they could sit
as before, Salene’s back against his front. Vulcan skin was fever
hot, or maybe he did have a fever. Touching Salene’s forehead with
the back of his hand, Jake said, “I don’t know what your skin is
supposed to feel like to know if you’re too hot.” Salene made no
reply. Jake began to stroke the wet hair, as if calming a nervous
pet, though he was the one with nerves. It was still quiet outside–
no wind or rain–but anticipation of the next bout churned his
stomach. He needed distraction. “Can I ask you a question?”
“Must you always ask before asking?”
Jake laughed, more to satisfy the uncharacteristic attempt at
humor than because it was funny. “You said, earlier, that Vulcan
courting patterns aren’t the same as Terran. So–how *do* Vulcans get
a date on Saturday night?”
He felt Salene tense. “They don’t.”
Jake sat up a little so he could see his friend’s face. “Then
how do you meet each other? Husbands and wives, I mean.”
“We are betrothed in childhood–at seven, usually.”
“Oh.”
“There are reasons for it,” Salene added.
“Which are?”
“It is not to be discussed.”
That was an odd answer. “So then, I guess you like, have a
fiancee back on Vulcan?” He felt both relief and disappointment at
the thought.
“No.”
“No? But you said castrati aren’t forbidden to marry–”
“We are not…but I am no longer betrothed. Jake, your questions
have passed beyond what politeness permits.”
Vulcanese for “drop it.” Jake was left wondering if Salene had
been betrothed once and why he wasn’t any more. If marriage wasn’t
forbidden to him, then it must be that the girl had wanted out of it–
probably because of the castration. No wonder Salene didn’t want to
talk about it. Jake returned to petting Salene’s hair. The wind
outside was picking up. “Here it comes,” he whispered. Salene nodded
and, a little to Jake’s surprise, pressed back against him as if he,
too, needed comfort. “We’ll make it,” Jake said, not because he
believed it, but because he hoped that by saying it, he could make it
true: invoking the magic of prophetic declaration. The thought made
him snort.
“What is so funny?”
“Nothing really. Gallows humor.” But Jake twisted his head to
look down at Salene. His friend’s voice had sounded slurred again.
Was he falling asleep? Faint light from the window glistened on
Salene’s upper lip. It was wet. *Tears*?
No. Fluid. Bloody fluid was seeping from his nose, and from his
ears, too. Reaching up, Salene tried to wipe at it, missed completely
and had to try again. The lack of coordination scared Jake. “Good
god,” he whispered. “Salene, don’t you dare die on me!”
“I will…endeavor not to.”
He voice sounded really weird now. Jake pulled him close and
pressed his face against the side of Salene’s, begged, “Don’t die on
me. Promise you won’t die.”
There was no reply. Salene had passed out.

IV.

For a moment, Jake feared Salene dead. Then he felt the Vulcan’s
breath on the back of his hand where Salene’s head had sagged forward.
Salene was just unconscious. It was up to him now. Whatever came, it
was up to him to look after them both.
He saw a metal table in one corner and managed to drag it into
the room’s center so that he and Salene could lie beneath it. If the
building really did come down on top of them, the table would not save
them–but otherwise it offered some measure of protection. Then he
wrapped the torn altar cloth around Salene in an effort to keep him
warm, and waited. Before long, the storm’s other half hit: clouds hid
the moon and all light went out of the room, wind howled in the dark
like the souls of the damned.
How cliched. Next he would be writing, “It was a dark and stormy
night…” which, of course, it *was*. The thought made him laugh.
He had no idea how long the second half of the storm lasted, but it
was not as bad as he had feared. No new flood from Ponchartrain or
Lake Borgne struck the temple. Now and then, Salene stirred beside
him but did not return to consciousness. Jake checked his pulse,
couldn’t find it and was reduced to listening at his side for the
heartbeat. Irregular, but strong–and fast. Was it normal for a
Vulcan heart to race like that?
After a while, stark fear paled into tense hypervigilance. Jake
jumped at the least change in sound, but otherwise suffered perverse
boredom. Feeling for the little pocket he wore around his neck, he
was relieved to find that nothing had been lost in the flood. That
might have amazed him but he was past amazement just as he was past
fear. Instead, he drew out his PADD, feeling for the switch and
tripping it from “write” to “record.” Then he began to speak, trying
to recall all the details of his experience. Observe, observe.
Always observe. “This is how to do it. Notice everything.” That was
the first line of a poem he had read once, about the art of writing.
Notice everything, the poem had said: the smell of urine in the toilet
of a Greyhound bus, the sound of your mother weeping at your father’s
graveside…. Those might not be *his* own experiences but he had
instinctively grasped that demand for merciless particularity. What
is the shade of Vulcan blood thinned by rain? What glow do candles
cast on brass? What is the crash of concrete crumbling under the
assault of water? What is the rush of unexpected desire, quick as a
blush, from the kiss of damp hair on bare skin?
He broke off and shut down the PADD. He didn’t want to think
about that moment back in the sanctuary. It had just been heightened
emotions; he wasn’t *really* turned on by Salene. Nevertheless, his
hand crept out until the fingers found that same hair, closed in it,
as heavy and soft as Vulcan silk. “Don’t die on me,” he whispered
beneath the roar of the wind.
Time ceased to have meaning. Unable to see for the dark, unable
to hear for the wind, touch alone grounded him. Compulsively, he
stroked Salene’s hair, shoulder, bare arm. The skin was soft and,
deprived of sight, Jake could almost pretend he touched a woman’s body
–till his palm crossed the flat chest. He jerked back and locked
arms around his knees. This was absurd. He would not think about it,
just bury it somewhere inside.
After an interminable time, a new sound startled him: the rasp of
his own shifting body. The gale outside must be dying down. After
checking Salene–whose condition was unchanged–he crawled from
beneath the desk to make his awkward way to a broken window where he
could look out through the pouring rain.
Disorientation. Profound disorientation. He could recognize
nothing. It was as if he had been dropped into the middle of some
strange city after a nuclear holocaust.
A few buildings still stood, little else that he could see.
Piles of concrete rubble, twisted-metal and broken glass alternated
with uprooted bushes and trees broken in the middle: scrub oak and
royal palms, the desiccated remains of a waxy-leaved magnolia. A lone
gull perched atop a lamppost stump, huddled down against the storm.
What should he do now? Go outside to await a rescue crew? But who
would they be coming to rescue? They thought the city evacuated. Any
damage assessment would likely wait till morning. He glanced behind
him. Could Salene last till morning? He crawled back to his friend,
checked his heartbeat again. It sounded faster and weaker both.
“Don’t die on me,” he whispered yet again.
In fact, rescue crews did come. As soon as the main storm clouds
cleared out, Jake heard the sound of flitter and hopper engines, saw
yellow flashing lights. Pulling himself over to the door, he managed
to crawl down the hall to an exit. “Over here!” he shouted, waving
wildly. One of the flitters set down on the temple hillock about
twenty meters away.
Starfleet. Academy cadets. Gold security and red command, a few
medics in blue. Soon Jake was surrounded, carefully lifted into the
flitter. “Inside,” he managed. “My friend–inside the building.
Under a table in the big room. He’s got a concussion.” Some of the
cadets hurried off while others secured Jake’s stretcher. But Jake
could not rest till he saw them bringing Salene. “Is he still alive?”
A medic nodded absently, already busy at work. Sighing, Jake closed
his eyes as the flitter took off.

***

As Jake had predicted, it took a medic ten minutes to reset and
fuse the bone just above his ankle joint. He was told to take it easy
for a few days, then released.
Salene’s condition was more serious.
“They transported him to Starfleet medical in San Francisco,” Nog
said when Jake exited the infirmary. Nog had been waiting. He looked
tired. Like the other cadets, he’d been working disaster relief since
about nine the night before, but had wanted to see that Jake was all
right, and to pass on the news about Salene. “No one here knew how to
treat a Vulcan for concussion. There’s some weird connection between
their body and their mind. It made his heart start arresting and they
couldn’t make it stop.”
Jake’s own heart spasmed at the news. “And now?”
“I don’t know; I guess he’s fine.”
“You *guess*?”
“It’s not like I’ve had a lot of free time to keep up with his
condition!”
Jake sighed. “Yeah, you’re right. Sorry.”
Nog offered a scrap of toilet paper with a comm number written on
it in real ink. “Here’s where you can call to find out about him. I
told them he’d been staying with a friend in New Orleans and that
you’d get in contact with them.”
“Thanks, Nog.” Jake took the paper.
“Hey! That doesn’t go there!” Nog shouted, started to hurry
after the offending cadets, then turned back to Jake.
“Go on,” Jake said, waving the paper. “Thanks.”
Nog disappeared.
Jake stood irresolute a moment, torn between looking for his
grandfather and Jillian or calling about Salene’s condition. He
finally decided he’d better look for his grandfather first.

***

Salene’s body had put itself into a healing trance. He had never
suffered one before–had never been this badly hurt–but immediately
recognized the signs: he could hear, and was aware, but could neither
move nor speak, could not even open his eyes. He was beginning to
understand the Terran idiom “die of boredom.” On Vulcan, patients in
healing trance were visited, read to, kept abreast of any news. But
here, people seemed to assume him comatose. Certainly the aides
working over him thought so.
“Floor gossip says this one’s a eunuch.”
“Yep.”
A pause, then the first speaker added, “He’s kind of pretty.”
“If your taste runs to teen heartthrobs.”
A laugh. “I wonder if Vulcans have teen heartthrobs?”
“You gotta be kidding.”
Another pause. Salene could hear them moving around his bed. He
wished he was unconscious; he did not want to hear this. “Why?” the
first speaker said finally, angrily. “Why would they do this to a
kid? Poor thing.”
“Poor nothing. He’s the Vulcan version of a superstar–a singer.
I heard the doctors talking, earlier, explaining why he wasn’t to be
given any hormone therapy. It’d ruin his voice. They castrated him
for the voice.”
“How awful!” The bed rocked. One of the aides had sat down next
to him. He felt her touch his cheek, feather-light. She spoke to
him, a question no doubt meant to be rhetorical. “Do you have any
idea what they took from you?”
Her companion said, “I doubt he misses it; he doesn’t have the
drive. Besides, Vulcans don’t look at sex the same way we do.”
“Just like a man–the first thing you think of is sex.” But her
tone was amused. “I was thinking of kids, a family. Sex, too, but
it’s more than just that. How would you feel if you didn’t have
Blanche and Sam to go home to, at night? They didn’t cut out his
heart along with his testicles.”
“Vulcans don’t have hearts,” the other said. “Didn’t you know?
They’re born with an ice cube in their side. Come on. We have the
patient in 14-A to change.”
Salene heard the sound of their feet retreating and was grateful.
What did humans know of the Vulcan heart?

“Excuse me.” Jake stopped at the ICU front desk in Starfleet
medical. “You have a Vulcan here? Beamed in from New Orleans? He
had a head wound–a concussion?”
One of the nurses turned. “He’s my patient. You are–?”
“I’m Jake Sisko. His friend. How is he?”
She stepped around the desk to peer up at Jake. “You look ready
to fall over, Mr. Sisko. When’s the last time you slept?”
It was the same thing Jillian had said when he had finally found
her and his grandfather at the shelter. “I’m all right,” he said–
automatic defense. “Just tell me. How is he?”
She studied him a moment more, then said slowly, “He’s doing
pretty well, for a moderate concussion. There was only a small
fracture in the skull, and we’ve brought down the swelling inside the
cranium. He should wake soon.”
“They said– Back in New Orleans, they said he went into cardiac
arrest?”
She nodded, her face untroubled. “When a Vulcan suffers a head
injury and dozes off long enough, the body tries to enter the healing
trance. But it’s the brain that regulates the trance, so if the brain
is injured…. Well, things can go a little haywire. He’s fine now.
He just needed external help to regulate his breathing and heartbeat.”
While she had been talking, they had been walking towards one of the
private rooms. Now, she halted outside of it. “He’ll have a lot of
things hooked up to him, but don’t be alarmed by that. He’s in good
shape. Our scanners show that he came out of the deep trance about
five hours ago. He’s aware now. He can’t move at all, so he can’t
respond to you in any way, but he can hear you. Feel free to talk to
him.” She glanced towards the door. “He’ll probably be glad of the
company. We don’t have enough staff to sit with the patients.”
So saying, she pushed open the door to let Jake enter.
His first impression was of a lot of beeping machines. He wasn’t
sure if there was a person under it all. Moving up to the bed, he
could see Salene lying motionless under the med-tunnel that was
keeping him alive. Glancing around for a chair, Jake found one in a
corner and pulled it up to the side of the bed. “The nurse said
you’re aware but you can’t answer me.” It felt strange, talking to
somebody who looked one step away from death. “She said I could talk
to you. I don’t really know what to say.” He paused, as if half
expecting a reply but of course there was none. The heart monitor
continued to beep softly; lights went round and round in a regular
pattern on the EEG monitor attached to Salene’s forehead. “I guess
you want to know what happened after you passed out, huh?”
In a soft voice then, he told Salene about the second half of the
storm, about being found and rescued by Starfleet cadets, about being
taken to a hospital in Baton Rouge where evacuees were temporarily
quartered. “Grandpa and Jillian are both fine; they told me to tell
you ‘hello.'”
God, that had sounded stupid.
“I brought your bags, so you’d have some clothes when you wake
up. And I sent a message to your home, to let your family know you’re
all right. I’m not sure if they’ll hear on Vulcan about an Earth
hurricane but I figured if they did, they’d be worried.” Worried!
What a human thing to say. “Well, whatever. You know what I mean. I
wanted them to know you were being taken care of.”
Running out of conversation items, he paused. His throat hurt
from constant talking. The fact that Salene gave no response made it
difficult to believe he was aware. The monitors continued to blink
and beep, the med-tunnel breathed for him. Jake studied the alien
face. Salene had unusually level brows for a Vulcan–low over deep
set eyes. There was a brown mole right in the middle of his earlobe,
and his nose had a small dimple in the cartilage at the very tip.
Jake had never noticed these things before, had never studied Salene’s
face intently enough to do so.
Where did consciousness hide?, Jake wondered. Salene was not
dead. After his experiences on Ajilon Prime, Jake knew what death
looked like. Dead people did not look asleep; they looked dead.
Salene’s face held that indefinable *something* that animated. But
was he really aware of anything?
And if he was? What must it be like to be stuck in a body
unable to move, even to scratch an itch? “I have an idea,” he said
then, a little startled to realize that he had spoken aloud. “Be
patient; I’ll be back.”
Rising, Jake left the room and the hospital. It did not take him
too long to find what he wanted, then return. Nothing had changed
in the meantime. The monitor still beeped, the med-tunnel still
breathed, and Salene lay unmoving. “I’m back,” Jake announced, went
over to sit down by the bed. “I went on a little shopping trip.” He
opened his package and inserted the power cell. “I don’t know how
long you’ll be out, and I don’t think I can talk through it all–I
really do need to sleep–but I got this so you wouldn’t be bored.”
He set the Beltclip for audio only, turned it on to key a search for a
direct-feed music channel: Vulcan or classical. There was only one of
the former but several of the latter. “Classical” covered a broad
range, he found. At a loss, he settled for the Vulcan; it was easier.
Then he laid the clip on the pillow near Salene’s head. He was afraid
to put in the earpieces. As Vulcan hearing was so much better than
human, what was normal to him might blast Salene’s eardrums.
“I hope that’s okay. I didn’t know what to pick, but I figure
it’s better than nothing. I’m pretty tired; I think I’m going to go
take a nap now. There’s a sofa over here under the window. I’ll
stretch out there. I’ll be right here in the room unless I tell you
I’m leaving. I won’t just disappear on you.”

For a few minutes, Salene could hear Jake moving around, then
there was just the music.
He was touched, both by the gesture and by Jake’s promise not to
leave without saying so first. Jake had put himself in Salene’s place
enough to imagine what Salene was experiencing; it was that ability
which made him a good writer. So Salene listened to the music Jake
had picked and wondered how much longer his body would insist on
keeping him in-trance.
In fact, it was only three hours later that he began to have the
first hints of control over his body again. He could tell because his
natural instinct was to fight the respirator. He hoped someone would
notice his readings quickly. Trouble breathing aroused a very basic,
instinctual fear which affected even Vulcans. His eyes snapped open
and he strained upward against the med-tunnel.
Then the door was crashing open. Salene heard Jake shout,
“Wha-?” from where he had been asleep by the window. A Terran woman
in medical blue punched a code into the tunnel, then leaned over to
check him. Smiling to see that he was awake, she struck him hard on
the cheek.
“What are you *doing*?” Jake yelled.
It took only three slaps. “Enough!” Salene said and she stopped.
Before Jake could grab her, Salene added, “Hold, Jake. She is doing
her job.”
“By *hitting* you? That’s some kind of weird medicine!”
Salene twisted his neck to look at Jake but it was the woman who
explained, “A sharp shock–like a slap–is necessary to bring tranced
patients to full consciousness.” She tripped a few more switches on
the tunnel, glanced at Jake. “Would you mind stepping outside a
minute? I’m going to take the tunnel off of him. I’ll call for you
when I’m done.”
Wary, Jake hovered at the door till Salene nodded. When he was
gone, the nurse smiled at Salene again but made no further move. “Do
I have your permission to touch you in order to disconnect the tunnel?
I’m sorry we couldn’t ask when you were first brought in.”
She clearly knew Vulcan customs. “Yes, of course. And there is
no need to apologize for doing what was necessary to save my life. I
am grateful.”
She nodded. “I just wanted to be sure to *ask*. Most folks on
the floor aren’t familiar with your people.”
“How did you learn?”
“I did a practicum on Vulcan for a year.”
“Where?”
“TriStaav. They were looking for a nurse who could handle Terran
patients. I was looking for the experience. It was a good year.” As
she spoke, she punched codes into the tunnel and began unfastening the
clamps, then raised the lid part-way, enough to disconnect the tubes
and nodes beneath. He had found that humans used chatter to distract
or to put another at ease. It worked, actually. Listening to her
describe her year in TriStaav Med Center, he was not so conscious of
her hands on his body…until it came to removing the catheter. That
was a most peculiar sensation: almost but not quite painful. It only
added insult to injury that she must touch him *there* to do it.
Finished, she handed him a hospital gown. “Do you feel able to
sit up enough to put it on?” He nodded and she busied herself pushing
equipment away from his bed and securing the tunnel beneath while he
dressed in blue padded cotton. When he had laid back down, she pulled
the sheet up over him and piled on several blankets. “I raided the
closet for you. If these aren’t enough, buzz me and I’ll bring you
more.”
“My thanks.” He pulled the blankets up to his chin, feeling
oddly vulnerable though he knew the reaction illogical. “How long
shall I be kept here?”
“In this unit? Only another day probably; you’re doing very
well. But I think Doctor T’Dell wants you under observation for
another few days. I’ll be paging her, to let her know you’re awake,
and I’ll call your friend back in now.” She left.
A moment later, Jake entered, looking slightly unsure of himself
and quite tired. “You should go back to sleep,” Salene said.
Jake shrugged, then pulled up a chair to sit down near the head
of the bed. “How do you feel?”
Salene considered the question. “Weak, somewhat disoriented yet
though that is passing.” Then, just realizing it, “And hungry.”
Jake grinned. “You want me to sneak you in a sandwich?”
Salene frowned. “Why would it be necessary to sneak it? If I
have physician’s orders not to ingest solids, I would not presume to
break them.”
That just made Jake laugh and sit back in the chair, propping his
feet against the metal edge of the bed. “You must be feeling better;
you sound almost back to normal.”
“I am…gratified that you find my responses amusing,” Salene
replied dryly. “But you did not answer my question. Would you eat
solid food if it were against physician’s orders?”
Still smiling a little, Jake shook his head. “Probably not. I
was just trying to make a joke. But some people would.”
“That is not logical.”
“No, but it’s pretty human.”
“Indeed.”
A few minutes of silence, then Jake asked, “When you were under,
could you really hear me?”
“Yes.”
“You understood what I said and everything?”
“Yes.”
“Wow. I sure couldn’t tell.”
“You would not have been able to, unless you had touched my
mind.” He reached over to the little table beside his bed where the
nurse had set the transceiver. It had been switched off. “Thank you,
for this.”
Jake shrugged. “Sorry I didn’t get here sooner so you could get
more use out of it.”
“What is the human saying? ‘It is the thought which counts.’
And I will get further use from it, I am certain.” He put back the
transceiver on the table.
Jake had leaned forward again, elbows on knees. “Can I ask you
something?” He had the most annoying habit of seeking permission for
a question, as if doing so were more likely to secure him an answer.
Salene was learning simply to agree and not trouble to point out the
illogic behind the behavior. Now, he just nodded. Jake licked his
lips and said, “I’ve heard before that Vulcans are telepathic. And
you talked about me touching your mind…. How telepathic are you? I
mean, are you like the Betazoids? Can you, like, talk inside my
head?”
“No. In fact, from what I understand, Betazed telepathy does not
mesh well with ours. We do not project thoughts, we share them. Or
more precisely, we share the process of thinking. This is why it is
called a ‘mindmeld’. Two become one, for a brief time.” Salene
considered Jake a moment. “I will not read your thoughts simply by
touching you, Jake, if that has been a matter of concern to you.”
Jake shook his head. “No, I wasn’t afraid you would. I was just
curious. Is mindmelding something you do a lot, on Vulcan?”
“No.”
“Have you ever done it?”
“Yes.”
“Am I making you uncomfortable? Your answers get shorter when
you’re uncomfortable.”
“Your line of inquiry is somewhat intrusive, but I would rather
you ask your questions than wonder. I shall tell you if I do not wish
to reply to a question.”
“Fair enough. So, what’s it like? The mindmeld, I mean.”
Baffled, Salene was silent a moment, trying to decide how to proceed.
Jake may as well have asked him to describe the electromagnetic
pattern which his vision allowed him see and Jake’s did not. Finally,
Jake said, “I guess that’s a question you don’t want to reply to.”
“No. No, I said I would tell you. I was simply attempting to
formulate a response in terms you could understand.”
“You have to pick little words for my tiny human brain?” Jake
sounded inexplicably angry and Salene frowned.
“Why did you assume I meant that pejoratively? I did not. How
would you describe the color purple to me?”
Apparently caught off guard, Jake said, “Huh?” He must not
realize….
“I cannot see the color you call ‘purple’–no Vulcan can. You
did not know this?” Jake shook his head. “To my eyes it registers as
black or blue. Yet I know ‘purple’ exists because I have been told
that it does. Thus it is with the mindmeld. How can I explain it to
the non-telepath? You have no frame of reference to understand.”
Jake thought about that. “Yeah, I guess. How *would* I describe
purple?” Abruptly he grinned, as if he were taking it as a challenge.
“Well, it’s–I don’t know–*warmer* than blue, or green. Richer. But
maybe that’s just because it’s associated with kings. ‘Royal Purple’,
y’know.” He closed his eyes, added, “Purple makes me think of stained
glass windows and Christmas.”
“The latter of which is hardly a useful referent for me,” Salene
pointed out. Jake just grinned. “As for the mindmeld, it is”–Salene
closed his own eyes in turn, in order to speak without distraction–
“touching beyond the skin. It enlarges us. To think as another
thinks, to *be* another and to have him or her be you. It is…
understanding.” He opened his eyes again.
Jake’s expression was unreadable. “Sounds kind of vulnerable.”
“Indeed. That is why we do not often engage in it.”
“I guess you can do it with everybody, not just other Vulcans?”
“It is easiest with another telepath, but it is possible–for
most of us–with the mind-blind. A few are not strong enough.”
“Are you?”
The question seemed to have caught Jake by surprise as much as it
did Salene; his expression was startled.
“I have never tried,” Salene said.
“Would you like to?”
“You are volunteering?” Most humans were reluctant to share
thoughts–or so Salene had been given to understand. But if Jake did
not have his father’s interest in a Starfleet career, he did have
Starfleet curiosity.
Now, he shrugged. “If you’re game, I am.”
Salene crossed his arms under the blankets and considered. He
had never touched the mind of anyone outside his family, except she-
who-was-no-longer-his. He tried to imagine what it would be like to
touch the undisciplined, emotional mind of a human. Disturbing, no
doubt. But perhaps also interesting. And Jake was his friend. He
realized abruptly that there were none of his own people besides his
family he would trust in a mindmeld more than this human. “All
right,” he said finally. “But not now. To meld is draining, and I am
not sufficiently recovered. Also, more certain privacy is to be
preferred over a hospital room.”
“Okay.” Jake nodded.
“You should return to your grandfather,” Salene said. “You are
in need of rest, and I am not in need of a personal nursemaid. There
are more than enough of the professional variety within easy call.”

V.

Jake had come to San Francisco to pick up Salene despite the fact
Salene had told him it was unnecessary. Motivated by guilt, Jake had
insisted. He blamed himself for Salene’s injury and any attempt
Salene had made to alleviate Jake’s remorse had been met with the
protestation, “You wouldn’t have even been here if it hadn’t been for
me.” True enough but in Salene’s opinion, insufficient cause for Jake
to accept responsibility. One might as well blame the storm-trap
designer for this storm’s refusal to take one of the algorithmically-
projected routes.
“Why do you insist that it is somehow your fault that I was
injured?” he had asked–again–just yesterday.
“*Because*–”
“Because I chose to visit New Orleans during hurricane season for
the northern hemisphere? You did not insist that I come; you did not
even invite me. It was my decision. And unless you have abilities of
which I am unaware, you did not create that hurricane to greet me.”
Jake had laughed, then sobered. “But I’m the one who fell off the
counter and broke my ankle, like a big klutz. If I hadn’t done that,
we’d have made it to the transport with time to spare and you wouldn’t
have got thwacked in the head.”
“Perhaps. And had your grandfather not attempted to preserve his
cooking implements, you would not have been on the counter in the
first place. Do you blame him for your broken ankle?”
“Of course not!”
“So. Blaming yourself for my injury is just as illogical. Your
fall was *accidental*; my being ‘thwacked in the head’, as you put it,
was equally accidental. The path the storm itself took, while not
accidental, was hardly the result of malicious intent. Therefore
blaming yourself seems both inappropriate and, frankly, *silly*.”
Jake had thought about it, but Salene was not certain he had accepted
the logic of Salene’s arguments. And so, today, Jake had come to San
Francisco for the pointless task of walking with Salene down to the
transporter center to be beamed right back to New Orleans. When they
arrived, both the extent of the damage and the extent of repairs
already underway astounded Salene. It would take years for the
landscape itself to recover but most of the debris had already been
cleaned up and a remarkable number of smaller damaged structures had
been replaced, including the tourist trolley-stop siding which had
torn away and struck Salene on the skull. Repairing larger buildings
would require longer, despite disaster-relief from the government. At
least most buildings had power and water again Jake told him, though
the majority of citizens were still staying in relief shelters. A few
had moved back into the few buildings which had escaped severe damage,
Jake among them. It seemed that while the downstairs restaurant had
suffered badly, the upstairs had not, particularly the guest room
wherein Jake and Salene had been lodged. Salene chose to stay there
with Jake. In a few days, Joseph Sisko and Jillian would be able to
return as well.
For the time being, however, they came in the mornings and left
in the evenings. Both were busy at work when Jake returned with
Salene: Jillian repainting while the elder Sisko worked with repair
people replacing fixtures for the tiffany lamps. They broke off to
greet Salene while Jake took Salene’s bags upstairs. After Joseph
Sisko had gone back to overseeing electricians and with Jake still out
of earshot, Jillian said, “Maybe Jake’ll be able to concentrate on
what he’s doing now.”
“Why would he not?” Salene asked, surprised.
She gave him a shrewd, amused look. “His body’s been in New
Orleans, but his mind’s been in San Francisco.”
Unsure exactly what she meant, or what to make of the several
possibilities which occurred to him, Salene did not reply at first.
Yet before she could move away, he said, “I believe Jake is suffering
illogical guilt regarding my injury. What is the usual method of
erasing such? I have attempted to do so several times already, but
seem unable to succeed. Perhaps I am going about my reassurances
incorrectly?”
“I doubt it.” Her voice was dry. “Some people just like to
wallow. Usually Jake isn’t one of them, but you present a special
case.”
“In what way?”
She shook her head. “I don’t think you want to know. Let’s just
say it’s irrational human emotionalism.”
This answer did not satisfy Salene but for the moment, he decided
not to pursue it further. He might have asked Jake himself to explain
her cryptic remarks but suspected it would only cause friction between
the two so he watched as she turned away and went back to painting.
Jake had returned. “Tell me how I may be of service,” he said to his
friend, gesturing around at the wrecked restaurant.
“You don’t have to–”
“I am recovered, and I have two good hands. There is no reason I
should not assist.”
For a moment, Jake just studied him, then gave a little shrug.
“Well, okay. But if you get tired, quit,” and he led Salene over to
ask his grandfather what was next on the agenda to be done.

***

Jake wondered if Salene really had the good sense to stop when he
was tired. Long after Jake and Jillian had collapsed in one of the
re-upholstered booths to eat a late supper of replicated vegetarian
lasagna, Salene was still painting in the kitchen. Joseph Sisko had
already returned to the shelter for the night and Jillian was leaving
soon. “I wish he’d quit,” Jake said of Salene to Jillian. “He’s
making me feel guilty.”
Reaching across the table, she squeezed one of his hands. “He’s
a Vulcan. He has twice your strength and stamina.” She tilted her
head a little. “Being a eunuch doesn’t change that, y’know.”
Blood burned Jake’s neck and cheeks. “I didn’t think it did!”
“Really? Then why are you being so protective of him? If he
was Nog, would you assume him so fragile, or assume he wouldn’t know
his own limits? Jake, he’s a grown man! A young one, especially for
a Vulcan–but still older than you are. Do you think they took his
common sense along with his testes? If you patronized me that way,
I’d bop you one for it.”
Jake chewed his bite and considered what she’d said. *Was* he
unconsciously assuming Salene’s lack of testosterone–or the Vulcan
equivalent–made him somehow fragile? During the storm in the temple,
it was Salene’s grip on the altar chair and on Jake which had saved
them both. And Salene had been the one to pick up Jake and carry him
most of the way to the transport stop. He was neither fragile nor
weak and Jake’s unconscious assumption that he was just insulted them
both. “Okay,” Jake said after a moment. “So I guess he knows when
he’s tired. But I wish he’d give it a rest for the night. I feel
bad, sitting out here eating while he’s still in there working.”
“Then just tell him so. Or better yet, tell him you’d like to
have his company for dinner. He’s more likely to respond to that.”
Jake eyed her. “And you wouldn’t mind his company, either.”
She smiled. “No, I wouldn’t, but not for the reasons you
think.”
“You told me you thought he was cute…earlier.”
“Earlier, I did.”
“But not since you found out he was a eunuch,” he said, low and
harsh. “And you accuse me of patronizing him!”
“It has nothing to do with the fact he’s a eunuch. Jake, I
already knew he was a eunuch. I’m not sure you realize how famous he
is, do you?” She was mopping up tomato sauce with a piece of bread.
“But it’s not *me* he traveled sixteen lightyears to see.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?”
She leaned back in the booth and just watched him for a moment,
then said, “Y’know, the fact that he’s a eunuch–as well as a Vulcan–
doesn’t erase his need to care and be cared for. He’s still human, in
the broader sense of the word. He needs to be loved, to know he
matters to someone, no less than you or I do.”
Impulsively, Jake asked, “Do you think he can fall in love? I
mean romantic-type love?” His own question surprised him, even if it
didn’t seem to surprise her. She thought about it.
“If by that you mean, does he feel desire?…I don’t know. I’m
not a doctor, but I am a music historian and I can say that castrati
often had reputations as lovers.”
“I know that,” Jake said, masking embarrassment with impatience.
“Then why ask me?”
He shrugged. He hadn’t meant to ask, really; he’d just been
vocalizing a question that had been running around in his own mind. “I
read a lot about the castrati, for a story I did. You’re right that
they had reputations. Cafarelli was pretty notorious for getting into
fights and having affairs–but I wonder how much of that was just the
way he thought he had to act, to be taken seriously as a man? And
anyway, Vulcan chi`pain aren’t the same as the Terran castrati. For
one thing, the castrati were famous and popular in opera, but looked
down on and joked about generally–like a necessary evil. Chi`pain
are respected on Vulcan. No one would joke about them–if Vulcans
made jokes. Plus the boys have to *ask* for the operation themselves;
it’s not done to them. They’re operated on as late as possible, and
only the few who can sing like Salene even have the option. Right
now, there’re sixty-two chi`pain out of five *billion* Vulcans! And
that’s counting the retired singers.”
She had leaned forward to rest her elbows on the table. “You
know a lot about it, don’t you?”
He shrugged, suddenly embarrassed. “I told you, I read a lot for
a story.” She just smiled. He went on, “But in everything I read, I
never came across any hint that they had reputations as lovers, like
Cafarelli. Sure, some of it’s that they’re Vulcans, but there were
chi`pain before Surak, and they *still* didn’t have reputations like
that.” He paused, then added, “Salene did say they’re allowed to
marry. I didn’t know that. Most of the ones I read about seemed to
be single, like him. It made me wonder how much of the reputation of
the castrati was just blow. I guess they could do *something*, or
they wouldn’t’ve had reputations at all, but I wonder how much they
actually enjoyed it?”
She gave him the same amused smile. “Jake, answer me this: what
makes you think a person has to come in order to enjoy sex?”
Jake wasn’t sure if he was more embarrassed or more surprised. He
shrugged. “Well, isn’t that the point?”
“Is it?” she asked, might have said more, but sat up abruptly
instead and looked past Jake’s shoulder. He turned. Salene had
emerged from the kitchen to set a paint tin, roller and brushes–all
cleaned–outside the kitchen door. Then he joined them at the table.
By some miracle of neatness, he seemed to have acquired no paint
splatters or spots on his clothing. Jake pushed the now-cold platter
of lasagna towards him. “You can warm it in the kitchen replicator,”
he said.
Salene took a generous portion–there was nothing wrong with his
appetite–and disappeared back into the kitchen. Rising with her
empty plate, Jillian followed. They came back together. It was
funny, Jake thought. Alone, Salene looked pretty androgynous but
standing beside a woman, he was obviously male. Though he lacked the
strong jaw of most post-pubertal men and his mouth was best described
as “child-sweet,” there was a hollowness to his cheekbones and
something about the nose and chin that was definitely masculine. Or
maybe it was just that his features were kind of sharp: a prominent-
featured cherub with a man’s eyes.
As they approached, Jillian was saying, “…you don’t have to
come, mind. It’s only an invitation, so don’t feel compelled.”
Salene set his plate on the table and turned to her. “I would be
pleased to join you.”
“Join her where?” Jake asked.
She answered. “Down at The Duke’s. I and some friends get
together on Thursday afternoons, before the place opens, to play. It’s
just for fun–a jam session. Usually jazz, but not always. I told
Salene he’s welcome to join us but didn’t have to.”
“He’s on vacation,” Jake muttered, sullen.
Salene sat down across from Jake. “Indeed. Vacation from
rehearsals and performances–not from music itself.”
“But you said you wanted to be incognito, not paraded around and
stared at.”
Salene appeared uncomfortable, or as uncomfortable as a Vulcan
ever did. “I do not believe your cousin intended such.”
But, from the expression on Jillian’s face where she stood behind
Salene’s shoulder, Jake was not so sure. “Salene can just come and
listen,” she said. “He doesn’t have to sing if he doesn’t want to.”
She glanced down at him where he had turned to look at her. “And if
you change your mind about coming, just say so. I won’t be offended.”
He nodded once and she took her leave of them. When the front door
had closed behind her, Jake said, “I’m not so sure she doesn’t have
something up her sleeve. Jill usually does.”
Salene concentrated on his lasagna and did not reply for several
minutes. Finally, he said simply, “I miss singing.” He flashed a
glance up to Jake. “Would you not miss writing?”
Put that way, Jake understood, and backed off. They spent the
rest of Salene’s supper discussing restaurant repairs, then Salene
went upstairs to call his family on the comm while Jake closed up
downstairs. Alone for a few minutes, it occurred to him that he
should’ve moved into his grandfather’s room until his grandfather
returned. Vulcans were pretty private. But more than that, it seemed
a bit…intimate…sharing one bed when the whole building was empty.
Jake hoped Salene didn’t misunderstand, think he was trying to come on
to him.
That probably hadn’t even occurred to him, Jake thought; Salene
was a Vulcan.
When Jake got upstairs, he thought of another potential problem.
He didn’t have any pajamas, didn’t know if Salene did either, didn’t
even know if Vulcans wore pajamas. He found Salene bent over his bags
in the room. Standing awkward in the doorway, Jake said, “I, uh–I
don’t have any pjs with me, just a robe.”
Still crouched, Salene twisted to look up at him. “Neither do
I.” Something in his face alerted Jake. He might appear calm, but he
was just as uncertain as Jake himself. Jake could see now that he had
been hunting through his bags for a shirt to sleep in.
That returned confidence to Jake, who entered to sit on the end
of the bed. “Well, wearing skivvies is fine with me–but I don’t know
Vulcan customs, so if you’re offended, just say so.”
Salene had twisted slightly to keep his eyes on Jake. “Vulcans
do not share human concepts of modesty. The body is merely a body. I
usually sleep in nothing at all.”
Jake had to fight to keep his feelings off his face. *Nude* was
a bit more than he’d bargained for. Salene seemed to guess as much,
despite Jake’s struggle not to react. Standing, he said, “I will
sleep in my underwrap.”
“You don’t have to–” Jake began, not wanting to put Salene out.
“I will sleep in my underwrap,” Salene repeated, and began to
strip. For three breaths, Jake just stared, then realized what he was
doing and turned away. Despite Salene’s words about the body just
being a body, the almost defiant way he was removing his knee-length
Vulcan tunic and draw-string trousers made Jake think that *Salene*,
at least, might be a little sensitive. Standing, Jake turned his back
to undress himself, then walked down the hall to the bathroom where he
brushed his teeth and used the toilet before heading back to the room.
Salene was braiding his hair. From behind, his body looked perfectly
normal.
“Why’re you braiding your hair for *bed*?” Jake asked.
“So it does not tangle,” Salene replied, turning around. That,
too, was almost defiant, as if inviting Jake to look.
Jake dropped his eyes down Salene’s body. Nothing unusual from
the front, either, except for a lack of body hair. But then, Jake
didn’t have much body hair himself. The most distinctive feature of
Salene’s torso was the broad chest–a singer’s chest with powerfully
developed lungs and diaphragm. Everything else about him looked the
way it should, including the bulge in the front of his shorts. Jake
had barely let himself notice that, but could not quite keep from
noticing, either.
Salene was not a freak. In fact, he was kind of attractive with
his long limbs and long hair and swarthy skin…a bit Arab-looking, or
maybe gypsy. Yes, gypsy. Of course, that comparison didn’t make
sense for somebody from another world, but Jake made it nonetheless.
Abruptly embarrassed for giving in to curiosity even for a minute, he
turned away. “I guess we should get to bed. They’ll be here early to
start work again.”
“Yes.”
Jake slid between the covers while Salene ducked out to take his
turn in the bathroom. Lying on his back, hands behind his head, Jake
thought again about the wisdom of this. Maybe he really should go
sleep in his grandfather’s room. But if he did that now, it would be
an insult to Salene, as if he were saying he didn’t want to sleep with
him.
He should’ve thought through sleeping arrangements better. He’d
been so anxious about everything else, he hadn’t considered what would
actually happen when it was time to hit the sack.
Turning onto his side, Jake closed his eyes and tried to sleep.

Salene took his time in the restroom, putting off as long as
possible the return to the guest room. Jake had been surprisingly
discreet but Salene had not missed his friend’s appraising glance.
What did Jake think, when he looked at Salene? Stripping off his
underwrap, Salene studied his reflection in the full-length mirror. He
had done this more than strictly logical after the operation, but in
recent years, he had grown used to his body’s appearance. Now he
wondered again what others saw.
His limbs were out of proportion to the rest of him, but not, he
thought, so much as to make him unattractive. Hair grew only on his
head–none on chest or under his arms. Even his pubic area was but
lightly downed. He stared critically at what that down revealed.
Though his voice had never broken, his genitals had begun their growth
before he had undergone the operation; they had been caught at that
awkward stage somewhere between boy- and manhood. Prostheses filled
out the sack behind so none could tell what he lacked.
Nonetheless, he felt that lack acutely. It was illogical but
admitting that did not erase his sensitivity any more than the fact he
had chosen to undergo the operation erased his regret.
“Regret is part of being alive.” The words whispered through his
memory in Seltor’s ancient, cracked voice.
Not long after the operation, he had been invited to the rooms of
Seltor ch’San, then the oldest living chi`pain and among the greatest.
Seltor had retired half a century before to live in the T’LingShar
dormitory, cared for by the younger singers and the nephew he had
adopted as his own son. A week after Salene had joined their ranks–
when the trial period was over and there was no going back on the
operation–Seltor had called Salene to his rooms, given him tea and
sat him down on the porch overlooking the garden. Salene remembered
their conversation as if it had happened yesterday. To be granted a
private audience with Seltor was no small honor. What Seltor had said
to him, he had kept in his heart ever since.
After settling himself in the chair opposite Salene, Seltor had
looked out across the garden to where the orange sun sat fat on the
horizon. Narrowing his eyes, he spoke without preamble. “If you
apply yourself, you have the potential to be a greater singer than I,
Salene-kan. Were I still able, I would make you my own student.”
Shocked to his core, Salene had barely managed to reply, “You do
me too great an honor, t’kari.”
“I speak the truth. I was pleased when you elected to make the
sacrifice.” He had turned his eyes back to Salene. “But I will now
say to you what no one else will say, if you will hear me. I am an
old man, long past the need for false dignity.”
“I will gladly hear whatever you have to tell me, t’kari.”
Seltor had nodded. “Right now, you are firm in your decision.
Were you not, you would never have passed the trial period. But in a
year or two, when you see your agemates maturing while you remain like
a boy physically–you may come to regret that choice. This is normal.
Making choices is part of life, but choices bring regrets, even if we
would choose the same, given a second opportunity. The choice you
made a week ago when you underwent surgery, and confirmed yesterday by
refusing the reversal, will alter your life. Sometimes you may
regret. Thus I tell you plainly: we all do. Those who pretend
otherwise are not being honest with themselves. The only way to move
past regret is to accept it, not deny it. Regret is part of being
alive.”
Then the old man had sipped at his tea while the setting sun
gilded marble porch columns and threw sharp shadows all along the
peristyle perimeter of the dormitory. “The hardest thing you will
face will be the aloneness,” he had continued. “I understand your
bondmate asked to be freed?”
Salene had just nodded. He had known, before electing to have
the surgery, that she would call for the dissolvement of their bond if
he did so. That fact had been both a grief and a relief.
“It happens to most of us,” Seltor had said. “Those whose mates
remain bonded to them are the fortunate few, but keep in mind that
companionship can be found in other quarters. I have had no mate, but
I have had companionship. Learn to cherish what comes your way. Pon
farr aside, there is that in the Vul’kah soul which demands such
companionship; chi`pain know that need no less than other men. For
us, complete aloneness ends in madness. Do not turn aside the chance
for companionship even if it is not embodied in a traditional mate.”
Now, Seltor’s advice seemed to Salene almost prophetic. Had the
old man really meant what he had seemed to mean? Companionship from
one who was not a bonded wife? Scandalous. Surely that was not what
Seltor had intended to imply. Salene wondered what the old man would
have made of his friendship with Jake Sisko, but could never ask.
Seltor had died of old age two years ago.
Bending, Salene retrieved his underwrap and stepped back into it.
Being friends did not mean that Jake would not be curious about his
body. Why assume that Jake’s curiosity stemmed from disgust? Salene
was rather curious about the texture of Jake’s hair, so different from
his own. It looked to be wonderfully springy. Yet Salene was well
aware that for North American blacks, hair texture had historically
been a sore point, some going so far as to apply horrific chemicals to
straighten it like a European’s. Jake had once referred to himself as
“nappy-headed,” and while he had clearly meant the term humorously, an
edge in his voice had alerted Salene. What Salene found inviting to
the fingers was viewed more ambivalently by the possessor of it.
Turning out the light, he returned to the darkened bedroom. Jake
appeared to be asleep already, his breathing regular. Slipping into
the bed on the other side, Salene drew up the covers–but did not go
immediately to sleep. He was chilled, the temperature having dropped
enough to be uncomfortable, and while Jake had covers sufficient to a
human, they were not enough for a Vulcan. More, Jake tended to sprawl
in sleep, forcing Salene to the edge of the bed to avoid accidental
touch. After twenty-two minutes of staring restlessly into the dark,
Salene rose to find a robe, wrap it around himself and retreat to the
chair in the room’s corner.
Jake must have felt him rise, for he sat up abruptly in bed, full
of the baffled alertness shown by those startled awake. “Hunh? Hunh?”
From his seat in the corner, Salene said, “Go back to sleep.”
A night-light in the hallway cast Jake’s form in candle-yellow. “What
are you doing sitting up?” he asked.
Faced by such a direct question, Salene hesitated. He could
either lie, or insult his host by implication. He settled for the
insult. “I was cold.”
He heard Jake slap his forehead. “I forgot! You need more
blankets.” And Jake hopped out of bed, went into the hall to rummage
in a closet, came back with two wool blankets which he handed to
Salene. “Will that be enough?”
“Sufficient. Thank you.” And Salene began spreading them on his
half of the bed. Jake watched, then sat down abruptly, his expression
dejected. Salene paused. “What is it, Jake?” Jake shook his head.
“Tell me.”
“This was a mistake, wasn’t it? I mean, us trying to share a
bed. I just didn’t want you to have to pay to stay at a *hotel*. It
didn’t seem very hospitable. But your staying here isn’t working out
any better. You’re cold, you’re uncomfortable, you can’t sleep….
You just accepted our offer because you felt like you had to, didn’t
you? I didn’t think about that. I was trying to make you more
comfortable, not less.”
Salene finished tucking in the second blanket, then sat down next
to his friend. One of Jake’s virtues was his straightforwardness;
Salene rarely had to probe far before Jake would tell him what was on
his mind and Jake’s honesty required an answering honesty from Salene.
“The situation is not ideal, no, but the sentiment was appreciated.
Unfortunately, humans and vulcans are different enough physiologically
to present difficulties when sharing quarters, much less beds. It
seems your desire to offer hospitality, and mine not to offer offense,
produced something of an unfortunate impasse.”
“In other words, trying to be nice just ended up being a pain.”
“Colorfully put, but essentially true.”
“I’m sorry.”
“So am I.”
Jake glanced over sharply. “Why? It wasn’t your fault.”
“It was no one *fault*, Jake, except in our mutual reluctance to
speak frankly. I am sorry that we waited so long to be honest with
one another. Perhaps, in the future, we should worry less about
offending and more about honesty. There is no offense given where
none is taken.”
Jake grinned. “A pact? I’ll tell you if you do something to
make me uncomfortable, if you tell me the same?”
“A…pact, yes.” He offered Jake his hand. Jake stared at it,
one eyebrow hopping a little. “Is this not the human way of sealing a
pact?” Salene asked, suddenly unsure.
Nodding, Jake took Salene’s hand and gave it a single firm shake.
“I didn’t think Vulcans liked to shake hands.”
“Normally true. There are exceptions.” Jake’s hand was cool,
the skin dry. Salene could feel the boil of Jake’s emotions beneath
the surface, emotions which he kept off his face. Humans had their
own manner of control, Salene was learning.
“What’s the Vulcan way?” Jake asked, releasing Salene’s hand.
“Vulcans do not make ‘pacts’, we make vows. Once, we sealed them
with blood; now, our word is enough. I do not believe this agreement
merits a vow, quite.”
Jake smiled. “Probably not.” Then he frowned, stood. “I guess
I’ll go sleep in Grandpa’s bed tonight. He won’t care.”
Salene looked back at the half-blanketed bed. “You need not. I
believe this will do, provided that you avoid taking your half and my
half of the bed, both.”
Laughing, Jake said, “If I do, just kick me back over onto my
side.”

VI.

“Two orange juices, large.”
The replicator materialized the glasses and Jake brought one to
Salene, who paused to drink it down all at once before returning to
his task of putting in new counters to replace the water-warped ones.
Sipping his own juice more slowly, Jake watched. “Somehow I never
pictured you as a carpenter,” he said.
“My father is a luthier,” Salene reminded him. “I learned how to
operate a CNC machine before I was ten, as well as chisels and rasps
and spokeshaves–not to mention various sanders.” He held up a much-
worn sanding block with which he had been smoothing the new counter
before putting on the oil finish.
“There’s got to be an easier way to do that,” Jake said.
Salene gave his characteristic small shrug. “I did as much by
machine as possible; there comes a time when one must work by hand and
feel.” His braid swung between his shoulderblades as he sanded the
maple surface. “Here,” he said, reaching for Jake’s hand. “Touch.”
He set the hand over a section of counter near the back. “Do you feel
it? The catch yet on the pads of the fingers?”
“No,” Jake said. It felt fine to him. His response won a soft
snort from Salene, who returned to sanding.
Over two weeks had passed since the storm; the restaurant was
almost repaired and his grandfather planned to reopen that weekend,
along with a lot of other businesses. There was to be a big festival
downtown. Jake was looking forward to it; New Orleans knew how to
throw a party. There would be lots of food and music. He’d enjoy the
former, and suspected Salene would enjoy the latter.
Jake knew his friend missed music. Repairing damage from the
storm had kept Jillian’s group of musician friends from meeting last
week, and his grandfather’s restaurant didn’t even possess a piano.
Salene sometimes sang as he worked, which seemed to please him as much
as it did them. Otherwise, he had no outlet, so Jake tried not to be
jealous of the fact he was going with Jillian to The Duke’s that
afternoon. After all, Jillian had invited Jake, too.
His friendship with the Vulcan had returned to an even keel after
the first awkward night. He’d even grown used to sharing a bed: found
it oddly comforting. As for Salene, the few times Jake had suggested
a different solution to the bunking problem, Salene had told him not
to be concerned. Jake took that to mean Salene didn’t mind, either.
“Hey! You two about ready to call it a day and go jam for a
while?”
Jake and Salene turned. It was Jillian. Setting aside the
sanding block, Salene said, “If by that you mean, am I prepared to
conclude working for the afternoon and join you at an informal pursuit
of music, the answer is yes.”
She laughed. “Vulcan humor.”
“Vulcans do not joke.”
“Yeah, right,” she said, walking away. “And I’m the queen of
Sheba. I’ll meet you guys outside in ten minutes.”

Before they arrived, Jillian asked whether Salene wanted to be
introduced as Jake’s friend or as himself, but in the end, it proved
moot. They’d barely gotten inside the door before someone hurried
over to gush, “Jill! You said you were bringing someone new, but you
didn’t say it was *Salene of Vulcan*. Good god, girl, that’s like
showing up with Robert Johnson! Or maybe Maria Callas.” She turned
to grip Salene’s hand, bending just enough to show the cleavage bared
by a low-cut dress. It was such a cliche it was almost comical, but
Jake had to admit he had a hard time keeping his eyes above her neck.
“I am so honored to meet you!” she was saying to Salene. “I have all
your recordings but never expected to get to hear you in person, much
less talk to you! You just have to sing for us.”
Jake winced for the idiocy of the human race even while feeling a
bit taken aback. He’d known Salene was famous, but that famous? Did
women throw themselves at him like this all the time? Probably not
Vulcan women, Jake decided, but felt a twinge of jealousy nonetheless.
Must be nice.
Salene was disentangling his hand and himself with gracious,
practiced ease. “I am honored,” he said, taking a step back so he
could execute one of his little bows. Jake realized now that the
gesture served to put a discreet distance between himself and others
without appearing rude. “As for singing–I do not know yet. We shall
see.”
A man as tall as Jake and twice as wide appeared beside Salene’s
admirer. “What are you blathering about now, Larissa?” Then he
nodded greetings to Salene. “I’m the Duke. Welcome. And don’t mind
her none. We buy her books and buy her books but all she does is eat
the covers off.”
Salene blinked. “I…am not certain I follow. She eats the
covers of books?”
The Duke laughed and slapped a table top. “Never mind, son.
Come on in and welcome to all ya’ll.”
The cat out of the bag, Salene was pressed to join the musicians
onstage. Jake took a seat alone at a table off to one side, drank
rootbeer and listened. His friend was pretty good on a guitar, though
why that should surprise Jake, he wasn’t sure. He’d known Salene’s
musical education included instrumental as well as vocal training; he
just tended to think of Salene as a singer. Now, though, the Vulcan
sat on a stool with a borrowed acoustic in his lap, following chord
progressions by watching and listening. To Jake’s mind, there was a
surprising lack of talk. Conversation conducted itself in harmony.
About ten other musicians, Jillian included, hung about, drifting in
and out of songs. Salene alone stayed onstage through all of them.
He seemed to be undergoing some kind of testing, the way a new arrival
at a party is plied with questions. These questions just happened to
be asked and answered in music.
Musicians weren’t the only ones in the dim, close bar. Hanging
about were others like him: groupies or the curious, Larissa among
them. Though she clearly knew something about music, he hadn’t been
able to figure out yet what she contributed beside distraction.
Salene was the only one whose eyes *hadn’t* strayed in her direction
at least once. Her skirt was as high as her neckline was low and the
green velvet fit like a glove. God. Jake scooted his lower body
further under the edge of the table.
Movement to one side made Jake turn his head. The Duke had sat
down at the table. “Never heard a Vulcan play jazz before,” he said
by way of greeting. “He sure did pick up that guitar fast enough; C6
sustained ain’t exactly common. Like to hear him sing but I doubt he
will now. Larissa threw him for a loop.”
“Vulcans don’t get thrown for loops,” Jake replied.
The older man shook his head, chuckled and tapped the tabletop
with sausage fingers. “Don’t buy into that ‘Vulcans don’t feel’ crap,
son. I’ve known me quite a few Vulcans in my day. Every damn one of
’em felt as much as you or me–just hung different names on it.”
Jake studied the Duke and wondered how old the man was. With
buzz-short hair just beginning to grey, he looked in his mid-fifties
but something about the eyes argued greater age.
“Your friend there,” the Duke went on, “is as nervous as a long-
tailed cat in a room full of rocking chairs.”
Curious, Jake sat up and leaned over the table, rootbeer glass
cradled between his palms. Writers were supposed to learn to read
people but Jake suspected he could take lessons in the art from this
man. “How can you tell?”
“Watch his feet,” the Duke replied. “And his hands. Vulcan
faces don’t tell you nothing. You gotta watch their bodies. See how
he can’t sit still? Keeps tugging at his pant-leg? He’s nervous.
Could be upset, too, but I’d say–under the circumstances–it’s
nerves.”
Jake was silent a while, observing. The man was right. Salene
kept reaching down to smooth nonexistent wrinkles in his pants. He
even let one of his legs jiggle while waiting between songs. Small
gestures, all, but they told a story that could never be read in his
expressions–or lack thereof.
“Older Vulcans,” the Duke went on after a while, “you can’t read
them that way. It’s the young ones like him who give away their mood
in their bodies. With the older ones, you gotta look harder–but it’s
still there. You gotta listen, too, to what *ain’t* said as much as
to what is. A judicial silence’ll tell you as much as a whole spate
of words.”
“Can you guess what he’s nervous about?” Jake asked.
The Duke grinned white and wide in the dimness. “His voice, of
course.” Jake started to ask why the Duke thought Salene would be
nervous of *singing*, of all things, but the nightclub owner rose
abruptly. “I got things to do before opening time.” And he patted
Jake’s shoulder. “See you round, son.”
After he’d gone, Jake mulled over what he’d said: ‘His voice, of
course.’ The Duke had made it sound like the obvious answer. But,
when Jake stopped to think about it, he realized it *was*. Larissa’s
initial reaction aside, it had become clear that while most of the
others had at least heard of Salene, only a few had actually heard
him. Most didn’t know him for a soprano–and he didn’t look inclined
to enlighten them, either.
The jam session went on another hour until the evening patrons
began trickling in; this was only the second night the bar had been
open since the storm. Not once in that hour did Salene sing. The
hired band finally decided it was time to get down to the business
they were paid for, and Salene helped the others pack up, then escaped
with Jillian out the back before Larissa could catch him again. Jake
made his way outside, too, finding the two of them in time to hear his
cousin say, “…I had *no idea* she’d recognize you as soon as we
walked in. I could throttle her for grabbing you like that!”
Salene just held up one hand; the other gripped a guitar case.
The instrument’s owner must have loaned it to him for the week. “No
matter,” he said.
“Will you sing next time?” Jillian asked.
“Perhaps,” Salene replied. Jake remembered what the Duke had
said and recognized the ‘no’ behind ‘perhaps’, wondered if Jillian did
as well because she dropped it.

***

Salene was upstairs on the guest bed, experimenting with tunings
on the borrowed guitar. Unfortunate, that the instrument was fretted
or he could have re-tuned it to match a six-string Vulcan gadulka–
something he was moderately skilled at playing. With a Terran
instrument, he found himself stuttering his way through fingerings.
Here, alone, he sang softly to himself.
He heard Jake come up the stairs, wondered if his friend realized
how distinctive his step was: a rolling gait in which Salene could
almost hear the slouch of his posture. The door opened and Salene
looked up but did not quit playing, or singing. For Jake, he would
sing. The human approached the bed, sat down on one edge, fidgeting
nervously with a sheaf of papers in his hands. Salene finished the
musical phrase and set the guitar aside. “Yes?”
But Jake did not proffer the papers. Instead he asked, “What was
that? I’ve never heard you do that kind of music before.”
Salene picked up the guitar again, bent a few strings to produce
the proper pitches and sang a line. “The style of music comes from my
mother’s native province. It falls on your ear peculiarly because it
employs asymmetric meters and a scale not based on your major-minor
tonalities. Alone, I cannot produce the parallel harmonies which make
it unique: seconds, sevenths and ninths are the common intervals.” He
sang one line and played the other as best he could.
“Sounds kind of haunting,” Jake said.
“The closest parallel on Earth of which I am aware is the folk
singing of Bulgaria and Thrace.”
Abruptly Jake grinned. “Hey, wasn’t Orpheus a Thracian?”
“I beg your pardon?” Then Salene remembered–‘Orfeo’ had been
the title of the story Jake had written for him. “Ah,” he said in
sudden comprehension and allowed himself the ghost of a smile. “You
are implying that Pilentze is Vulcan’s Sofia?”
“Something like that,” Jake said. “Pilentze is where your mother
is from?”
“Yes.”
“How far is that from T’LingShar?”
Salene did not think Jake was asking for the precise distance.
“A quarter of the way around the planet, in the opposite hemisphere.”
“Wow. My mother was only from Pennsylvania.” He glanced down
then at the papers in his hand, set them on the bed between them.
“Speaking of my mother–I thought you might want to read this.”
Salene reached over the guitar top to retrieve the stack. It was
heavy and smooth: rich, the feel of real paper. A luxury on timber-
starved Vulcan. The title page read, “Anslem, by Jake Sisko.” It had
been hand-written, as were all the pages after.
“This is the story you told me about,” Salene said. “The semi-
autobiographical one. The one for which you nearly died.”
Jake nodded. “Oniya gave me the paper. And the pen. Someday
I’ll finish it, but I wanted you to read what’s there–if you want to,
that is. The spelling’s pretty bad.”
Salene looked up at Jake, who squirmed nervously an arm’s reach
away. “I have…grown accustomed to your spelling. It is nearly as
creative as your characterizations.” That won the smile he had hoped
for. “Of course I wish to read it, Jake. I am pleased you would
trust me to do so.”
Jake shrugged. “You’re my friend. You can, uh, comment on
things, too, if you want. Just don’t write on the paper.”
“I would not.”
Jake rose and headed for the door. Salene knew that he disliked
being present while someone read his stories and would usually go off
into another room, reappearing only when he thought the reader was
nearly done.
Salene spent most of that evening sitting in a booth downstairs,
a pot of tea on the table and a PADD beside Jake’s manuscript. He
took seriously the responsibility of critique when Jake asked for it,
though he knew himself no more an editor than Jake was a music critic.
Still, Salene valued Jake’s uneducated opinion. While there was much
Jake did not know enough to assess, that same ignorance–or really,
that *innocence*–kept his commentary uncolored by assumptions and
expectations. Jake did not know what he was supposed to appreciate or
deplore, so he said exactly what he thought. Salene hoped Jake found
the same value in his own critique of Jake’s writing.
Eleven minutes past midnight, Jake padded through the darkened
restaurant to Salene’s table, slid into the booth across from him and
picked up the PADD without interrupting. Eyes on the manuscript,
Salene absently pushed the teapot over to him. He was nearly done
with what Jake had so-far written, could tell the story was going to
break off in an awkward place, plot-wise, and found himself slightly
annoyed by that fact. He wanted to read the rest.
Jake poured himself tea and scrolled through the notes Salene had
made on the PADD. When Salene wanted to add something, he held out a
hand and wiggled his fingers. Jake passed the PADD over and Salene
entered his comment, then passed it back. The silence was serene.
Finally he turned over the last page, sat back. “The paragraph stops
in the middle,” he said, unable to mask his irritation entirely.
Jake grinned instead of taking offense. “Cliff-hanger,” he said.
“Have you at least plotted the rest?”
Jake pulled a small PADD out of his pocket and passed it over. It
was already keyed to a screen, Salene saw. “I may change things, as
it goes along.”
“Of course.” Salene bent to read. Jake had outlined the coming
chapters and drawn a story-arc with the major climaxes sketched in.
When done, Salene handed back the PADD. “I must confess that I find
reading half a story somewhat…disgruntling.”
Jake’s eyebrow twitched. “Is that a compliment or an insult?”
“Neither, merely a statement.”
“But do you, like, *want* to read the rest?”
“Certainly. You have yet to write a story which I find so
uninteresting I do not wish to finish it.”
The eyebrow quit twitching and the grin came back. “Then it was
a compliment.”
“I do not follow.” Sometimes human connections baffled him.
“It’s a compliment because you’re disgruntled because you *want*
to read the rest. See?”
Now Salene was well and truly confused. “But why else would I be
disgruntled?”
Jake just shook his head and sat back, turned the little teacup
round and round on the freshly varnished tabletop. “So–what did you
think?”
Salene pointed to the PADD in the middle of the table between
them. “That contains comments on the finer points.” He looked up at
Jake, trying to gauge how much of his opinion Jake wanted. Normally,
his friend was able to hear well, but human egos were fragile and this
was a story particularly close to Jake–the only one he had never let
Salene read, until now. “I believe you have struck that rare balance
between writing that which you know–your experiences–without writing
yourself. Anslem is not Jake, but there is enough of Jake in him that
I believe in him. There is a…power…here which draws the reader.
In Vulcan, we would say this story wakes that spark of the infinite
which lies sleeping in our bellies.”
“I like that. Visceral.”
Salene allowed himself the ghost of a smile. “I thought it might
appeal to the writer.”
Jake shifted on the bench. “But…? I hear a ‘but’ coming
somewhere.”
How could Salene say, This story is beyond your present skill?
Yet that was the truth. Jake could no more complete this story than
Salene could compose an opus. The fact that Jake had set the story
aside argued that he knew as much, but Salene could not be sure, so he
puzzled over what to say.
“Just tell me,” Jake said. “You always tell me the truth.”
Salene set a careful hand atop the manuscript, as if he could
soothe it, and Jake by proxy. “You are not ready to finish it. Not
yet. I believe you have more living to do, first.”
Jake frowned. “What do you mean?”
“I am not certain that I can explain.” He pressed his lips
together, considered. Jake waited. “I believe it is that, while the
characters–particularly Anslem–strike me as remarkably formed, and I
believe in them…I do not believe in what they do. You have over-
exaggerated your plot in places, not trusting the power of your prose.
Jake–” He reached out to set a palm beside Jake’s on the table top,
not quite touching. “Your particular gift is a poetry of prose. Your
grammar aside, your spelling aside, you have caught the beauty of
words for their own sake. That lives in your soul. Do not seek to…
dress it up…with melodrama. It needs nothing but the bare stage.
Simplicity. Understatement. The well-chosen verb. I see this in
parts. Here–” He looked down at the manuscript and searched through
it until he had found an example:
“Standing on the deck, watching the unmindful crowd mill
below, the hollow place inside him burst at last. For a
moment, he could neither see nor hear. All he knew was
a tearing grief, wringing him dry until, emptied at last,
he wept.
“That is…incredibly evocative,” Salene said, “It needs nothing more.
End of scene. Yet, in the very next paragraph, you have him spot a
woman in the crowd below who reminds him of his mother.” Salene
tapped the page. “Unnecessary! He had gone up to the deck to be
alone in the first place because it is the anniversary of her death.
That is enough. You do not *need* to twist the knife. Do you see?”
Jake thought about it, then held out a hand for the manuscript.
Salene pushed it across. Taking a pen from his breast pocket, Jake
slashed through the paragraphs that followed. “You’re right.” Then
he sighed and his shoulders slumped. “But until you pointed it out, I
thought that was a great scene. How can I trust my instincts?”
“It is a fine scene; you simply must learn where to enter a scene
and where to end it.” Folding forearms on the table, Salene leaned
in, cocked his head. “Experience. It will come. Your instincts are
not untrustworthy, simply untrained–like a singer whose pitch is true
but who breathes in all the wrong places. He must learn phrasing and
breath support. So you also must learn phrasing, and control. Your
pitch is excellent. That is what one has, or does not have–it cannot
be taught, only heard. You hear.” He nodded to the manuscript in
Jake’s hands. “Those characters and those words are yours. In time,
you will discover what to do with them.” He pushed himself up from
the booth and stretched his back. Muscles ached from sitting still
for hours. “Come; it is late and time for sleep.”
They cleared the booth. Salene noted that a subtle slump still
pulled down Jake’s shoulders. He needed something more. Almost
diffidently, Salene reached out to touch Jake’s shoulder with two
fingertips. “Thank you,” he said, “for trusting me enough to permit
me to read ANSLEM. It was a great gift; I am not unmindful of that.”
Jake nodded and tried on a smile. “I know.”
“I did not say what you wished to hear.”
“You said what I needed to hear–what I already knew, really, but
you said it better. I couldn’t quite put my finger on what was wrong
with the story. I owe you for that. Maybe I was too close to it.”
“Perhaps so. Jake, I have never said, but should have–I grieve
with thee, for the loss of thy mother.”
Jake seemed thrown by that, then shrugged. “It was a long time
ago. And I have my dad.”
“Nevertheless. She was your mother, and there was no chance for
you to prepare, no opportunity to say goodbye.”
To Salene’s surprise, Jake’s eyes began to tear. Ashamed for
having caused his friend to lose control, Salene turned away, took the
teapot to the sink. Behind him, he heard Jake trying not to cry and
so he remained with his back politely to Jake until Jake could master
himself.
“Great!” Jake finally muttered. “You’re the one who brought up
my mom, then you go stand over there as far away from me and my vulgar
human emotions as you can get. Sorry if I *offended* you.”
Startled, Salene turned. “That was not my motivation!”
“Then what was?”
“I…did not wish to shame you.”
“*Shame* me?”
“By witnessing your grief. Jake, even Vulcan sons are permitted
to weep for their mothers but–” He stopped. From Jake’s expression,
it was clear this was a case of clashing cultures. “Forgive me. In
my ignorance, I have offended where I meant least to offend.”
Jake’s whole expression altered and he shook his head, scrubbed
at his eyes. “No, it’s not your fault. I keep expecting you to act
like a human, but you’re not human. I can’t ask you to do all the
understanding without trying to understand you back. That’s not fair.
You gave me what a Vulcan would want.”
“But not what this human needed. What do you need, Jake?”
Jake ran his hand over his face. “What you can’t give: an arm
around the shoulders, a hug…something like that.”
“And I did exactly the opposite.”
“I told you–you gave me what a Vulcan would want. It’s not fair
of me to expect human reactions from you.”
Salene considered. “Perhaps there is a compromise.”
“What d’you mean?”
“In the hospital, you asked if I would be willing to demonstrate
the mindmeld for you.”
“Yeah. I wondered if you’d forgotten. Or I thought maybe I’d
really overstepped with that one.”
Salene tilted his head. “Were that the case, I would have so
informed you. Our ‘pact’–remember?”
“That was before the pact.”
“Nevertheless. As for the mindmeld…it is not an uncommon offer
between friends when one of them has suffered a great loss.”
“Even a loss that’s eight years old?”
“Eight years ago, I was not there.”
“True.” Crossing his arms, Jake looked down at the tiled kitchen
floor. Salene wondered what he was thinking. Jake had been partly
correct. Salene *had* deliberately refrained from mentioning the meld
again. Jake had not overstepped in asking, but the intimacy required
for a meld had kept Salene silent on the matter. Now after Jake had
permitted him to read ANSLEM, and after Jake’s willingness to ask no
more than Salene could offer even in the face of Jake’s own need,
Salene could only meet that openness with openness himself. To offer
to meld was the logical response.
“At the hospital,” Jake began, “you said it needed some privacy.
Is down here private enough?”
Salene glanced around, took in the open stairwell to the upper
floor. “The room would be preferable, I think.”
Turning for the stairs, Jake said, “Then let’s go up.”

In something of a daze, Jake led the way. He hadn’t expected
this. Of course he’d asked for it that day in the hospital room, but
he’d not really expected Salene to take him up on it–had half-hoped
Salene wouldn’t, even while half-hoping Salene would. What had
possessed him to invite somebody into his head two weeks ago and again
just a few minutes ago?
By mutual unspoken consent, they prepared for bed. Jillian and
his grandfather’s doors were closed for the evening but when Jake came
back to the guest room, he whispered, “Should I lock the door?”
Salene glanced at him, then away. “No. No need.”
Jake nodded, then watched Salene pull around the room’s single
chair to face one corner of the bed, indicating for Jake to take the
chair. Wondering again if he’d lost his mind, Jake sat. Salene took
the place opposite and, eyes closed, pressed his hands together a
moment, as if praying. Opening his eyes finally, he focused on Jake.
With odd attention to irrelevant detail, Jake noticed that his irises
were so dark, the pupil was all but indistinguishable: Gypsy magician
eyes, as inky as the velvet under fortune-telling cards. What fortune
would he tell Jake?
“There are several levels to a mind touch,” Salene said, “the
mindmeld being the most extreme. I understand that the instinctive
reaction of the mind-blind is to resist. As I have never attempted to
touch a non-telepath–and as you have never been so touched–it might
be best to begin at a lesser level.” And he held out his hands, palms
up. Jake hesitated, then put his in them. Long tan fingers closed
over Jake’s brown ones and Jake felt an odd tickle under his skin, as
if someone ran nails lightly all over him. It was sensual but not
quite erotic. “When I begin the meld,” Salene said, “you must not
fight me, though it may seem invasive. I will not hurt you–I cannot,
without hurting myself also. You must trust me.”
“I do,” Jake replied, barely above a whisper.
Salene just nodded. The tickle under Jake’s skin increased,
became a rippling flash like an electric shock: not enough to harm,
just enough to set his teeth on edge.
Abruptly, he became aware that he was experiencing sensations
that weren’t his. Instead of warm fingers covering the backs of his
hands, he felt cool skin under his touch. He became aware of strain
on his lower back from sitting up straight on a too-soft bed. He
could hear the click of the overhead fan…*loud*. Everything was
suddenly *loud*. He could hear another’s rapid breath–his own–and
the rasp of cloth when one of them…which one?…shifted slightly.
So this was Vulcan hearing? Amazing.
The awareness moved beyond mere sensations: he knew a nervousness
not his own. Salene was scared, too. “I trust you,” Jake said again,
putting all his faith in those three words. Salene’s face had gone
stark, as if startled–or as if he struggled to contain something more
volatile.
Letting one of Jake’s hands go, Salene raised his own to spread
the fingers spider-like on the side of Jake’s face, then leaned nearer
until their noses were inches apart. “My mind to your mind,” he
whispered.

VII.

“My mind to your mind.”
Inside his skull, Jake felt pressure–a reach and twist as if
someone were trying to wring out his brain.
“My thoughts to your thoughts.”
The grip increased, crushing Jake’s skull. Resist!
“Our minds are…
“…one,” said Jake-Salene.
Pressure ceased. Pain ceased. There was only this joined
floating, like two people trying to share a single hammock, limbs all
wrapped around each other until it was impossible to tell where one
began and the other ended.
Fascinating, this tendency to comprehend via metaphor.
Amazing, this clarity of thought, like an equation, or the
precise patterns of a…*fugue*?
A single theme introduced at the outset, to be taken up and
repeated throughout the piece in a contrapuntal style….
Talk about metaphors!
Jake-Salene laughed. One reached up to touch the face of the
other even as one had already touched and been so touched.
Deeper.
A white room. Sterile. A woman’s face hovers above–skin dark
like the human half of his self, but with heavy black hair falling in
a single braid over her shoulder.
“Mother?”
“It is over.”
“Successful?”
A pause. A pain in black eyes. “You have a week. Should you
alter your decision, you have a week to reverse the operation.”
“I won’t. I want to sing.”
A hand on his brow, warm, brushing back his hair. “You will.
Either way you chose, you will always have music.”
Deeper.
A dark room filled with smoke and the wild flash of red alert.
Sirens whoop in time to the panicked beat of his heart. “Mom!” All
he can see through the smoke is a pile of rubble. His mother is under
it somewhere. He tries to shove aside a fallen support strut but ten-
year-old muscles cannot even budge it.
“…all personnel and family members, report immediately to the
escape pods. Emergency evacuation proceedures are in effect…,”
drones the computer.
“Mama!” He knows only terror.
A door behind him bursts open; his father looms. “Go, Jake!”
“But Mom, she’s–!”
“Go with Lieutinant Hranok! Now, Jacob Paul!”
He went with the Bolian.
Deeper.
Stone echoes with the rustle of bodies. Even the slightest shift
sounds loud, interrupting the music–the magic flow of notes cascading
over him, around him, filling up the holes in his soul. The voices!
The voices hold him rapt and frozen, captured by splendor.
After, when the silence of music’s cessation echoes like thunder,
he whispers to his father, “I wish to sing like that.”
A long silence, then the reply, “It is a great sacrifice.”
His own answer–too quick perhaps: “Nothing is too great for
that!”
Deeper.
Sunlight ripples gold on spreading rings from a fishing line.
Feet dangle from the bridge-side; heat bakes the wood beneath, turning
him drowsy. His father sits beside him, dressed in Starfleet red. It
is not a real bridge, or a real river, or a real fish biting his line.
It’s a holosuite on a Cardassian spacestation, halfway to nowhere and
not another person his age in the whole place except one ugly Ferengi.
When his father leaves him, he retrieves a PADD from the black bag at
his side, wedges the pole between two planks. Fishing will keep. On
the PADD, he writes, “It’s been a week since we arrived here….” He
can talk to a journal, at least. He keeps writing.
Deeper.
“There’s the eunuch.”
“No shit? A eunuch?”
“No shit.”
“He looks normal.”
“Wait till he opens his mouth. It’s freaky.”
They do not know Vulcan ears can hear them, even seated down in
the orchestra pit.
Freaky.
Freak.
Deeper.
Sunshine bright on the shocking contrast of black Pennsylvania
earth atop white February snow. Taps is being played. The sunlight
charms an obscene sparkle from the grey granite gravestone. It should
be overcast, or snowing in piles. But bright winter sun picks out the
inscription: Lt. Jennifer Martin Sisko // January 3, 2332 – January
30, 2367 // Beloved daughter, wife and mother. She gave her life to
preserve our freedom.
“The Lord is my shepherd….”
Deeper.
Deeper.
Deeper again.
Memory piled on memory. Some pleasant, some painful, they spin
out like the dust of a nebula. There is one more, one not so old, one
they share. They look at it together, like a coin impossibly seen
from both sides simultaneously.
“I bet you’ll be glad to get back to your friends in T’LingShar.”
“A Vulcan has colleagues and family, not friends. Not often.”
“Well, you’re my friend.”
“I…thank you for that, Jake Sisko.”
Neither had realized that simple exchange had meant so much to
the other.
He is all warm under the skin. Fire burns in his belly, licking
at him. The threads of their individual thoughts, like two cords of
bright string, tangle and twist…fuse into one.
Too close.
A human heart driven to beat at Vulcan speed. The capillaries of
a human brain opened to push blood at a Vulcan pulse.
The meld is too close!
It.
Must.
End.
“I am Salene….I am Jacob; I am Salene…I am Jacob….
“I am Salene!”
“I am Jacob!”
Jake gasped, his racing heart setting his whole body on fire. He
could feel the press of Salene’s fingers on his face, the warmth of
Salene’s skin under his own hands. Salene’s breath puffed light
against his cheek, smelling of Terran peppermint toothpaste. Gripping
the fine facial bones, he turned Salene’s head, shifted forward.
Their lips touched; it lit novas in all ten of Jake’s toes and
the backs of his knees. He opened his mouth, felt Salene do the same.
Then he was touching the tip of his tongue to the tip of Salene’s
He may as well have walked into the white backflow of a breached
warp core. Incinerated alive. Nothing left but ash and lust.
Salene’s fingers tightened on his skull, holding his head
immobile, but he couldn’t have moved away if he’d tried. His own
hands tore through Salene’s hair, freeing it from its braid until it
fell sleek down Salene’s back while their tongues fought a war of
thrust and retreat.
He’d never kissed anyone like this. Not a woman, not a man, not
anyone.
Struggling to his feet, he dragged Salene up with him, let
Salene’s face go long enough to undo the fastenings on their clothing.
Shirts fell, then pants, then underwear, too.
Oh, God. Skin on skin. Salene was so *warm*. And his body was
soft, like his hair. Jake wanted to run his hands all over him. Over
all of him–even that. Especially that.
“Ah!”
His voice or Salene’s? Still linked by the fading meld, they’d
gripped each other’s cocks at the same moment. Salene’s felt short in
Jake’s hand, short and thick. He’d bent a little, forehead pressed to
Jake’s shoulder, his breath rapid–almost a startled pant. They moved
together, a rhythm as old as life. Fast push of fingers down a shaft;
slow pull up. Fast and slow. Fast and slow. Thrust and pull. Pause
to squeeze the head, brush the sensitive tip. Not much longer now.
Maybe he said it aloud. Maybe he didn’t. Salene grunted in reply.
Jake felt distracting tendrils try to grip his mind like the fingers
tight around his cock but, consumed by a burst of raw sensation, he
brushed them away.
“Ah, ah!”
They were standing up. How could he come standing up?
He was coming anyway. Salene supported his weight as his legs
buckled, let them both down gently. Jake barely felt the scratch of
carpet. All feeling centered on six inches. Salene’s hands squeezed
him, one around the shaft, the other over the head.
“Ah, god!”
Jake let go with a wild explosion like three photon torpedoes,
all over Salene’s hand.
“Jake….”
“Shhh.” His arms went around Salene’s shoulders, pulled him
close. He was so dazed, so tired…but oh, he felt so *good*. He ran
hands all over his friend’s back and flanks, up his thighs–
Salene wasn’t finished.
How could I be so selfish?, Jake thought, closing fingers around
Salene’s shaft to pump him hard. Salene made a surprised little noise
and began to rock into Jake’s hand. It went on a while. Jake tried
to speed things up a bit by licking Salene’s ear or biting his neck,
cupping his scrotum. The latter only made Salene jerk in surprise and
try to twist away.
“Okay, okay,” Jake whispered. “I won’t touch you there.”
Instead, he let his fingers find the penis root behind the sack, rub
that instead.
Nothing seemed to be doing any good. Salene never lost his
erection but he couldn’t seem to come, either. The harder Jake tried,
the more distant Salene seemed to become: eyes closed, face still. He
wasn’t even breathing heavily any more.
Finally, his hand closed around Jake’s wrist, almost pinching.
“Enough,” he said.
“But–”
“Enough!” Salene disentangled himself neatly, stood. Naked and
still erect, he looked vulnerable in the glaring bedroom overhead.
What am I doing? What are *we* doing? The questions exploded
in Jake’s head.
I was just jacked off by my best friend.
Jake rolled away abruptly, drew up his legs and wrapped his arms
around them. “Oh, damn,” he whispered.
There was a long pause, then Salene grabbed his clothes and
walked out. Jake just laid there on the carpet, unable, unwilling, to
think. If he let himself think, his world would fall apart. After
some time–he didn’t know how long–he heard the toilet flush. A door
opened down the hall, but the door to the guestroom did not. Feet on
the stairs instead. Jake still laid there, naked, cold, the remnants
of his own orgasm drying on his belly and hip.

*Shame.* He knew nothing but a holocaust of shame: the sacrifice
of his self-respect for daring to desire.
His first reaction was to run. Literally. To run as far away
from this place, this experience, as he possibly could. But what
would that accomplish? He would end up lost in a strange Terran city.
Even now logic interrupted to take pragmatic pot-shots.
He found a corner of the downstairs dining room where moonlight
could not reach, curled up on the floor with arms around his knees.
Panic licked at him, the wild rush of terrible anxiety so overwhelming
he did not even know where to begin in trying to master it.
Oh, it was familiar. Hyperventilation. Tunneling vision. His
heart slamming in his side. Only too familiar.
Breathe! Now in, now out; now in, now out. Control. Simple
control of respiration. Begin with simple control of respiration. He
would not further humiliate himself by yielding to an anxiety attack.
He was a child no longer–not that sensitive, artistic child too
fragile to master himself without drugs and healers and help. They
had demeaned him with their ‘help.’ He was stronger than that. He
would be stronger than that.
After a long time, he could think again.
Shak! Idiot.
How could he have let this happen? How could he have been such a
colossal fool? Did he really think an operation–the loss of a pair
of gametes–would alter anything? He had been running from this as
long as he could remember, all the while carrying it right along
inside him like a tracker-chip hidden in his skull. It was time to
face certain truths. Jake deserved that much, at least. Salene would
tell Jake the truth.
Pressing his forehead into the arm lying across his knees, he
bit the back of his other hand–hard enough to bruise. Maybe if he
made it hurt enough on the outside, it would stop hurting on the
inside.

Legs still shaky, Jake had finally gotten up. He didn’t know
what to do, so he grabbed a robe and underwear and headed for the
bathroom. Cleaning himself up, he didn’t have to think. Cold water
on his skin felt good. Maybe it would freeze his brain. Or freeze
that part of his anatomy which had gotten him into so much trouble.
“Oh, god–what did I do?” Bending over the sink, he put his face in
his hands, then dropped the hands to stare at his reflection.
He didn’t look any different.
Still trembly from shock, he bent to retrieve his underwear and
knocked into the bathroom counter, almost fell until he grabbed the
edge. Was this what being drunk felt like? He was drunk on fear.
Putting on the robe and calling down the light, he left.
He had to talk to Salene. He didn’t want to, didn’t know what to
say, but he couldn’t *not*. Even if just to give Salene a chance to
call him a bastard, he owed it to his friend to go downstairs and face
up to what he’d done.
He’d wrecked their friendship.
Downstairs, the lights were off and Jake could see nothing in the
dining room, but some sixth sense told him someone was there. He
found Salene by sound–the bare shift of a body. Salene was curled in
a corner with arms around his knees, and if Jake couldn’t see his face
in the dark, he could read misery in the posture. He sat down beside
him. For a long time, neither spoke. Finally, Jake whispered, “I
don’t know what to say. ‘I’m sorry’ sounds pretty stupid–but I am.
I– God, I can’t believe I did that! It was totally insane. I won’t
even ask you to forgive me. I just…wanted you to know. I didn’t
mean to take advantage of you.”
He rose, started to move away. Salene’s hand darted up to close
over his wrist, gripping cruelly. “Ow!” Jake said, surprised. Salene
began to exert force, pulling him back down. Unable to resist and a
little frightened, Jake sat.
Salene leaned in; Jake could feel his breath. “Do you really
think you could *force* me to do something against my will?” The
question surprised Jake into thinking, and the hand on his wrist
tightened further. Salene was strong!
Jake understood then. That was the point. Salene was physically
far stronger than Jake. “No, I don’t guess I could,” Jake replied.
“But there’re other ways to coerce somebody.”
Abruptly, Salene released him and Jake pulled his arm against his
body, rubbed the bruised wrist. Salene had turned away; Jake could
tell by the direction of his breathing. “I did nothing which a part
of me has not wanted to do for some time. It was I who coerced you.”
Completely stunned, Jake began automatic protest, “No! I–”
“Yes!” Salene hissed back, whipping his head around. “We
mindmelded. How do you know–how even am I to know–if what happened
came from your desires or mine?”
Jake blinked. “But you don’t–”
“I don’t have desires?” Jake heard Salene shift, and the slight
knock of his skull against the wall. “What would you know of what I
desire?”
“I…guess I wouldn’t,” Jake admitted. Confusion was overcoming
embarrassment. “But I didn’t think you could, uh, do it.”
“What do you think just happened upstairs!” Bitterness laced his
words.
“But you didn’t come.”
“And that is disproof of my desire?”
Well and truly confused now, Jake leaned his forehead against the
arms braced on his knees. What was Salene trying to say here? How
could he blame himself? “Why do you say it’s you and not me?”
“Have you ever before been attracted to someone of the same sex,
Jake?”
“No.”
Salene said nothing further, as if he couldn’t bring himself to.
Or as if Jake’s reply *was* the answer.
Jake jerked up to stare even though he couldn’t see Salene in the
dark. “You *have*?”
“Yes.”
For the space of five seconds, Jake couldn’t respond in any way,
then he began to blurt reassurances. “You don’t think, just because
we…you know– That doesn’t mean you’re a homosexual! I’m not a
homosexual! I don’t think.”
Why was he acting like he should be ashamed of it, if he was?
And yet, he *was* ashamed.
He felt Salene’s hand close on his arm…gentle this time.
“Jake, be still. It is not because of what happened upstairs that I
think so. I *know* so. I have always been this way. It is simply
not something I have given any thought to, in recent years. After the
operation, I did not believe it would matter.”
Several things came together then in Jake’s mind: the humiliation
present in Salene’s tone, the fact that Jake had never before heard of
a same-sex Vulcan couple, even Salene’s choice to be castrated. “Is
that why you had the operation?” he asked. “Because you’re gay and
Vulcans disapprove of homosexuality?”
Salene snapped his hand back. “That is not why!” Abashed, Jake
said nothing and after a long, uncomfortable pause, Salene sighed.
“And that was not an honest answer. The truth is my…orientation,
you would say…did have something to do with my choice. It was not
the only reason, not even the primary reason. Yet it did influence
it, yes.”
God, what a perverse way to escape his sexuality, Jake thought.
Surely Salene wasn’t the only gay Vulcan. What did the others do?
“If you hadn’t had the operation, what would’ve happened to you?”
“I would have married.”
“A woman?”
“Of course a woman!” Salene took a breath. “My apologies. My
control is abysmal tonight.” There was a dry edge to his voice. “On
Vulcan, same-sex marriages are not made. They are not forbidden; they
are simply not made. They are considered illogical.”
“Why?”
A rustle of cloth. In his mind’s eye, Jake could see Salene’s
shrug. “Same-sex matings are sterile. The only justification for
them is…emotional.”
“What’s wrong with that? Aren’t Vulcans allowed to marry the
person they love, be happy?”
“What a human view! Your expectations of what marriage is for do
not necessarily match Vulcan expectations, Jake. We marry to continue
our house and line, for companionship, for…other reasons. Not for
‘happiness.'”
“So–if you weren’t chi`pain, you’d still be expected to marry a
woman, even if you weren’t attracted to her?”
“Yes.”
God, that’s crazy, Jake wanted to say but bit his tongue. Were
Vulcans really that unreasonable?
“Jake, you assume that I did not wish to marry. In fact, I did.”
Utterly baffled now, Jake could say only, “*Why*?”
“Vulcans…need…companionship. We are bonded in childhood.
One reason is something I cannot discuss with you–not now. But there
are other reasons. We are a people made to be mated, much more than
humans are, I think. I can imagine worse things than to be married to
a woman with whom I had something in common–regardless of my sexual
preferences. For us, marriage is not consonant with your human
romance.”
Jake considered that. “Then, if you wanted to marry, why’d you
say you had the operation to get out of it?”
“I did not say that–you assumed it. What I said is that I could
not deny that my orientation had something to do with my choice.”
Vulcan nitpicking, Jake thought.
“In any case, matters are rarely either/or.” Salene paused. “I
wished to marry, and I did not wish to. When opportunity rose for me
to take a third path, it seemed fortuitous. But I did not make this
choice because I had no other options. I chose it because it seemed
best. My bondmate–she to whom I was betrothed–did not want me to
undergo the operation. I knew she would dissolve our bond if I chose
it, yet I believed such would be fairer to us both. I am not sure she
would agree. In fact, I know she would not. She was…angry. There
is no other word for it. We have not spoken since.”
“Did she, uh, know about you?”
“If by that you mean, did she know I am homosexual? Yes.”
Jake frowned. “And she still wanted to marry you?”
“Jake–you are thinking like a human again. We were compatible
in other ways.” Salene hesitated, then said almost diffidently, “But
even that is not entirely honest. As I said, matters are rarely
either/or. One part of me found her companionship desirable. Another
wanted something different.” A second pause before he added, “So I
both regretted the bond’s dissolution even as I welcomed it.”
Resting arms on his drawn up knees, Jake leaned his head against
the wall. His mind felt tired from trying to wrap itself around such
a different set of assumptions about the universe. Salene was gay and
ashamed of it–but not for the same reasons Jake would be. Salene was
ashamed because he wanted a relationship whose only justification was
personal and emotional: things Jake just assumed to be permitted. The
difference caused Jake to reconsider his own shame, which, in turn,
brought him back around to what had happened upstairs. Talking about
Salene’s sexual orientation and Vulcan culture had let Jake shove out
of his mind *why* they were talking about it. Now ‘why’ resurrected
itself. Had what happened–
Dammit, Jake, call it what it is.
Had he and Salene *had sex* because Salene had put that desire in
Jake’s head? It was pretty obvious that Salene thought so. Maybe it
was even true.
And did he put the desire in your head in the temple too?, Jake
asked himself.
Jake realized that he didn’t know *what* he felt for Salene any
more–or whether those feelings were his, or Salene’s. He pressed his
thumbs to his temples. “So it’s all fake? Everything I’ve been
feeling is fake?”
The silence stretched so long, Jake thought Salene wouldn’t reply
at all. Finally, he said–voice tight–“I would like to think my…
feelings…are not ‘fake.’ To me, they are quite real.”
Dropping his hands, Jake glared into the shadows where he knew
Salene was. “But to me? What’s real to *me*?”
“I do not know. Only you can answer that. That is why I told
you what I feel: to help you decide what you feel. Or not.”
Wanting to lash out, Jake snarled, “I didn’t think Vulcans let
themselves feel.”
“We feel. I feel.”
That sharp honesty popped the balloon of Jake’s anger. “I don’t
know what I’m feeling,” he admitted. “I do really like you. I mean,
as a friend, at least.”
Salene made some sound. A snort, a laugh, a choked sob…Jake
couldn’t tell. After a moment, he said, “I would like to believe that
so much, at least, is not merely my projected wish.”
Suddenly feeling very much like a heel, Jake found and gripped
Salene’s hand briefly, then let it go. “You *are* my friend. Maybe
the rest of it…I don’t know. I’ve never liked a guy before. Never
even considered it, to be honest. I mean, I don’t have anything
against it. It’s normal, if you’re gay. I just didn’t think I was
gay, or even bi. Now, when I–” He cut off. He was rambling.
“Now,” Salene finished for him, “when it is *you*, you find
yourself no longer so tolerant. You find yourself ashamed, in fact.”
Jake didn’t want to admit it, but he also couldn’t deny it so he
said only, “It cuts pretty close to what it means to be a guy.”
“Indeed. Like being castrato.”
Jake dropped his eyes and, in that moment, realized that the
Federation’s much-touted acceptance of alternate lifestyles–Vulcan
IDIC; how ironic!–was fifty percent sham. No one would ever say
anything negative to his face, but behind his back? Could he know
they were whispering about him behind his back? Yet these were things
Salene faced every day, as a eunuch. In daring to be Salene’s friend,
Jake had thought himself willing to face those whispers, too. Now he
realized he’d just been toying with it from a safe distance. He was
willing to be the friend of a eunuch but wasn’t willing to *be* a
eunuch. He was willing to be the friend of a same-sex couple, but
wasn’t willing to be one in a same-sex couple. Faced by the sudden
possibility of his own bisexuality, he found himself backpeddling like
mad.
“I’m such a hypocrite,” he muttered, running a hand over his
face. “I’m sorry. I’m just…really confused. I don’t know what’s
you and what’s me–but I’m pretty sure this isn’t entirely you. I
feel something for you, something bigger than the friendship I’ve got
with Nog. Besides, if you feel desire, how far does it go? Honestly?
You seem to think you imposed it on me, through the meld, but maybe
it’s not that simple. You said things aren’t always either/or.” Jake
thought back to that second just before he’d come, when it had felt
like someone was knocking on his skull, wanting in. “Maybe you got
something out of it from me, too.”
“You supplied the desire and I the direction of it?” Salene asked
sarcastically.
“Yeah, maybe. Is that so crazy?”
After a moment, Salene said, “No. It is…quite likely, in fact,
given the intensity we had reached in the meld. But that does not
excuse the fact that you would not have desired me, had my interests
not infected you through the meld.”
Jake gave a short laugh. “It’s not a *disease*, Salene! I can’t
catch being gay from you. I felt something, too. Maybe it’s not
something I’d have acted on, or even thought to act on, normally. But
if I’m really honest, I can’t say I regret it. You said I didn’t make
you do anything you didn’t want to. Well you didn’t make me, either.”
He was silent a while, trying to marshal his thoughts. Salene did not
interrupt, seemed willing to wait for whatever might come.
“I don’t think I’m gay,” Jake said finally. “But I do care about
you–and you happen to be a guy. Maybe what we’ve got just doesn’t
fit the normal categories, y’know? I don’t want to pretend tonight
never happened.” He searched for Salene’s hand again, found it.
Salene let him kiss the back of it. “I guess, well– I think I love
you. I mean, I *do* of course, as a friend. But as more, too. I
think I love you as more than just a friend.”
Well, *that* had certainly sounded corny, Jake thought.
Salene did not reply verbally but his hand closed tight over
Jake’s. Jake stood then, pulled Salene up after. “Let’s go to bed.
The sun’ll be up soon.”

VIII.

Brilliant red against black, spreading out in a gossamer burst
from the white-hot center, then twinkling slowly down, down. A
million Terran fireflies.
“Ah!”
Around him, human voices murmured their appreciation of the
pyrotechnic display in the sky over Lake Ponchartrain. “It’s like
fairy dust!” someone said.
Salene turned to speak into a round ear. “What is ‘fairy dust’?”
Glancing over, Jake replied, “It’s this dust, this magic dust stuff
that Peter Pan sprinkled on people so they could fly to Never-
Neverland.”
Salene blinked. Jake’s response had made…absolutely no sense.
Perhaps not unexpectedly. Jake was drunk.
Of course, it had begun as an accident.
This was Re-opening Gala–the city’s celebration of its survival
of Hurricane William. Jake had used promises of music to coax Salene
out into a shouting, shoving, manic crowd. And there had been music.
New Orleans tonight was a city of music and light. Wildly conflicting
melodies blew from open bar doors, from little stages under green and
white awnings, from parties in perfect French rooms in the apartments
above, from blossom-trellised pergolas in replanted city gardens.
Tiny white lights lit the park trees, neon and chinese lanterns lit
the buildings and shops, and archaic gas lamps lit the streetcorners.
Nostalgic recreations of open-sided trolleys ran on tracks through the
streets. There was food in restaurants and in street-side booths.
There were meandering entertainers: a pair of jugglers, acrobats, a
woman with a tame, oversized animal walking upright. “A bear,” Jake
had named it. Shadow-dancers and sketch-artists, painters who painted
in water color and those who painted in laser light. A glass blower.
A hologram artist. Even a potter working at a wheel.
Once, they had run into the Duke. He had been standing outside
his jazz club when the two of them had strolled by. He had waved;
they had waved back and Jake had used the opportunity to duck inside
for a rootbeer, leaving Salene alone with the man. Salene found few
humans too opaque to read, or too intimidating to address easily. He
found the Duke both. After a few awkward minutes of silence, he had
ventured, “If I may, how did you come to be called ‘the Duke’?”
“I am one.”
“I beg your pardon?”
“One of my white ancestors belonged to the British aristocracy.
When that branch of the family died out, the whole kit and kaboodle
passed to the American side. So now they got a New Orleans nightclub
owner in the House of Lords.” He had winked.
Salene had looked off up the street. Clowns were coming down it,
followed by a figure costumed in bright bird plumes. How long did it
take Jake to get rootbeer? The Duke spoke again, “Be gentle with that
kid in there. He’s in love with you.” It was so unexpected, Salene
had jerked around his head to stare. The Duke had held his eyes until
he was the one forced to look away first. “Ah,” the man had said. “I
thought that might be the case.”
To which Salene had snapped, “What might be the case? I said
nothing from which you could derive conclusions of any sort.”
“You didn’t have to say anything, chi`pah.”
The use of his title had grated on him. “If you know I am
chi`pain, and what that means, then you must also know that what you
suggest is impossible.”
“Impossible, or merely difficult?”
Tightening his jaw, Salene had turned away, “It is impossible.”
The reappearance of Jake had spared him any retorts from the Duke and
when his friend had dragged him back out into the madness of carnival,
for once, he had been glad to go.
And it was that very madness which had resulted in Jake being
served a beer he had not ordered.
Under normal circumstances, Jake Sisko ate at least once an hour
if he could manage it. Tonight, he had eaten his way around the City
Park so when he had stopped at yet another mobbed street-side kiosk to
get them a drink and “something salty,” Salene had waited patiently.
A full eleven minutes later, Jake had returned with a bag of wilted-
looking fried food and two cups of very dark liquid. “It’s beer!” he
had called over the crowd noise. “Real beer–not rootbeer or even
synthehol.” He had held one out to Salene.
Salene had stared at it. “I did not request this.”
“Neither did I! The guy just gave it to me–mistook me for
somebody else, I think. They’re so swamped, I didn’t want to say
anything. Besides”–he had grinned and led the way to a rare empty
spot on a park bench–“who am I to turn down free beer?” Then he had
taken a sip, only to spit it out all over the grass. “This is awful!”
Sitting down, Salene had sniffed the cup Jake had left him.
“Stout.”
Eying Salene suspiciously, Jake had asked, “How would you know?”
“Given the color, consistency…and the odor…it is a logical
deduction.”
“Chief O’Brien swears by this stuff.” Jake had taken a second
sip, then a third. “Y’know, when I’m ready for it, it’s not so bad.
A little strong–well, a *lot* strong–but not so bad.”
In the end, he had drunk his cup and Salene’s too; Salene had
honestly not thought to stop him. Then he had gone off to find more.
“I want to try something else!”
He had tried at least four something-elses and had ended up
leaning on Salene all the way down to the boardwalk by the lake where
the firework display was set for midnight. Salene emphatically *did
not* understand how humans could enjoy the experience of alcoholic
inebriation.
They had found a spot in the shadow of a closed boardwalk stall,
the stall front providing something to lean against. Sagging down on
the pine boards, Jake had declared–loudly–“I feel so weird!”
“You are so drunk, that is not surprising,” Salene had replied.
Jake had laughed and leaned companionably into Salene, who had tried
to move away. “Perhaps we should not– And in public–”
“Your hair’s down,” Jake had said, words slurred. “No one can
see your ears. They won’t know you’re a Vulcan.”
But it was not the reactions of others which Salene feared.
They had studiously avoided touching since that awful, wonderful
encounter two nights ago. Despite their intimacies and confessions–
or really, because of them–a profound uncertainty had slammed down
between them since, leaving them scarcely able to look one another in
the face if they were alone. It had been a relief to use the burst of
preparation for this reopening festival in order to avoid one another.
Busy all day yesterday, they had fallen into sleep immediately last
night and, this morning, had been waked early to finish what had not
been finished the day before. Through it all, they had kept their
distance–until tonight. Until now.
Now Jake was leaning against Salene’s shoulder to watch the
fireworks and Salene was experiencing a completely different sort of
fireworks inside his body. They went off in regular bursts low in his
chest, radiating out to the ends of his toes and tips of his fingers.
Shifting a little, he slipped an arm around Jake’s waist and pulled
the warm body closer against the chill air of late October.
No–be honest, he told himself. It was not chill air that drove
him, it was the extraordinary rush of touching Jake. He was not the
least bit cold. Jake’s Peter Pan must have spilled fairy dust on him.
He was flying.
“Where is this ‘Never-Neverland’?” he whispered in Jake’s ear.
Maybe they could go there and escape the expectations heaped on him,
the training which said that what he felt–yes *felt*–was wrong
because it was illogical. His brother’s words on the comm this
morning had been a cold, blunt reminder of reality. “Where is Never-
Neverland?” he asked again.
Jake gestured vaguely at the sky, lit now by another explosion in
green and blue. “Out there. Second star to the right and straight on
till morning.”
Poetic metaphor no doubt. Jake was gesturing at Sirius and
Salene sincerely doubted that Never-Neverland could be found orbiting
Sirius. “What is Never-Neverland like?”
“It’s magic. Peter Pan didn’t have to grow up as long as he
lived there.” He sounded half-asleep. “I’ll tell you the story
tomorrow.” And shifting closer, he dropped his head on Salene’s
shoulder, settling down in the blanketing shadow and the cozy
anonymity of an indifferent crowd.
Salene stroked Jake’s side and told himself, You are quite mad:
mad for permitting it to get this far, and mad for entertaining any
hope that it might continue. What place in the universe was there for
them?
Never-Neverland, indeed. He watched the fireworks and dreamed of
impossibilities.

Someone was nudging him and saying his name. Jake came up out of
dreams enough to mutter something and curl closer to his improvised
pillow…except that it was his pillow which nudged him. “It is time
to go, Jake. The fireworks are over. You slept through them.”
He let himself be roused and, sleepy and still drunk, rubbed at
his eyes, tried to focus on the figure beside him. The mountain was
moving. He looked up and up.
“Come.”
Snorting, he set his hands one to either side and heaved himself
to his feet, wobbled. Strong hands steadied him. “Lean on me.” He
did as the voice commanded.
They were half-way back before the night air woke him further and
cleared his head moderately. Salene still had him, one arm around his
waist, his arm over Salene’s shoulders. Irritated, he pulled away.
“I can walk under my own steam!”
Salene’s voice was stiff. “As you wish.”
Jake breathed out. “Sorry, I–”
But Salene had turned away, headed back for the restaurant. Jake
knew he couldn’t return home in his current state. His grandfather
would kill him. He took a few hurried steps after Salene, set a hand
on his friend’s shoulder. “Slow down.”
“I am fatigued,” Salene said, not quite turning. “A rapid return
seems in order, so that I may all the sooner sleep.”
It wasn’t even a convincing front. “I know you were just trying
to help,” he said. “Sorry I snapped. I just…feel kind of dumb. I
didn’t plan to get drunk.”
“Six glasses in two-point-eight hours would seem to argue to the
contrary,” Salene said.
So. Forgiveness would not come that easily. “What’s wrong?”
Jake asked.
“*Nothing* is ‘wrong.'”
“If nothing were wrong, you wouldn’t be so emphatic about it.”
Salene spun around to glare. It put Jake off a little. Those
Gypsy magician eyes could frighten or hypnotize. But it wasn’t a
violent face, just a sad one: moody, distant, sometimes dreamy,
sometimes sullen…all the things the Vulcan in him would deny to the
end of his days.
Jake grabbed his wrist and pulled him under one of the new
lattice-roofed park arboretums. Honeysuckle vines had been twisted
artfully above, the work of gardeners, not nature. It was dark
beneath and heavy with scent. Outside, the crowds passed by, headed
home for the night. Pulling them further inside, away from prying
eyes, he finally turned to face Salene, started to speak. But there
was nothing to say. It wasn’t words that had caused them problems.
It was what they didn’t want to talk about.
He leaned in for a kiss but unable to see in the shadows, missed
Salene’s lips and hit his chin instead. Abruptly, he was being shoved
back to a wooden arbor strut, one of Salene’s long hands over his
mouth, another against his chest, holding him still. He said nothing
because he couldn’t; Salene just said nothing. They breathed. After
a moment, Jake felt Salene’s hands release him. He didn’t move.
Salene’s fingers touched his cheek, his lips, brushed a thumb over
them, then drew the thumb down over the chin and along the jaw and
throat to rest gently against Jake’s adam’s apple. Jake swallowed,
let his own hands go out to grip either side of Salene’s waist, pull
him closer. Hip to hip. One thing about being drunk–it made him
brazen. And horny. Leaning forward, he bit at Salene’s lips. The
hand came up again to cover his mouth. He bit the fingers, gently
enough, but Salene sucked in breath. At first, Jake took it for
arousal but after a second, he realized Salene was in pain and let go,
took the hand in his and raised it up until he could see it in a shaft
of gas lantern light.
It was bruised, tattooed in a neat pattern of teeth-marks. “I
didn’t do that!” It was half protest, half fear.
“No, you did not,” came the reply. “I did.” Salene reclaimed
his hand, turned away.
Silence.
Finally, Jake said, “Why’d you bite yourself?”
There was no reply. Jake stepped up behind him, slid arms around
his middle and pressed up against him from behind. “Tell me.” Salene
shook his head; Jake could feel strands of loose hair tickle his
cheek. He was no longer feeling so drunk, just tired and worried and
defeated. “Then if you won’t tell me why, at least tell me when.”
“Two nights ago.”
“Two *nights* ago? You’ve been hiding it that long? What is
this–some kind of bizarre Vulcan penitence?”
Salene shoved him back and away so hard, Jake stumbled, kept from
falling only by luck.
“Do not mock me!”
“Sorry. And I wasn’t. I just…don’t understand.”
“Why do you assume that I do?” Salene spun and stalked away,
threw back over his shoulder, “I do not understand any of this!”
Jake had to run to catch him up, back in the street. “Look,
let’s go somewhere–”
Salene ignored him.
“Come on, Salene!”
Salene still ignored him. Jake was reduced to following at his
heels all the way back to the restaurant, but Salene froze about fifty
feet from the entrance. He was shaking, Jake noticed.
As bizarre as this feels to you, he told himself, think how it
feels to him. He’s not even used to feeling at all!
But Jake wasn’t sure he believed that. Salene felt, he just
wasn’t used to *admitting* that he did. Two nights ago, he had
admitted it. “Come on,” Jake said. “Let’s go upstairs and talk.
Nothing else. Just talk.”
“I do not see the point. We have already ‘talked’.”
“Yeah, and we need to talk again, don’t we?”
“About what?”
“About us.”
“‘Us’, Jake?”
“Yeah–*us*. Don’t pretend there’s not an ‘us.’ There’s an us
or you wouldn’t be here in the first place.” He didn’t want to have
this conversation any more than Salene did, wanted to just let it all
happen and then he wouldn’t have to take responsibility for it. But
that wouldn’t work. In the end, he’d still have to face what had
happened between them and he might lose Salene if they didn’t decide
at the outset where this was going. This couldn’t be a fling. Salene
was a Vulcan and Vulcans didn’t have flings. Nor, Jake realized, did
he want it to be a fling, either. He’d never given much thought to a
long-term relationship–he was too young–but he had the sudden,
overwhelming sense that this was *it*. Salene was it. Youthful
romantic theatrics, perhaps, but he still felt it: down in his solar
plexus and deeper than thought.
This is crazy, one part of him said. That didn’t change his
certainty any. “Come upstairs with me,” he said, held out a hand.
There were a lot of layers in that simple question.
Salene looked at the hand, then up to his face. Warm fingers met
Jake’s. “All right.” It was acquiescence.
The restaurant was closing; it was one in the morning. His
grandfather was still up. Jake’s father always said that he had
gotten his night-owl genes from his mother and grandfather. “There
you two are!” Joseph Sisko called, waving them over. Jake approached,
Salene a silent presence behind him. “You’ve got a visitor,” his
grandfather said, nodding out towards the back of the restaurant where
Nog sat at his usual table.
Jake wanted to curse in frustration, felt Salene’s hand close
gently on his elbow. “I’ll be upstairs,” Salene said. Turning, Jake
looked back at him, tried to read his mood. “I’ll wait.” There was
no expression on that Vulcan face, but the black eyes were calm. He
no longer looked ready to bolt.
“Okay,” Jake said. Salene moved away and Jake turned back to his
grandfather, who had watched their exchange with wise eyes. Abruptly,
Jake realized that his grandfather knew. Blind terror seized him.
“It’s not–”
“Jake, go see Nog. We’ll talk about this later.”
“But–!”
“Jake. Nog has been waiting for two hours.” His grandfather
caught and held his gaze. “I’m not angry,” he added, then returned to
oversee cleanup.
A little stunned, Jake walked out to Nog’s table. He spent the
next hour listening to Nog’s chatter and thinking hard about Salene
and his grandfather and how his life was suddenly changing faster than
he could keep up with.
Nog had been to New Orleans since the storm, of course, though
the restaurant had been closed and there were no tube grubs to be had.
Jake half-thought Nog was keeping an eye on Salene, as if he did not
trust him–though the idea of a Ferengi not trusting a Vulcan was
ludicrous. Now, Nog broke off in mid-sentence to ask, “What’s up with
you? You haven’t heard a word I’ve said.”
Jake swung attention back to his friend and took a sip from a cup
of nearly-cold coffee. He hated coffee but needed it tonight to clear
his head. “I’m just distracted,” he said.
“Yeah, I noticed. And the distraction has pointed ears.”
Nog, too? Jake’s eyes flashed up. But no, it was just Nog’s
usual jealousy of Salene.
And oh, what was he going to do about Nog? How would the Ferengi
take it when he found out about Jake and Salene? Jake realized that
he’d never heard of a same-sex Ferengi couple either, but he knew
Quark had a whole selection of holodeck sex programs for “alternate
interests,” as he called them. Jake and Nog had snuck a look through
the index, some years ago now. It had been quite educational. But
the same-sex programs hadn’t been in the “alternate” category; they’d
been in with the usual programs. Maybe that said something about
Ferengi attitudes or maybe it just said something about Ferengi
business sense when it came to humanoid customers.
“What *is* it?” Nog hissed, leaning over the table. “He insult
you or something? I told you Vulcans don’t have friends; they’re too
arrogant to think they need them.”
“It’s not that,” Jake said, took a breath. Should he tell or
not? “We’re just…having some problems.”
Snorting, Nog sat back and took a sip of his rootbeer. “You make
it sounds like you’re a couple or something.”
“What would be wrong with that?”
It was out before Jake could bite it back.
Nog’s eyes got very wide. He set down the rootbeer. “What? But
you– I mean, we’ve– What about the *females*, Jake?”
Jake shrugged. “I still like girls. Salene’s…an exception.”
“That’s an understatement! Any man who *chooses* to make himself
like a female…!”
Nog’s reply shocked Jake into several seconds of silence. They
had never settled the gender thing, just tacitly agreed not to discuss
it. Nog had accepted human women in command by deciding that Ferengi
women were just not the same: “Naturally inferior. It’s a simple
matter of biology.” Of course, human men had said that about human
women five hundred years ago, too, but it was easier for Nog to decide
that human women were different than to re-evaluate his opinion of
Ferengi women. And he retained enough typical Ferengi male chauvinism
to set Jake’s teeth on edge.
But is it really all that different from human male chauvinism?,
Jake asked himself. The human version was just better hid, only
showing itself when confronted by the unexpected…like Salene.
“Salene isn’t a woman,” Jake said now. “He’s a eunuch, and
unique.” Okay, so it was a stupid play on words, but it fit.
Unfortunately, the pun didn’t carry through the universal translator.
“Unique, maybe; weird for sure.” Then Nog shrugged. “But if you
want to waste your time chasing a Vulcan–and a *castrated* Vulcan, at
that–it’s your business. You’ll get tired of him fast enough; gossip
around the Academy says they only have sex once every seven years.”
Startled, Jake sat up straight. “What?”
Nog seemed pleased to know something Jake didn’t, and leaned over
the table again in the habitual manner of all Ferengi confidences.
“It’s called pon farr–hits them once every seven years and then they
go crazier than a pair of sex-starved Klingons. But the rest of the
time….” He drew a finger across his throat in a silent gesture.
Jake frowned at the table top and thought about that. Could this
pon farr explain Salene’s inability to come two nights ago? But when
they’d talked downstairs after, Salene hadn’t said anything about any
pon farr, and he had admitted to desiring Jake. Jake had assumed the
problem lay in a lack of testosterone, not some peculiar seven-year
itch. Was Salene not telling him everything? How could they have a
relationship if Salene didn’t tell him everything?
Nog had slouched down on his side of the table, confident that he
had finally hit on something important enough to make Jake reconsider
a relationship that Nog clearly thought a bad idea. Jake wasn’t sure
if he was more irritated with Nog, or with Salene. He stood. “Look,
it’s late. I need to get to bed. And anyway, there isn’t anything
between Salene and me, really.”
“Then why’d you imply there was?” Nog demanded.
“I just…didn’t like the assumption that there’d be something
wrong if there had been.”
Nog eyed him suspiciously. “Whatever.” He stood up. “I’ll talk
to you later.”
After Nog had left, Jake passed through the kitchen headed for
the second floor. He half-expected to find his grandfather still in
the kitchen, but found only Tad, running the last dishes into the
cleaning units. “JoePa went to bed half an hour ago,” Tad said when
Jake asked. Relieved to escape *that* conversation tonight, Jake took
the stairs two at a time.
When he reached the room, the lights were out. Salene was in
bed, apparently asleep. So much for waiting. But then, Salene had
said earlier that he was tired and while that might have been half
diversion, Vulcans didn’t like to lie outright so it had also probably
been true.
Jake went to the bathroom to ready himself for bed, came back but
didn’t climb under the covers. He sat in the corner chair. The chair
springs squeaked and the shape on the bed moved, made a noise of
waking. “Jake?”
“Yeah, it’s me. I didn’t mean to wake you.” He tried to keep
the accusation out of it: You promised to wait for me.
Sheets rustled as Salene sat up. “I was napping until you
returned.” A pause. “Come to bed.”
And just what kind of invitation was *that*? Rising, Jake went
forward, felt for Salene and found his arm, his hand. Salene drew him
down under the flung back sheets, pulled him close. Jake got a shock;
Salene was completely nude under the covers. Surprised or not, Jake’s
body still reacted, quick as a blush. He tried to shift away; Salene
didn’t let him. “I thought we were just going to talk?” Jake asked.
Salene’s hand came up to cover Jake’s mouth, like earlier that
night in the garden arbor. “I do not wish to talk,” Salene whispered.
“Humans talk entirely too much sometimes.” He rolled Jake over, put
himself on top, a dark shadow against the light from the window. His
skin was…incredibly warm. And soft. And Jake was starting not to
care about talking after all.
But this was all out of character. Jake had been the one to
drink six beers, not Salene. He spoke between the fingers over his
mouth. “I’m not sure this is a good idea. I think you still have
some things to tell me–like about pon farr.”
Salene’s mood altered abruptly, as if he had been acting. Maybe
he had been. Jake was starting to wonder just how well he knew his
friend. Rolling off Jake, Salene lay flat on his back, one hand
languid on his chest. “Where did you hear of it? Or no, permit me to
speculate. It was the Ferengi. They will sell any information for a
price. Did you hire him to investigate me, or Vulcans generally?”
“*What*?” Furious, Jake scrambled out of bed, almost tripped on
the bedsheets. “Lay off Nog, Salene. Lay off me, too. I didn’t go
behind your back and he didn’t sell me anything. He told me. Which
is more than you’ve done.”
Salene sighed in the dark, but it did not sound repentant. “Pon
farr is a topic of…much shame…to my people. As it has no impact
on me, there is no reason for you to know.”
Jake waved an arm. “Maybe just for *honesty*-sake? Nog said
Vulcans only have sex when they’re in pon farr.”
“Nog does not know what he is talking about and would do better
to be silent! Very well, then. You would know? I will tell you.
Pon farr is the Vulcan mating cycle. Men suffer it every seventh year
of their adult lives. They must mate, or die. It is not considered
a pleasant experience. As I will never be an adult male, it will not
affect me. End of lesson.”
Mate or die? Jake hid his shock behind his anger. “You’re in a
mood tonight! Is this your way of punishing me for talking to Nog
instead of coming upstairs with you?”
“No.”
“Yeah, right.”
Salene snorted delicately. “If you had already made up your mind
regarding my motivations, why ask me at all?”
Jake collapsed onto the side of the bed, back to Salene, and
stared out into the room’s dark. “What are we doing?”
“I beg your pardon?”
“What are we doing, fighting like this? I mean, this is crazy.
We were supposed to have a conversation, not a war.” There was no
answer behind him. “I know this isn’t easy for you. It’s not easy
for me, either. I don’t know what happens next any more than you do,
but we managed to talk two nights ago without snarling at each other.
Can’t we do it again?”
He felt a hand, light on his back, gentle. “Please,” Salene
whispered. “I do not think that I am ready to…talk. Yet. Please.”
It was almost pleading and Jake realized that he had never in the now
nine months of their friendship heard Salene plead for anything. Ask,
needle, rebuke, inform, tease even…but never plead. He turned a
little to look down at his friend. White moonlight from the window
painted Salene’s face, cast shadows in his eyes and the hollows under
cheekbones. “Please,” Salene said again.
Jake gave in, slipped back under the covers.

IX.

Fey. That was the Terran term for what he was feeling: fey.
Unreality had settled over Salene, the kind that came when nothing one
did would matter, so one may as well risk all. He had known since
talking to his brother that morning that either way he chose tonight,
he would lose something precious to him. T’kari Seltor had been wrong;
he could not have both music and companionship.
Jake slid in beside him under the covers. So innocent. Jake may
have lived through Ajilon Prime, but he was still an innocent who
believed in Never-Neverland and *almost*…. The force of his belief
was almost enough for Salene to believe in it, too. For a few minutes
out in the street, Jake had made Salene believe. But in the end,
Salene knew better. There was no Never-Neverland to be found around
Sirius or anywhere else in the galaxy.
Nervous–Salene could feel it–Jake brought up his hands, folded
together, between their chests. “I, ah, don’t really know what to do
next. I mean–”
Salene pressed a hand over Jake’s mouth again, as before. *Why*
did Jake insist on talking? Speech required thought and Salene did
not want to think. If he let himself think, he could not do this.
“Lie still.”
Jake obeyed. Salene rolled him onto his back, threw off the
covers and straddled his thighs, let fingers memorize the cross-hatch
of lean young muscles in shoulder and chest and abdomen, let his psi-
sense unfold as if inching under Jake’s skin. No thought. Just
touch. The raw data of physical sensation. Jake had half-closed his
eyes, but watched Salene from under the lids. There was a freckle on
the right lid. Leaning over until his hair fell around them both,
Salene pressed his lips to the freckled eyelid, then to the other.
Jake made some noise, gave up on trying to be passive and reached for
Salene, pulled him down so their whole bodies touched bare except for
that rough white interruption of cloth about Jake’s hips. Salene
peeled it down and away; Jake helped. It ended in a hump under the
sheets at the foot of the bed. Then he reached for Jake’s hand.
Jake misunderstood the gesture, took it for an invitation and
gripped Salene’s penis firmly, began pumping it. That made them both
jump, Salene because he was not ready to be touched there yet and Jake
because he had not expected to find Salene still half-flaccid. Jake
certainly was not. “Wha–?” he said.
“It is not so easy for me,” Salene whispered. “Be patient. And
be silent.”
Jake opened his mouth–probably to agree–but Salene pressed the
back edge of his hand between Jake’s teeth. It was not his bruised
hand. Jake bit down: lightly, lightly. Enough to make Salene shiver
and part his own lips, enough to repair the damage Jake’s over-
eagerness had wrought. Slowly, he pulled his hand away, placed it on
the side of Jake’s face. He needed to touch inside, not just on the
flesh. It was an eagerness different from Jake’s physical wants. He
held himself in check and waited for Jake’s permission; Jake swallowed
and nodded. With a little sigh, Salene closed his eyes and slid
inside Jake’s mind.
It was not, precisely, a mindmeld. There was no exchange of
memories, no sharing of thought; it was mental nakedness to match the
physical intimacy their bodies knew. Salene came fully erect.
Feeling Jake’s surprise, he sent, *Mental touch is necessary for us.
This touch first; the rest after. Vulcans are not humans.*
He opened his eyes. Jake was running hands through his hair.
“Can I kiss you now?” In answer, Salene bent down to set his lips on
Jake’s. It was…terrifying. His heart snapped like a banner in his
side and wings unfurled in his chest, tickled him and made him gasp.
Jake kissed him harder. It was not that either of them knew what he
was doing, but the sheer electric excitement of this familiarity made
up for any lack of skill. They explored one another’s mouths. Even a
week ago, had he been told that he would so want to put his tongue in
Jake Sisko’s mouth, he would have believed the one who said so quite
insane. It was all too unhygienic and disgusting. Now, that most
unhygienic of acts thrilled him. Finally he pulled back and a trail
of spit strung out between their faces. Jake laughed, swiped at it.
“You ready to try something else?” he asked.
*You really cannot seem to avoid talking, can you?*
“Sorry. I guess it’s a human thing.”
“No,” Salene spoke aloud, “I suspect it is a ‘Jake thing’.”
“All right then, I’ll try to be quiet.”
“Complete vocal silence is not necessary, but a cessation of
these attempts to carry on a conversation would be appreciated.”
Salene was suddenly being flipped over to put Jake on top. Taken
by surprise, he blinked at the ceiling and Jake whispered, “Leverage,”
as if to answer an unspoken question. Then he held up a finger. “I
just said one word.”
“Six, now: five to excuse one. ”
Jake tilted his head. “Why does talking bother you so much?”
Frustrated and rapidly losing both his arousal and his sense of
wildness, Salene said, “I do not want to think! I cannot– Thinking
gets in the way!”
Jake glanced down between them, as if to see for himself; then, a
bit shamefaced, admitted, “If I *don’t* think–at least a little–I’ll
come too fast and leave you behind. Like last time.”
“I did not ask you to wait for me.”
“But I want to wait.” Jake was running a hand lightly up and
down Salene’s chest: stomach to collarbone and back to stomach, lower
to the pelvic indention. Scooting down Salene’s thighs, he moved the
hand in to slide a forefinger over Salene’s penis, flaccid again. The
touch sent heat and cold through Salene’s bones, made him shudder and
swell; Jake’s lips parted and his own penis jumped in response. The
mental link was still present and Salene could sense Jake’s wonder, a
pure delight at his ability to give pleasure. His hand closed around
Salene. Salene let his eyes drift shut and for a few minutes did
nothing but rock into Jake’s hand. He could float like this forever
if Jake would let him. But Jake’s impatience was already beginning to
show, just as the other night. He was pushing the pace, rubbing
harder, trying to propel Salene towards a release Salene could not
experience. Frustrated yet again, Salene breathed out in a gust and
said, “Stop it! I cannot climax. Stop trying to beat it out of me!”
“How do you know you can’t? I’d like to be able to give you
that; if I’m going too fast, I’ll slow down. I don’t mind. Really.”
And his hand returned to the same slow pull it had used in the first
place. Salene closed his eyes once more but was too self-conscious to
relax. All he could do was imagine how absurd this must look, and how
foolish he had been to engage in such an illogical, emotion-ridden
activity in the first place. What did he think he was doing?

It did not require much deductive reasoning on Jake’s part to
realize a fly had landed in the ointment somewhere. Salene’s face was
tense, his lips tight–and not in pleasure. He had that I’m-ready-to-
bolt expression again. Jake slid sideways off of him, one hand still
cradling the limp cock. “Tell me what you want me to do.” Maybe–as
with the mindtouch–Vulcans required something else. They weren’t
human. The color of the cock in Jake’s hand said that much: it was
bronzy-green. Since Vulcan lips were red, Jake had just assumed their
cocks would be, too. So much for assumptions. Otherwise, it wasn’t
hugely different: shorter but thicker, the head more elongated and
without a rim that clearly separated it from the shaft. The oddest
part was the foreskin which covered the whole thing like some kind of
sheath. At least it pulled back like a human’s when Salene got hard.
But just because he was equipped basically the same didn’t mean that
equipment reacted the same. “Tell me what you want,” Jake said again.
“I don’t *know*,” Salene admitted, as if the words themselves
hurt coming out. He spread a palm over Jake’s chest, brushed the
thumb back and forth over one of Jake’s nipples. It was direct
current to Jake’s cock–but irritating at the moment.
Gripping Salene’s wrist, he said, “Don’t. That’s distracting. I
want to concentrate on you.” If he concentrated on Salene, he could
keep his mind off himself and last longer.
Salene’s gaze had flicked back up to his face. The shadow of
humor hid in his eyes. “And I would prefer to concentrate on you.”
Jake laughed for them both, ran a hand up one of Salene’s arms to
cup the curve of shoulder. The castrato was surprisingly well-built–
better built than Jake, in fact. Jake kept having to remind himself
that Salene was neither boy nor woman; he was a man. Jake’s confusion
stemmed from the eerie androgyny of the face. Were Salene made up for
the stage like the old opera stars, he could easily pass as a woman.
Maybe it was his androgyny which allowed Jake to be attracted to him
in the first place. He had that sharp beauty which photographed well
and made teenaged girls sigh. A gypsy prince: all planes and hollows
and black eyes. And that extraordinary hair. He would keep a boy’s
thick hair all his life. Jake rubbed a lock of it between thumb and
forefinger. Salene ran his own hand over Jake’s hair. “It is
pleasant. Springy.”
“How come it’s okay to talk if you start it, but not if I do?”
This time Salene did smile: a small Mona Lisa smile, as if he had
some private secret. “I have decided to wave a white flag on the
subject of your chatter.”
Jake was relieved. Talking allowed him to keep from leaping out
and running away. When he shut up, it reminded him that he was lying
naked in bed with a guy and the improbability of that struck him hard.
It would take some getting used to, but for Salene, he was willing to
get used to it. He just hoped the rest of his family would. His
grandfather really hadn’t sounded angry, but his grandfather was not
his father. And if Salene wasn’t Marta seven years his senior either,
in some ways, that was probably worse. Jake couldn’t see his father
taking to the idea of Jake serious yet about anybody–even a Vulcan.
“This is serious, isn’t it?” he asked, frowning slightly. Salene
raised an eyebrow in unspoken question. “This relationship, I mean.
It’s serious.” He wanted Salene to tell him that he wasn’t the only
one who felt as if he was jumping in over his head, and that it was
okay. Someone would be there to catch him.
But Salene said nothing, just tugged down Jake’s head to kiss.
Jake supposed that would have to serve as an answer. To be fair, it
was an answer. Vulcans didn’t crawl into bed at the drop of a hat.
For every doubt Jake had, Salene must have twice as many–three times
as many–yet he’d risked it. Jake fought against expectations which
rose only from his age and gender. Salene fought against them for
having sex at all, for feeling passion at all. And he certainly felt
passion; it was in his kiss, in the hand which had tightened on the
nape of Jake’s neck. Jake was starting to understand all those old
Vulcan epic poems about blood feuds and death pacts and bloody battles
stirred up by Vulcan passion. The war over Helen of Troy was nothing
compared to Vulcan history.
Intermission was over. Salene’s mind sent invisible tendrils out
to re-establish the connection with Jake, and his erection hardened
against Jake’s thigh. Jake shifted until their cocks lay side-by-
side, pressed together between their bodies. Then he thrust forward.
Salene’s eyes snapped open, caught and held Jake’s. They began to
move against each other: a gentle undulation–all the while holding
eye contact. It was as if Salene did not want to let Jake forget who
he was making love to.
For all Jake’s protestations about wanting to wait on Salene, he
came fast. He had little experience in holding back and no outlet
besides his own hand. The excitement of simply being with another
person was enough to send him racing right over the edge inside two
minutes, leaving Salene far behind. “Sorry,” he whispered when the
spasms were done with him. “I didn’t mean to do that.”
“Shhh,” Salene replied, rubbing his back. “It pleases me to
please you.”
“That sounds so *noble*,” Jake snarled, rolling away carefully to
avoid getting the sheet wet. Grabbing his dirty underwear, he wiped
himself off, then cleaned Salene, too–almost roughly.
Salene sighed. “Did it never occur to you that giving me an
orgasm may be more your concern than mine?” Surprised, Jake stopped
and looked up. Salene brushed his cheek. “I wish to touch you, be
touched by you: that is enough for me. I also take enjoyment from
knowing that my body gives yours pleasure.”
Jake snorted and threw the underwear into a corner. If Salene
had ever *had* an orgasm, Jake doubted he’d be so complacent about not
having one…
…which, in turn, brought Jake up against yet another previously
unrecognized assumption that he’d held about Salene. Yes, Salene was
a man. But in Jake’s concern not to effeminize him, he’d gone too far
the other way and overcompensated: inside-out male chauvinism. Salene
was a eunuch and unique; it was more than just a play on words. His
lover was different and Jake had lost sight of that. They would have
to discover together what it meant. Did Jake *need* to make Salene
come in order to feel like a real man? Could he be man enough to let
Salene be Salene?
Propping himself on an elbow, Jake whispered, “I don’t mean to
make you feel inadequate. I just don’t want to run off and leave you
…like I don’t care if you enjoy it. But maybe I’m just imposing my
wants on you. If you’ll tell me–or show me, if you can’t tell–what
would feel good, I’d like to make you feel good. Whatever that is for
you. Teach me.”
For a minute, Salene simply studied Jake’s face, then he said,
“What I want most is to be held.”
That’s it?, Jake started to ask, then stopped himself. It was
patronizing on his part to assume that Salene didn’t know what he
wanted, so he scooted down and opened his arms, let Salene settle
against him, head on Jake’s shoulder. Absently, Jake stroked his back
and for a long time, nothing else. He was subliminally aware of the
telepathic connection; he breathed in time with Salene and, both tired
and sated, dozed a bit too. Only gradually did he become aware that
Salene was stroking him with more deliberation. He was young; his
body responded without much coaxing. In fact, his body responded
before he quite woke up. Sleepy still and with immediate appetites
already met, Jake no longer felt as if he teetered on the edge of
coming. He let Salene explore him as he explored Salene and in that
relaxed ambiance of mutual investigation, was even permitted to touch
Salene’s scrotal sack without making the castrato flinch. Gently, he
manipulated the prostheses inside it, unable to tell they weren’t
real. “Does this feel good?” he whispered.
*To be honest,* Salene said through their link, *the sensation is
somewhat…odd. Does touching me there satisfy your curiosity?*
Embarrassed, Jake let him go.
*No,* Salene sent. *That was a question; not a rebuke. You may
keep touching me it you want.*
Shyly, Jake put his hand back. The sack was soft and hairless–
Salene had little pubic hair–and the weight was pleasant in his palm.
He moved his hand back to the erect cock itself, slid a finger under
the retracted wrinkle of foreskin around the base. Salene made an odd
noise. Mouth open, his head was thrown back against the pillow,
sweat-damp black hair spread out all around. Jake raised up over him,
kissed that open mouth even while continuing to tease the base of
Salene’s cock. “This feels better, I guess?”
Salene didn’t bother to reply. Grinning, Jake ducked his head,
ran his tongue over Salene’s throat, neck, up to the ear, then bit the
lobe. Boy, *that* got a response: Salene jerked under him. He ran
his mouth over Salene’s torso, licked him from elbow to armpit to
nipple to the shallow navel and S-curve of his pelvic bone. Salene
made no more noises, but both his hands gripped Jake’s skull. Jake
was very aware of the erection beside his left ear. Part of him
wanted to move his mouth sideways, kiss him there, too. Part of him
was appalled by the idea. Put his *mouth* on it?
Instead he licked his way down the outside and up the inside of
Salene’s right thigh. Salene twisted and hissed in. Excited by the
sound, Jake moved his face up so that he could sense the heat of
Salene’s erection an inch from his lips–but he kept his eyes closed.
Taking it in his mouth was easier to contemplate if he didn’t look at
it. Salene must have felt his breath; the grip on his head tightened.
A warning? A request? Did Vulcans engage in oral sex or would Salene
be disgusted if Jake tried it? Salene had to know, had to guess what
was in Jake’s mind–and he wasn’t shoving Jake away. Opening his lips
a little, Jake pressed the tip of his tongue to the base of Salene’s
stiff cock, just above the foreskin sheath. Salene sucked in breath,
fingers tightening again on Jake’s scalp. Jake slid his mouth along
the big vein on the underside, flicked the edge of the head with his
tongue. Salene shuddered, which in turn excited Jake even more. This
wasn’t off-putting at all; the thin skin was incredibly soft, like
licking silk, the smell mild, and there was no taste but the light
salt of Vulcan sweat, less salty than human, in fact. Best of all, he
could feel–ever so faint–Salene’s pulse flutter against his lips,
the fast pound of a Vulcan heart.
Suddenly and quite clearly, Salene’s feelings slammed into Jake’s
mind: profound gratitude to be kissed all over, accepted all over–
even there where he felt most ugly and self-conscious. Buoyed by
Salene’s gratitude and full of almost painful tenderness for the shy
vulnerability, Jake opened his lips to take in the head. “Careful of
your teeth,” Salene whispered, alto-bell voice breathy. Jake moved
down on it until the head struck the rear roof of his mouth, then back
up.
Salene said something then in Vulcan. Jake had forgotten that
Salene actually *spoke* Standard, didn’t need a universal translator.
“Hlyobav-sye. Hlyobav-sye, Iakhov.” Jake’s name: Iakhov. Jacob. He
also knew–grace of the mindtouch–what the words meant. I love you.
Forbidden sentiment dragged out of him in a fit of raw lust. But Jake
trusted that explosive declaration more than if Salene had uttered the
words in cool logic.
He couldn’t take in Salene’s cock all the way; it made him gag.
He took what he could. The up-and-down movement hurt his neck. No
doubt reading Jake’s discomfort, Salene held Jake’s head still and
rocked into his mouth instead: carefully, so he didn’t choke him. At
some point, desperate with the need to increase his sensation, Jake
dropped his hand to his own cock and began pulling on it. Up and
down, up and down. Slip-slide up and down. His mouth around Salene;
insistent fingers on himself, thumb over the tip slit beaded with pre-
ejaculate. His saliva bubbled around Salene’s cock. Salene groaned,
hips moving in a rhythm like the sea. Jake could feel the touch of
Salene’s mind on his own. Building, rising, pushing up, up.
*Faster!*
It was an appeal, it was surrender. Mental fingers pried into
Jake and his hand on himself increased speed together with Salene’s
hips. He pumped himself, but it was as if Salene touched him, as if
Salene’s hand stroked his cock, moving them inexorably towards where
the world dropped off, the energy barrier at the edge of the universe.

Salene had long ago lost any sense of himself as a reasoning,
sentient being. He was sunk in the tidal warmth of erotic sensation,
spiraling up towards something on the wings of Jake’s excitement. The
engulfing pleasure of wet heat, of being *inside*, was overwhelming.
He was all body–just one engorged phallus. In-out, in-out. Hot.
Wet and hot. Straining pressure, like a coiled spring. In-out.
The explosion–a sympathetic backwash from Jake–caught him by
surprise. Having never experienced orgasm before, for a moment, he
thought he was dying. Sharp, sharp, piercing release. Climax speared
him at the base of non-existent testes and startled a cry out of him.
Involuntary muscles curled his toes and arched his back, clenched in
his loins to deliver a fluid that wasn’t there. Six shudders and the
exquisite feeling passed, leaving him spent almost beyond bearing.
After an eternity, he could breathe again, think again, feel Jake’s
cheek on his abdomen. He was back inside his skin.
“Wow,” Jake whispered. “Was that supposed to happen?”
“Was what supposed to happen?” Salene asked, surprised to find
his sinuses mildly congested. Apparently orgasm stimulated *all* the
mucus membranes.
“I mean…. That was…I don’t know–like feedback through a
speaker. Incredible.” Jake found something to wipe his hand on.
“And you came.”
“Indeed,” Salene replied. “It was the mindlink. I experienced
what you did.” He slid one hand under Jake’s armpit, hauled him
upward. Obediently, Jake moved, pressed his face into Salene’s neck,
draped his body over Salene’s torso. They said nothing.
As the blood rush faded, Salene became aware that he was cold
except where Jake blanketed him. “Pull up the cover,” he whispered.
Jake complied, then dozed off, a dead-weight on Salene’s left arm and
shoulder. Salene lay in the dark and stared at the ceiling, refusing
to sleep, hording each minute, a miser for experience. There would be
time for sleep later, time when he would welcome oblivion’s relief.
He bent to press his nose to Jake’s fuzzy crown, breathe the scent of
oil which Jake rubbed into his hair to keep it from matting. Salene
washed his hair to get rid of oil while Jake put oil in his. How odd
and precious, these small differences they had discovered between
them. Salene wished they had time to find more, but time was the one
thing they were out of.
He watched Earth’s silver moon sail toward setting outside the
window and consciously set aside thought. For a few hours, he simply
existed. Finally, it was time. He had shifted Jake off him a while
ago so that his rising would be less likely to wake his friend. Now,
he slid from bed with as little disturbance as possible. Jake moved
but did not wake. Picking up the clothing he had laid out for himself
earlier, he made his way in the dark to the restroom, dressed quickly
and stole back.
Jake had turned over. Salene could hear his light snore; he was
catching a cold and it made his breath heavy. Going to the bedside,
Salene knelt, reached up, touched two fingers to the smooth place
between Jake’s brows. It took him five seconds, then it was done and
nothing could break it but his own death–or Jake’s.
Body and soul. He belonged to Jake Sisko now, had defiantly
offered up what his culture forbid him to give. So he gave with one
hand and took away with the other, and did not expect forgiveness. It
would be easier if Jake could hate him. Jake would never know what he
carried inside; it was Salene’s secret gift.
Setting a small velslip on the pillow he had occupied, Salene
rose, took his bags and headed for the hall. One advantage of his
neatness over Jake’s characteristic scattery was that Jake had not
even noticed that Salene was packed.
As he passed the guest door that belonged to Jillian, the door
opened and she came stumbling out…right into him. It startled them
both. “Oh!” But she kept her voice down. “Sorry. I was headed for
the bathroom. Were you on the way there yourse–?” She stopped as it
struck her that he was dressed and carrying bags. “Oh,” she said
again.
Then she had him by one elbow–she who had been so careful never
to touch him before–and was propelling him down the stairs, through
the kitchen, out into the dining room. “What the *hell* are you
doing?” she snapped when they were well away from the stairs. “And
don’t come back at me with some damned Vulcan literalism like
‘Leaving.’ You know exactly what I mean!”
But in fact, Salene had no idea how else to answer. Nor did he
have time for this. His shuttle left in an hour; he had waited to
depart until almost the last possible minute. “I must go,” he said.
“What are you running away from?” But she barely paused before
answering her own question. “It’s Jake, isn’t it? You’re running
away from your feelings for Jake. And don’t bother denying that you
have feelings for him.”
He would not have tried, so he said nothing; there seemed to be
nothing to say. He made to move past her. She grabbed his arm. “You
son of a bitch! He *trusts* you and you’re going to just sneak out on
him in the middle of the night?”
“I have no choice,” he hissed. “Let me go.”
“You do have a choice! This is all very melodramatic, Salene.
You’ve studied one opera too many. Now you’re trying to sing Romeo
and Juliet. I suppose you left him some note about how you’ll love
him forever, but please don’t come after you because the fates just
didn’t mean it to be?”
Salene was angry–but he was also surprised. In fact, he *had*
left Jake a note which included variations on two of the three things
she had just listed. How could she have known? “What I wrote to him
is none of your business.”
“Oh yes it is, because *I’m* going to be the one still here to
face him in the morning, to sit with him when he cries. You won’t.
You want to deliver your last lines and flee the stage. How childish
and…histrionic!”
“Histrionics are precisely what I am trying to avoid!”
“No, *consequences* are what you’re trying to avoid. Grow up!
Life is full of consequences, whether or not you’re around to see
them. If you want to be taken for a man, then quit acting like a
cowardly little boy.”
“I am a coward–but not for the reasons you think. I did not say
I was without fault; I said I had no choice.” Opening the door, he
glanced back at her where she stood, illumined starkly in a shaft of
white magnesium light from a streetlamp. “Live long and prosper,
Jillian Idowu.”
Her jaw hardened; she turned her back on him. “Go to hell,
Salene.”

X.

Jake didn’t cry. Not that morning when he woke to find Salene
gone and not in the week that followed.
He wasn’t willing to let himself cry any more than he was willing
to read the velslip Salene had left. Crying would give release to his
anger and reading the velslip would give explanations. Jake wanted
neither. To be honest, he didn’t give a damn why Salene had left.
All that mattered was that he had.
Instinctively, he knew better than to try to find his friend.
His initial panic upon waking alone had lasted perhaps thirty seconds,
followed by a succession of realizations. With bitter clarity, he had
understood at last what had made Salene act so uncharacteristicly the
night before. It was easy to throw caution to the wind if one didn’t
intend to stick around to reap the results. He had also understood
that Salene’s departure was permanent and the Vulcan wouldn’t welcome
any attempt by Jake to contact him. Jake had spent a few critical
minutes in front of a comm screen, debating whether or not to call
Salene’s apartment on Vulcan and leave a message anyway. In the end,
he had not. He had no desire to push himself in where he wasn’t
wanted. It was clear that Salene didn’t want him.
Jillian knew something. She’d had breakfast waiting when Jake
had come downstairs–a single breakfast–and her expression had been
gentle. Almost, he’d asked her to tell him what she knew, but didn’t
for the same reasons he hadn’t read Salene’s note.
In the week that followed, Jillian and his grandfather walked
softly around him. Neither said anything about Salene; he said
nothing to them. It was almost as if Salene had never existed. Maybe
they were trying to spare him pain but he resented the silence. Of
course, he knew perfectly well that he would have resented their
intrusions, too.
Nog visited the restaurant only once more. He had final exams
for his first year coming up, and was busy. After those, he’d get a
brief leave before his second year practicum. “They’re going to send
me to DS9!” he crowed almost before he’d fully materialized. “I’ve
been assigned to the station for my practicum!” Then he was grabbing
Jake and pounding him on the back. “You said before that you were
thinking about moving out of your dad’s quarters. We could share an
apartment, and–”
Abruptly he stopped, as if only then noticing Jake’s dull
expression. “Aren’t you happy, Jake? We can be roommates!” He
stopped again and glanced around, aware now of something else.
“Where’s the pointed-eared songbird?”
Jake sat down in one of the spare chairs against a back wall.
“Salene had to go home. And yeah, of course I’m happy. I’ve just
been a little tired. I caught a cold; or maybe it’s allergies.”
Apparently the diversion was convincing enough as Nog asked
nothing further about Salene but spent his visit alternating between
panic over his finals and plans for rooming together. Jake nodded a
lot and later, couldn’t remember what he’d agreed to. No doubt Nog
would tell him again–probably four times, at least.
That last week of his vacation crawled by. He had been supposed
to visit his maternal grandparents in Pennsylvania before returning to
DS9, but just couldn’t. He wasn’t up to acting normal. At least with
his grandfather and Jillian, he didn’t have to. They gave him space
to put his life back together, learn to think singly again. He hadn’t
realized how much he’d begun in just a few days to rearrange plans for
the future to include Salene as a matter of course. Now, all that
collapsed on itself. Perhaps he should have seen it coming. What
would a Vulcan want with a crass, emotional human like him? He was
good only for a one-night stand–
Stop it!, he told himself. He was being stupid. It was *Salene*
who’d run away, abandoned Jake without any warning. Jake hadn’t done
anything wrong.
Had he?
In this way, his moods swung back and forth between anger and a
paralyzing insecurity. Worst of all, the nightmares of Ajilon Prime
which had sent him to Earth in the first place now returned. But they
were different. Instead of being victimized by memories of violence,
he victimized Salene. One nightmare in particular disturbed him: he
would be carrying yet another bodybag into the morgue where the ME was
tagging corpses. The ME would unzip the bodybag to reveal Salene’s
face. But what troubled Jake was not the horror of seeing that face
dead and white, but the vicious vindication it aroused in him. Did he
really want Salene dead? Apparently, part of him did. Hate wasn’t
the opposite of love, it was just the other side of the same coin.
Jake wished he could feel apathy.
When the week was out, he prepared to return to DS9. The morning
of his departure, while he was packing in his guestroom upstairs, his
grandfather appeared at the door, knocked on the wood. Jake jerked
around. “Grandpa?”
“Can I come in?”
“Of course!”
Joseph Sisko sat down on the end of the bed, lined hands folded
loosely between his knees. He studied Jake. Abruptly nervous, Jake
squirmed under the scrutiny.
“There will come a day, Jake, when you wake up and he’s not the
first thing you think of. Then a day will come when you realize
you’ve eaten breakfast and not thought of him yet. Then one day, most
of a morning will have gone by. Then a whole day. Then several days.
Time does heal, if you let it.”
Speeches. He wasn’t in the mood for speeches, even ones that
were well-meant. Arms crossed, he turned away, stalked to the window.
He could see a good part of the park from here. In the distance, the
ferris wheel spun round. Round and round, like his thoughts.
“I keep asking myself what I did wrong.”
“Maybe nothing. It’s hard enough to work out relationships
without adding the tension of two cultures. Vulcans are different
from us–not as much as they pretend, but they are different.” A
pause. “I think he tried, son. I watched. He did care for you.”
“How can you defend him? He didn’t even say goodbye!”
“I’m not defending him; I’m too old to have much patience with
that kind of overblown sense of tragedy. Life has enough of the real
variety to go around, without inventing more. I’m trying to reassure
you. It can be easy to think the other didn’t care, or didn’t hurt…
even to wonder if you meant anything to him at all. I’m telling you,
you did. I saw it. Maybe you meant too much.”
Jake shoved his hands in his pockets. “Maybe.”
Behind him, pantlegs rustled dry against each other and the
movement brought a waft of old man smell which, as a child, had meant
stories and treats and secret conspiracies against his parents. His
grandfather had used to put masking tape on the inside of the cookie
jar, so Jake could open it without his mother hearing. It was time
for another conspiracy. “Please don’t tell my father about this.”
There was a long pause, then his grandfather asked, “Is that your
pride talking, or your fear?”
“Both,” Jake admitted.
“You know, your father’s been standing where you are. Your
mother was hardly his first love. Ask him about Brenda Anderson some
time. Broken hearts are part of growing up, part of testing the
waters, finding out who’s right by finding out who’s wrong.”
Jake shook his head, almost violently, turned. “Grandpa, Salene
wasn’t a test. He was an accident.” His grandfather’s face went
blank in surprise. “A good accident,” Jake clarified. “The kind
you’re glad you made. I don’t know what you’ve been thinking about me
in the past week, but he’s the first guy I ever felt this way for.”
There he went again, trying to ‘defend’ himself like it was a cause
for shame. Impatient, he waved a hand. “I think I fell for him in
the first place because he *was* right. The right one. Just not in
the package I expected.”
His grandfather smiled at him: a bit fondly, a bit wistfully.
“You know, son, there’s more than one ‘right’ one.”
Jake turned back to the window. “Maybe. You never married
again.”
Rising, Joseph Sisko came over to squeeze his shoulder. “That’s
because I’m a cantankerous old geezer; you’re a bright, handsome,
talented young man. The ladies, or the gents, will be beating a path
to your door. From what your father tells me, he has to chase the
older women away from you as it is.”
Jake tried to smile but it died on his lips. His grandfather
squeezed his shoulder again. “Come on. We should get going.”
“You won’t say anything to Dad?”
His grandfather’s expression turned stern. “I wouldn’t have
anyway. That’s your place, not mine. You’re a grown up now, Jake.”

***

It was a long trip back. Most of it, he spent in bed, unable to
sleep. Was this what depression felt like? He was supposed to start
college courses this week–long-distance education–but he couldn’t
pull himself together enough to read the first chapter of his text,
much less answer the first set of questions. Nor could he concentrate
enough to write fiction. He lay on his transport bed and stared at
the wall, listening over and over to the set of music chips Jillian
had given him.
The blues. “There’s music for what ails you.” It was the only
thing she’d said to him about Salene. The second day after Salene had
left, she’d come upstairs to deposit a whole pile of chips on his
dresser: copies of most of her collection. Antarian blues. Betazed
blues. Even Bajoran blues. But it was old Earth blues he liked the
best, the gritty, growling-low voices so different from Salene’s bell-
pure soprano.

Didn’t I make you feel like you wanna own me?
Yeah, didn’t I give you nearly everything
that a man possibly can?
Honey, you know I did.
Each time that I tell myself that I,
well I think I’ve had enough;
Well I’m gonna show you, baby, that a man can be tough.

I want you to come on, come on, come on, come on–
Take it! Take another little piece of my heart, now baby.
Break it! Break another little bit of my heart, oh yeah, yeah.
Grab it! Grab another little piece of my heart, now baby.
Well you know you got it, if it makes you feel good.
Oh yes, it did.

***

When the transport reached DS9, Jake disembarked, stepped out of
the airlock tunnel into his father’s hug. “JakeO!” He clung for a
minute, needing that tactile reminder that he was alive and encased in
flesh. Perhaps his father sensed something. He pushed Jake back and
looked into his face. “How are you?” It wasn’t just the standard
greeting.
“Fine,” Jake lied.
“The nightmares–?”
“They’re gone. Mostly.” His father’s raised eyebrow made him
add, “No, really. They’re gone. I’m fine now about that.”
His father picked up one of his bags and they began walking back
towards their cabin. “I understand you proved yourself during the
storm,” his father said. “Dragged your friend to safety on a broken
ankle. That was a brave act, Jake. As brave in its own way as facing
Klingon fire.”
Jake blinked. He’d almost forgotten. So much else had happened
since that his previous concerns about his cowardice seemed very far
away now. “Yeah,” was all he said.
His father glanced over. “Are you *sure* you’re all right? You
don’t look well.”
It provided an excuse. “Actually, I’m not feeling any too well.
I think I caught something. I went through the whole hurricane
without getting sick, but now I’ve got a cold or something.”
His father stopped to put up the back of his hand to Jake’s
forehead. “Dad!” Jake protested.
“You’re not hot,” Sisko said. “Maybe you should go see Dr.
Bashir, though.”
Tell a white lie and face the consequences, Jake thought. “I’m
not *that* bad. Just a little under the weather.” He made himself
meet his father’s eyes. They held the look a few minutes, then his
father shrugged and picked up his suitcase again.
“Have it your way. But there’s no reason not to see the doctor,
if you’re not well.”
Jake doubted Bashir had anything for a broken heart.

***

The buzzer went off. Sighing and tossing the PADD aside–the
blank PADD he’d been staring at for twenty minutes–Jake pushed
himself to his feet to answer the door. He wasn’t expecting company.
It was Dax, dressed in a flowing semi-transparent caftan over a
bodysuit. It picked up the blue of her eyes. She carried something
wrapped in silver under her arm. He frowned. She wasn’t often out of
uniform, on the station. “Dad’s not here,” he said. “He’s working
the evening shift tonight, till oh-one-hundred.” Didn’t Dax know
that?
Grinning, she stepped past him. “I’m not looking for Ben. I’m
looking for you.”
“Huh?” was the best he could manage. She’d come looking for him
dressed like *that*? He started to get nervous.
She went into the kitchen area and helped herself to a pair of
liquor glasses. Turning, she must have seen something in his face,
grinned and winked. “Relax, Jake. I haven’t come to seduce you.” He
felt himself blushing. Of course she hadn’t. Why had he thought–
“Sit down,” she said, interrupting his embarrassment. Coming
over, she set a glass on the coffee table in front of him, another in
front of herself. Then she opened the silver package. “Saurian
brandy.” She poured him some. “The real thing–eighteen year. Nice
and smooth.” Pushing the glass over to him, she added, “I’ve been
waiting for a night when Ben was on the late shift.” She’d come to
get him drunk? Now he was really confused. “Drink up, Jake. Then
we’ll talk.”
He picked up the glass to swirl the liquid, sniff it. He’d never
had brandy, hadn’t had much hard liquor period. Oh, certainly he and
Nog had snitched a few drinks from the bar now and then. Experiments.
He’d never been *given* hard liquor by an adult. He glanced over at
her. She was sipping hers, watching him with a smile. He tried some.
This was a good deal better than what he and Nog had stolen. Smooth
enough that the kick didn’t hit him till he’d swallowed it. Then it
made his eyes water. He coughed, wiped at the tearing. “Try another
sip,” she said, grinning. “The first has to burn away the nerves in
your throat.”
Still not at all sure what this was about, he shot her an
uncertain glance but did as she said. She was right; it was easier.
He took a third sip. His belly was starting to feel warm.
Her own glass cradled in her hands, she curled her legs up beside
her on the couch. “Now,” she said. “Tell me what happened with
Salene.”
It was a good thing he hadn’t had brandy in his mouth or he’d
have spit it out all over the table. And he might have tried to deny
that anything had happened, had his own shock not already given him
away. So he turned to offense-as-defense instead. “How’d you know
about that?”
“Jake, I’m over three-hundred years old.”
“That doesn’t make you psychic!”
She just smiled enigmatically. “Your father thinks you’re sick,
you know. He told me yesterday that he doesn’t understand why you
won’t go see Julian; he’s afraid maybe you think Julian is still mad
at you. His mental image of you hasn’t quite caught up with the
reality yet, so he’s missing what’s right under his nose.”
Jake took another sip of the brandy–he was going to need it–
then said sullenly, “You didn’t answer my question: how did you know?”
She shifted on the couch. “Well, I have to confess I have a few
clues your father doesn’t. I’m a scientist, and scientists are used
to drawing conclusions from raw data. So, if the message rate from a
certain account on the station to a certain address on Vulcan was a
bit…astronomical…before the owner of that account took a little
vacation–where he saw this same Vulcan–but when he came back, not a
single message went out to that Vulcan’s address…. Well, it makes
one suspicious. Add to that this same person is moping around the
station like he just lost his best friend.” She watched him over the
rim of her glass. “Makes me wonder if he has.”
He stared back. She knew, and she didn’t, and he wasn’t sure he
wanted to explain. Dax had been his father’s confidant almost as long
as Jake had been alive. She was on her eighth life. She’d seen it
all and probably done it all–or as close as made no difference. He
wasn’t sure she’d understand. Well into her fourth century, could she
still remember what the first time had been like? Besides, she was
his father’s friend.
As if reading the direction of his thoughts, she said, “Anything
you tell me will be strictly confidential. Unless, of course, you
murdered him and humped his body in the Gulf of Mexico. Then I’m
afraid I’d have to alert the authorities so they could dredge for it.”
Jake didn’t laugh; the joke fell flat. She leaned forward. “I won’t
tell your father, Jake. I didn’t come here on assignment from Ben,
fishing for information. I give you my word.”
He stared down at the topaz liquor in his glass, drank more. It
was making his head buzz. “I don’t even know where to begin.”
Confident now of her victory, she returned to gentle ribbing.
“The beginning is usually good. Then again, you could start at the
end and leave me guessing. Artistic license.”
He shot her a look, said abruptly, “He left me,” then took a long
drink of brandy. Too long a drink. He coughed.
Pulling in her chin, she absorbed the implications of that: what
his wording meant. She was even better at hiding her feelings than
Salene. “What made him leave?” she asked. Jake shrugged. “He didn’t
tell you?”
“He left me a note. I didn’t read it.”
“Why?”
Exploding to his feet, Jake paced. “Because I don’t *care*, all
right? I don’t care why he left! I just care that he did!”
“Well, how do you know he’s really left you then?”
That stopped him short. “What?”
She shook her head, uncurled her feet and sat up on the couch.
“Living life based on assumption will get you in trouble. If you
don’t read what he said, how do you really know what happened? Maybe
it was a message for you to meet him for a secret rendezvous on Risa.”
Jake opened his mouth to say how stupid that was, but she waved a
hand. “Don’t. My point is that you’re beating yourself up without
having all the facts.”
“And the facts are supposed to make me feel better?” He almost
shouted it.
“Maybe. Maybe not. But you won’t know till you find out what
they are.” She rose, came over to face him. “Vulcans are…almost
annoyingly constant in their affections; of course, they won’t admit
to having affections, but we all know better. When they commit
themselves, they do so permanently. Whatever happened between you–
And no, I don’t expect all the juicy details, unless of course you
want to give them.” She grinned. “Whatever happened between you, he
didn’t leave for fickleness or because you didn’t mean anything to
him. If there was something for him to *be* leaving, then you got
thoroughly under his skin, I’d say. Of course, I think you’d gotten
thoroughly under his skin before he ever left DS9.” She winked.
“My grandfather said maybe I meant too much to him, and that’s
why he left.”
Shrugging, she went back to sit down. “Possibly. I suspect
there’s more to it than that. Vulcans are too good at explaining away
their own irrationalities.” She patted the couch beside her. “Come
sit back down and tell Auntie Dax the rest of the story.”
He felt one eyebrow rise. “I thought you weren’t going to dig
for the juicy details.”
“I said I didn’t expect them; didn’t say I wouldn’t *ask*. And I
am…insatiably curious,” she admitted, raising her glass to him.
“Come on. It’ll do you good to talk to someone.”
So he did. And she was right; it did feel good to have someone
to tell. She made a remarkably sensitive audience. She didn’t ask
him to describe anything really private, sensing he would’ve been
uncomfortable doing so with her, even if she had been a man herself in
previous lives.
Around midnight, she glanced up at the clock and sealed the
decanter. He was buzzed, but not as drunk as he’d been at the gala.
“Time for me to go, and time for you to go to bed,” she said, but
without sounding motherly. In fact, he’d felt surprisingly adult with
her tonight. Her occasional bits of advice had been an older adult’s
to a younger, not an adult’s to a child. He walked her to the door.
“Thanks, Jadzia.”
Leaning up a little, she kissed his cheek. “Good-night, Jake.
And go read his letter. But remember”–she held up a hand, frowned
and grew serious–“for all their logic, Vulcans can be as prone to
bathos as any Klingon I ever met. They *like* their extremes and
their tragedies. They haven’t changed much in a thousand years: Surak
not withstanding. Don’t be pulled into that with him.” She stepped
out then, let the door close behind her.
He brushed his teeth, then puttered about getting ready for bed
knowing he was finding things to do, putting off what he should have
done over two weeks ago. Going into his bedroom, he retrieved the
velslip from where he’d shoved it in a side compartment of his bag.
Nerves made his hand shake so hard he could barely insert the slip
into his PADD.
Velslip was the same medium he used for writing. This wasn’t a
visual letter or even an audio one, but the old-fashioned written
kind. It began bluntly, without even his name to soften it:

While you visited with Nog, I read “Peter Pan.” A quaint
tale, but with a larger truth. Eventually Peter must leave
Never-Neverland in order to become a real boy. You who are
so fond of metaphors may take that as a metaphor for my
decision. A relationship between us could not work, Jake;
the only place we might exist as ‘we’ is Never-Neverland.

My brother made it clear to me by comm this morning that I
had to choose between you and my family. I told you once
that chi`pain are permitted to marry. This is true–but we
may marry only she to whom we were betrothed in childhood.
If that bond is repudiated, we are expected to remain alone.
To do otherwise–particularly to choose as I would–displays
an excess of emotion: a weakness. It would not be forgiven;
I would be disowned. I might have chosen you still, yet
that would also have meant abandoning my life as it has
been, including the singing for which I was made, which
defines who I am. If I gave that up, there would be nothing
left for me, no reason for my existence, and I would come to
resent you. I prefer a more pure memory.

Or so I tell myself. The other half of the truth is less
attractive. I resist forsaking what I have known for almost
twenty-two years because I am afraid. You who call yourself
a coward have shown far greater courage than I. You possess
personal honesty, and a willingness to throw yourself into
life. You are the better man, Jake Sisko. I salute you.

Do not attempt to contact me, or change my mind. We made a
pact, if you recall: I would tell you when something you
asked of me was more than I could give. I must invoke it now.
I regret that my shortcomings will cause you pain. If it
pleases you to know, I too shall suffer. I gave you what I
could. That it was not enough is my fault, not yours.

Peace, and long life, my friend.

Jake ripped the velslip out of the PADD and threw it across the
room, then stared a while at the bit of offending black on the floor.
Rage made his breath heavy, but he could not decide at whom his rage
was aimed: Salene, for his fears; Salene’s family, for intolerance; or
himself, for not being able to fix it all.
But there had been no magic fix on Ajilon Prime and there was
none here, either. In war, people died; sometimes they died badly.
And love could be forced to limp along, lamed by circumstance. Or by
blindness to larger truths. Just believing wasn’t always enough, and
Tinkerbell died.
Sitting down on his bed, he wept for lost innocence. He was a
real boy now.

*** FINIS ***

Feedback not only welcomed, but encouraged.
We can be contacted at jrz3@psu.edu
At the present time, J. plans a sequel, entitled “Anslem.”
But we’re not promising anything. ;>

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Orfeo

From JRZ3@PSUVM.PSU.EDU Tue Jan 7 16:07:46 1997
Date: Sat, 4 Jan 97 23:49 EST
From: Macedon <JRZ3@PSUVM.PSU.EDU>
To: djtst18+@pitt.edu
Subject: Orfeo (story)

SUMMARY: When Bajor hosts an interstellar music festival, to which
a very unusual star singer is invited, Jake must face questions
about friendship, manhood and culture, as well as freedoms of belief.

This story resulted from the intersection of several things at once.
First, it’s the result of two challenges (not from the same person):
1) to write something outside Voyager, and 2) to write a story with
a completely *loopy* basic idea, to see if I could bring it off.
I’m afraid the resulting story may be a bit less “loopy” than the
challenger had in mind, but it’s definitely…er…different.

The plot arose from three more-or-less consecutive events: watching
the DS9 episode “The Muse,” renting the video “Farinelli,” and reading
an article entitled, “The Castrati as a Professional Group and a
Social Phenomenon, 1550-1850,” by John Rosselli. (I recommend the
article to serious opera buffs: ACTA MUSICOLOGICA 60 [1988] 148-70.)

I’ve always been partial to Jake because he’s a writer, and the idea
of sacrifice for art is an old one. The phenomenon of castrati is,
perhaps, one of the more extreme examples, but setting their beginning
in its sixteenth century historical context when Christian asceticism
was still admired, it was perhaps less extreme than moderns typically
think. Expectations about life are shaped by culture. There are few
absolutes. And for all it’s “loopy” subject, this was an excuse to
explore cultural expectations about sexuality and manhood in the
best tradition of serious anthro-SF.

Comments of all types are always welcome (jrz3@psu.edu).

DISCLAIMER: Star Trek is the property of Paramount Studios, the
following a non-profit work of fanfiction. No resemblance to any
individual, living or dead, is intended. Please contact the author
before archiving on any website other than the a.s.c archive.

ORFEO
Macedon, c1996
9400 words

“You are too profligate with
the gifts nature has given you;
if you would reach the heart,
you must take a more plain
and simple road.”

Emperor Charles VI to Farinelli, 1731

“The *castrato*.”
Jake had heard it whispered all morning all over the station, in
tones ranging from pity to disgust, delicate horror to prurient
interest. But he had yet to learn just who this castrato was. With a
station full of musicians and singers from all over the quadrant,
‘who’ was not immediately evident.
Space stations the size of DS9 made odd communities, blending
small-town insularity with port-town flux–material for social science
studies yielding dry monographs of technical language accessible only
to other specialists. Jake could have summed it up more simply: a
torrent of temperamental musicians was unusual enough for comment. A
castrato qualified as prime gossip fodder.
Were Nog still around, Jake could have counted on him for the
details. But Nog was at the academy, and bothering his father to
satisfy curiosity was unwise. He tried Odo, who was making the rounds
of the promenade. “Who’s this castrato everybody’s talking about?”
Odo eyed him. “‘Everybody’, Mr Sisko? ‘Everybody’ would seem to
be something of an exaggeration. *I* am not talking about ‘this
castrato’, but would I not count among ‘everybody’?”
Jake made a gesture of frustration. “Odo, you know what I mean!”
“I’m afraid I do not. Nor do I think it any of your business
until–and unless–the person in question makes his presence known.
Or does personal privacy count for nothing?” And Odo stalked off.
Testy. But Jake supposed that was what a body got for asking one
anomaly about another.
So he wandered about, listening carefully. Among the skills his
writing manuals insisted one acquire, the twin arts of listening and
watching stood paramount.
He got an earful.
“It is an abomination!” That from Worf. “The sacrifice of one’s
manhood for art! Klingons do not condone such…mutilation.”
Quark’s assessment had been more pragmatic: “High cost for high
notes, seems to me.”
Others, like O’Brien, simply found the topic too uncomfortable.
Jake noticed him get up and walk away when his neighbors at the bar in
Quark’s fell to discussing the matter.
But the most interesting conversation he overheard was between
Kira, Dax, and the doctor. Jake had climbed the stairs to the bilevel
above, sat nursing a rootbeer while he eavesdropped on discussions
immediately beneath.
“I can’t believe a civilized society still condones castration,”
Kira said.
“Maybe it was an operation from medical necessity,” Dax replied.
“Julian, what do you think?”
“Possible….”
“Oh, yes!” interrupted Kira, “And after, he just *happened* to go
on to become a vocal virtuoso? Seems a little convenient to me.”
“Like an attack by wild geese,” the doctor said, half laughing.
“An attack by…what?”
“Wild geese. Or pigs. Or a fall from a horse. The usual
excuses trotted out in the autumn of the operatic castrati. In its
heyday, no one made excuses at all. From the medical histories, it
seems to have been a common, fairly safe operation.”
“So you think this singer may be a Terran?” Dax asked.
“I have no idea. The practice of castration was common in the
histories of many humanoid worlds: for religious reasons, punishment,
slavery or–occasionally–art.”
“But that’s *history*,” Kira insisted. “No one still does it.”
“Actually yes, some do.”
“Like?”
“Well, our friends the Cardassians, for one.”
“Figures,” Kira muttered. Jake heard her sit up in her chair.
“But it’s cruel–mutilating little boys just to preserve a voice.
It’s unnatural!”
“Nerys,” Dax said, “by some lights, *I’m* unnatural, being a
joined Trill.”
“Symbiosis is normal for Trills. Cutting off boys’ balls isn’t!”
“Bluntly put,” Bashir said with a wince in his voice.
Jake had winced, too.
“But Trill hosts don’t *need* a symbiont to survive,” Dax pointed
out. “To be a joined Trill is the exception, not the rule. Modern
Trill culture has made it an honor, but in our past, some parts of the
planet viewed it as ‘unnatural’–a punishment, or a burden. There was
even a brief phase on the South Continent when joined Trills were
hunted down and burned alive.”
“Witch hunts,” Bashir said.
“Similar,” Dax agreed. “But definitions of what’s natural and
unnatural are more cultural than we usually like to admit–or even
recognize.”
Kira sighed. “You’re right; I know. But it just feels…
barbaric. Something the Cardassians would do. I feel sorry for him.
Whoever he is.”
And therein lay the rub. Jake had amassed vast and varied
opinions about the practice of castration, but no one seemed to know
who the castrato actually was. Not even his fellow musicians and
singers had met him yet. Jake began to wonder if he existed at all: a
rumor with no substance?
Returning to the cabin-suite he shared with his father, Jake
tried focusing attention on something marginally productive: his
writing. He pondered using a castrato for a character in a story, but
shied away from it. ‘Write what you know.’ And he certainly did not
know about *that*.
“JakeO!”
His father was home; Jake set aside the PADD and rose, wandered
out into the main room. “Hey, Dad.”
Sisko stood just inside the doorway, hands clasped before him in
that way he had: poised to speak but frozen the moment before. Then
he dropped his hands to his side and smiled. “There’s a special guest
who needs an escort. He’s around your age and I wondered if you’d be
willing to show him around the station? The two of you might get
along.”
Jake’s internal warning buzzer went off. “One of the musicians?”
“Yes, one of the musicians.”
Almost, almost, Jake asked, The castrato?–but checked himself.
If his father knew of his interest, he might change his mind. His
father had mixed feelings about Jake’s occasional obsessions with
research. ‘Learn about people because they interest you, JakeO…not
because you want story ideas.’
“Just let me put back on my shoes–” Jake said now.
They circled around to the visitors’ side of the habitation ring,
passing a number of musicians going to and fro in the hallway,
carrying instrument cases, folders of music, or calling out to one
another in various languages from dozens of worlds. Bajor was hosting
a month-long music festival–her attempt to be seen by the Federation
as more than a charity case. Art had a sacred place in Bajoran
society: the Inspiration of the Prophets, and Bajor hoped to become
one of the Federation memberworlds known for artistic contributions,
along with Betazed, Vulcan, Sivao, Cygnus, and Hamal.
At the very end of the corridor, Jake’s father stopped, hesitated
and turned. “I asked you to be Salene’s escort not just because
you’re around the same age, but because you’re both artists. You’ll
understand him in a way others wouldn’t.” Sisko held Jake’s eyes a
moment. “I know I can trust you for discretion and tolerance.”
Meaning his father would expect it, but Jake still felt warmed by
the confidence. Sisko hit the buzzer. After a moment, the door
opened and he ushered Jake inside.
“Captain Sisko, be welcome,” said an unseen speaker. The voice
was too pure and fluted to be male, too low to be a woman. It rang
like an alto bell.
The castrato.
Jake felt a furtive excitement kick hard in his belly.
Sisko spoke to a shadowed corner behind a slatted-wood partition.
“Chi`pah Salene, may I introduce my son, Jake? Jake’s a writer.”
“Well, I’m trying to be,” Jake corrected, shifting posture
awkwardly. His father embarrassed him when he introduced him that
way. “I don’t have anything published yet.”
“A writer is one who writes–whether published or not,” said the
bell voice. The shadow stirred, then stepped forward. Jake found
himself eye-to-eye with the dark-robed owner of the voice.
Being eye-to-eye with anyone was, for Jake, an experience in and
of itself.
“You’re tall!” he said, stupidly.
“It is not an uncommon trait, for a eunuch.” The castrato did
not smile, but managed somehow to convey a bitter amusement.
Salene was a Vulcan.

II.

Jake took Salene on a tour of the promenade, though a certain
protectiveness on his part kept them out of Quark’s. He was afraid
the denizens of the bar would stare.
But, in fact, no one stared at Salene at all. When Kira passed
them on the walk, she waved distractedly to Jake, smiled a little at
Salene–politeness to a stranger–then hurried on her way as if she
had noticed nothing especially amiss about the Vulcan.
Well, Jake thought, Salene was hardly a circus freak. He was
even kind of attractive, in an odd way. And his alto-bell voice
struck as different in quality rather than range. Some of the other
male singers had more obviously high voices and several looked more
effeminate–mostly by choice. Salene’s only affectation was his hair.
He wore it long, pulled back in a simple ponytail. Even that was not
unique. Others among the Vulcan musicians eschewed the classic
straight-banged cut. Their version of bohemian rebellion, Jake
supposed; Salene’s differed simply in degree. It served a second
function, too. Pulled back, the severity de-emphasized the roundness
of his face, made him look more adult.
And *that* was his real difference: a subtle, childlike androgyny
stemming from softness of feature without the masculine lines that
adolescence should have given to jaw and chin: arrested innocence. A
stretched child who spoke like a man and sang like an angel.
A sudden horror shivered down Jake’s spine, the first he had
felt. Salene, who had been examining knickknacks in a tourist store,
looked over. “Are you cold?”
“No,” Jake said. “No, I just…somebody walked over my grave.”
Embarrassed, he shrugged.
Up went an eyebrow. “Is that a human superstition?”
“What? The grave-thing? Yeah. You’ve never heard it before?”
Salene shook his head and flipped back over the vase he had been
examining, set it down. “Vulcan glass,” he said, idly.
“There’s a lot of it, in the shops around here. It’s popular.”
“Glass, silk, raw metals, nanotechnology…these are our main
export items.”
What was Jake supposed to say to that? He had never really
figured out Vulcans, had already spent more time talking to Salene
than to any other Vulcan in his life. Not that Salene talked a lot.
In fact, he was kind of shut-mouthed, letting Jake do most of the
talking. Now, he stepped away from the shelf. “If you are willing, I
would wish to view the wormhole.”
Vulcans always said ‘wish’, too, never just ‘like.’ I’d *like*
to see the wormhole. Suddenly irritated for no particular reason,
Jake shrugged. “Yeah, sure. Come on.”
In the lift to one of the upper pylons, Salene asked, “What
manner of writing do you do?”
“Fiction.”
“I had rather supposed that.” This was offered dryly.
“Well not all writers are fiction writers,” Jake pointed out.
Salene dipped his head. “True. What manner of fiction?”
“Mainstream–character stories. I like writing about people.”
He opened his mouth then to ask Salene what kind of music he
performed, but did not. It might bring up Salene’s castration and,
except for the initial remark in his quarters, neither he nor Jake had
mentioned it since–as if the topic were taboo.
Instead, Jake added, “Most of what I do is short stuff, though I
did finish one novella. I haven’t tried a full novel yet.”
The lift arrived at the pylon top. They exited and Jake led
Salene over to a porthole. “Perhaps you will share one of your
stories with me?” Salene asked.
“Sure,” Jake replied, at once flattered and confused. What would
a singer like Salene want with Jake’s intermediate fiction? Only four
years Jake’s senior, Salene not only had a professional career, but a
celebrated one. Jake knew that because his father had said so before
leaving them together. Salene himself had said nothing about it:
humility or reticence. Jake could not decide which.
They stood in silence then, waiting for the wormhole to burst
open like the heart of a lily, or the cyclone’s abyss. After ten
minutes had passed with nothing, Jake said, half-apologetically,
“Sometimes it takes a while.”
Salene kept his eyes fixed on the space beyond. “I have no where
else I am expected to be this evening.”
“When do you go down to Bajor?”
“The festival begins the day after tomorrow. I have been given
to understand that it corresponds to one of the Bajoran religious
holidays. The kai plans to open the performances with a speech and
some manner of rite.”
Jake snorted softly. “Maybe you could develop a twenty-four hour
flu.”
Salene seemed confused. “But I have not been exposed to such a
contagion. I try to avoid it, lest it harm my voice.”
Jake glanced over at him. “It was a *joke*. I meant you ought
to think of some way to get out of having to listen to her preach.”
“But that would be rude.”
“Rudeness or misery–take your pick.”
Salene started to reply but at that moment, the wormhole opened.
“Look, look!” Jake pointed and for ten seconds, awe joined them
beyond differences of race or culture.
“*Extraordinary*,” Salene breathed.
“You didn’t see it open at all, coming in?”
“No.” Salene’s attention remained locked on the now-blank patch
of space, as if sheer intensity of anticipation could will it to open
again. His fascination struck Jake as a bit quaint.
“Don’t you travel around a lot?”
Salene finally straightened up. “No. This is the first time I
have ever come so far from home.”
“Oh. I figured you, like, toured opera or something.”
“I have been invited to do so. ‘Giulio Cesare’ among others. I
turned it down.”
Jake was baffled. “Why?”
Without warning, Salene erupted into a rain of notes, a capella,
startling in both power and absolute purity of pitch. Mouth hanging
open, Jake stood stunned by the beauty of what was so obviously a
tossed-off display. As abruptly as he had begun, Salene cut off.
“‘Qual guerriero in campo armato’.” Then, dryly, “Concerto for
larynx. Skips of a tenth, repeated notes, syncopation, wild arpeggios
–pure show. That is not what my voice is for.”
“Was that from the opera you mentioned?”
“‘Giulio Cesare’? Most certainly not. Handel had better taste.”
Jake laughed a little, leaned back against the wall and crossed
his arms. “So what do you sing, then?”
The wormhole flared once more, distracting Salene for a moment,
the burst of light paling his light brown complexion. Then he said,
“I believe you would refer to it as ‘sacred music’, though that would
be somewhat inaccurate. Nevertheless, it is music for praise…praise
of just such as this–” He gestured out the porthole. “The divine
which lies at the heart of the universe. That is why I accepted the
invitation to this festival in the first place. I wished to see the
wormhole.”
Surprised, Jake uncrossed his arms and thumbed out the port.
“You came all this way just to see that?”
“Just? The universe is full of wonders; a stable wormhole counts
among the rarer. There is no ‘just’ to it.” He placed both hands on
the railing beneath the window and leaned forward until his nose was
inches from the clearsteel. “It wants a song.”
“You write songs, too? I thought you were a singer.”
Turning his head slightly, Salene gave Jake another of those
darkly amused looks. “An accomplished singer is more than a…parrot.
Of course I can compose, but composition is like writing, something
which–barring the exceptional such as T’Besh or your Mozart–takes
years and living experience to do well. I have been performing since
I was eighteen. But to compose…. I am not yet old enough to
compose well. Even Mozart did not write the ‘Requiem’ until he was
past thirty.”
“Is that why you’re interested in my writing? Because you want
to write, too, but in music?”
This time, Salene actually gave Jake the barest of smiles.
“Perceptive.”
“I guess it’s the composers who get remembered best,” Jake said.
“Though with sound recordings, performances aren’t one-shot deals any
more.”
Standing, Salene turned at last from the porthole. “But part of
the attraction of the performing arts *is* their fleeting nature: here
and then gone. When they are caught, frozen, the life in them dies.”
He shook his head and looked away. “What point, what creativity, in
hearing songs performed exactly the same way every time? That is why
people still come to hear a musician play or sing, to see a dancer
dance, to see a play told. The hermeneutic between performer and
audience gives birth to a joint creation.” He waved one long hand.
“Freezing that on film or chip kills it. But to write, or paint, or
compose…that creates something eternal, something which each new
reader or viewer or performer gives life to again and again.” He
turned back to the porthole as if seduced. “Composition would grant
the only posterity I can know.”
Jake was quiet a while, pondering what Salene had said, unsure if
he agreed with all of it. But he understood Salene’s longing. Here
stood a man whose hope for children had been stolen from him so that
he might sing as few could, yet he wanted most to create something to
live on after him. It made Jake think again about the ethics of the
whole thing. He had never considered Vulcans cruel or uncivilized,
just obsessed in their perfectionism. But could that not result in
something as drastic as castration to preserve a perfect voice?
“Ask the question you want to ask, Jake.”
Startled, Jake jumped. “Are you reading my mind?” He had heard
that Vulcans were telepathic.
“That would be impossible; I am not touching you. But humans
always have the same questions. I am used to them.”
“How old were you when they made you what you are?”
“A castrato? You can say the word. I had the operation when I
was sixteen. That is just before the Vulcan male voice usually
breaks, allowing as much maturation as possible without spoiling the
throat. It also gives time to be certain a candidate has the talent
which makes the operation worthwhile.”
“Did it…hurt?” The very idea made him cringe.
“I was under anesthesia at the time,” Salene replied dryly. “The
procedure is hardly torture. Nor do I look different externally.
Prostheses were inserted.” He was anticipating Jake’s questions,
answering some Jake would not have dared to ask.
“Who made you actually go through with it? Your parents?”
“No one ‘made’ me do anything. I applied for permission and had
to defend my request before a court–that is the normal process.”
Stunned, Jake did not immediately reply. Salene had *asked* to
be castrated? It boggled the mind. “Normal procedure?” he finally
managed. “How many castrati are there?”
“Sixty-two, currently. T’LingShar is no Naples, and the pre-
requisites are strict: applicants must have at least one older brother
who has proven fertile, so the male line may continue; that brother or
another sibling must be willing to provide the applicant with a child
to adopt, to care for him in old age. And, of course, applicants must
have shown extraordinary vocal promise as a boy soprano or alto.”
“And you filled all those.”
“Indeed–there was little doubt my application would be approved.
My family was extremely supportive.”
The way he described it, it sounded like he had been granted a
distinction and Jake was unsure whether to be reassured by that, or
appalled. Different culture indeed.
What would you give up, to write?, he asked himself. Once, he
had nearly given up his life. Oddly, though, he would find it easier
to give up his life than his manhood.
But was that what Salene had surrendered? Did possessing a pair
of nuts make a man? To sing, Salene had forfeited fertility and
secondary sexual characteristics–and his sex drive. Or Jake supposed
he had forfeited that, having no idea if eunuchs felt sexual desire.
But if manhood was more than sex and a beard–
“If you’re proud of being a castrato,” Jake asked, “then why have
you been holing up in your quarters since you got here, like you were
ashamed of it?”
Salene leaned into the wall to study Jake. “Would you say that
our interaction tonight has been natural, or awkward?”
“Well, I just met you–”
“Our interaction tonight has been awkward because you have
studiously avoided any reference to my castration until I forced you
into it: ‘politeness’ stemming from a misplaced pity. It grows
tedious, though I prefer it to its opposite. Nevertheless. On
Vulcan, I am a singer who happens to be castrati. Here, I am ‘the
castrato’: an object of gossip and derision. And you ask why I have
kept to my rooms? I nearly refused to attend the festival at all–
except that I wished to see the wormhole.”
Jake could feel blood scald his face and thanked his complexion
that Salene could not tell. “Sorry,” he said now. “I just…can’t
imagine making the choice you did. Not that I think you’re wrong,” he
added hastily. “I just can’t imagine asking to be a castrato. Of
course, I can’t imagine taking vows as a monk, either. Celibacy isn’t
something I’d volunteer for.” He laughed to take any edge out of it.
Salene did not appear amused. “Humans,” he said, “make certain
assumptions, among them the obligation of all to engage in sexual
activity, regardless. Other peoples do not see matters quite the
same. Step beyond your Terran parochialism, Jake Sisko.” And
turning, he walked away.

III.

Two events the next day made Jake understand Salene’s veiled
hostility of the night before. Initially, he had thought that
reaction overly sensitive, especially for a Vulcan. Twenty-four hours
later, Jake had decided that Salene’s natural skepticism was
justified.
A combined choir made up of humanoid voices from many worlds was
rehearsing in the little Bajoran chapel on the promenade. They had
been there off and on all week, working on Bajoran sacred music. At
first, Jake had thought it peculiar for a choir made up largely of
non-Bajorans to be singing Bajoran sacred music, but he had once heard
a Betazed chorus do Bach’s ‘Magnificat’, so why not? Good music was
good music.
He was walking along the promenade, a copy of one of his stories
on the PADD in his hand, trying to screw up courage to take it to
Salene. A peace offering for the night before. But he was not sure
Salene would want to talk to him. The castrato had been pretty angry,
for a Vulcan. Jake should not have made that stupid quip about
celibacy. No matter how much Salene wanted to sing, Jake imagined
enforced celibacy to be galling. Had Salene really known what he was
giving up, when he had made his choice? At sixteen, Jake would think
so, but Vulcans matured slower. And Salene had been right–not
everybody viewed sex or sexuality the same. Jake’s own friend Nog
could not talk to a woman as an equal, and Jake had heard about the
Klingons: they came out of the bedroom bloody. Vulcans were such cold
fish, maybe Salene did not miss sex at all.
A crowd had gathered to listen outside the chapel. That was not
unusual. There had been a crowd every day they had practiced. But
today it was huge, clogging up the walkway beyond. Odo stood off to
one side, looking disgusted at the disturbance, Worf with him. Jake
arrived in time to catch Worf say, “…*revolting*, all of them come
to gape at this half-man abomination.”
Worf’s words shocked Jake; what gave Worf the right to pass
judgement on another man’s personal choices? But before he could
reply, he heard it: crescendoing over the rest like the trumpet of
Gabriel, like the magic voice of Orpheus in Hades–Salene. Jake
forgot all about Worf. Jake forgot about everything.
Absolute perfect pitch without vibrato, hollow and pure and huge.
The sound wasy *huge*. It went on and on, fell in a cascade of notes,
then sailed back up beyond the range of even the best countertenor:
first soprano parts delivered with all the power of a grown man’s
lungs and diaphragm. It was the voice of God calling the world into
creation, the primeval dawn, and Jake could not listen hard enough.
It came to an end at last and Jake was shoved into rude waking by
the applause and “bravos!” He realized he stood in the middle of the
crowd with no memory of how he had ended up there, but he added
enthusiastic praise to the rest, only slowly realizing that most of
the applause was coming from the other chorus members, not the crowd
around the arch. Clapping politely, they stared at him as if he had
gone mad. A few were craning their necks for a better look. “Which
one’s the eunuch?” “The Vulcan.” “The Vulcan?” “Yeah.” “He looks
pretty normal to me.” “I thought so too. You’d never be able to tell
he hasn’t got all his parts–well until he opens his mouth.” The
other laughed.
Crude. It was just…crude. After what they had heard, how
could they talk that way? Were they deaf? Jake pushed through to the
front, just to get away from them.
The chorus itself took up most of the space in the chapel but a
select crowd sat on benches to one side: Kira and Dax; the doctor, who
Jake knew loved classical music; and his father, as the Emissary and
station captain both. The choral director was speaking to the choir
so Jake took advantage of the lull to slide into the seat beside his
father. “God, he’s great,” Jake whispered. His father flashed him a
smile. “I wish I could sing like that.”
Sisko eyed him sidewise, whispered back, “I’m glad you can’t. I
want grandchildren some day.”
It was cold water, freezing Jake on the bench. Even his father.
Even his father was making jokes about it. Not to be cruel–his
father had meant nothing cruel, no judgement against Salene for his
choice, unlike Worf. But it was a jest at Salene’s expense. Jake
could not express admiration for Salene’s voice without eliciting
comment on Salene’s condition which made that voice possible.
Abruptly, Jake realized that his whole perspective had altered at a
fundamental level. Salene had opened his mouth and pierced Jake’s
heart.
“That wasn’t what I meant,” Jake said now, softly. “I just meant
he’s amazing.”
“Yes, he is,” his father agreed, and turned back to watch. The
chorus began another piece. Eyes closed, face stark–transported–
Salene sang soprano counterpoint to a Bajoran tenor. Jake could have
sat listening forever. They finished up with something not Bajoran at
all: the ‘Sequentia, Dies irae’ from Mozart’s REQUIEM. It thundered
in the little chapel. Jake could almost feel the walls trembling.
When it ended, the maestro released the choral members. “Be back
at eighteen-hundred for another rehearsal,” he called. Salene was
immediately mobbed by the rest. He bore it patiently, though Jake
could see that he was wishing he was somewhere else. Jake’s father
waited until the crowd thinned a little before going forward to offer
his own congratulations. Jake followed, allowing his father to act as
a shield in case Salene was still mad at him. But Salene appeared to
have dismissed the entire exchange of the night before and greeted
both of them with Vulcan politeness.
Relieved Salene was willing to talk to him after all, and fired
still by the beauty of it, Jake nearly fell over himself trying to
express his appreciation. “I couldn’t believe it! It was…just
incredible, really incredible. Fantastic. I don’t even like choral
music–or I didn’t think I did–but you blew me away!” Jake had been
gesturing wildly, and now hit the doctor in the chin by accident.
“Jake!” Bashir said. “Get a hold of yourself!”
Jake pulled back and hunched his shoulders, dropped his eyes.
“Sorry.”
“I am…pleased…that it moved you so,” Salene said. And for
just a minute, Jake felt that same connection they had shared last
night watching the wormhole explode. He began to understand why
Salene might have come lightyears just to witness it. Jake would
travel lightyears for a chance to hear the miracle of Salene’s voice
again.
But he could not say that. It would sound sentimental and
stupid, especially to a Vulcan.
In any case, Salene’s attention had been co-opted by the doctor,
who was talking to him about the finer points of something or another
musical. It was way over Jake’s head. Listening to Salene reply in
kind, Jake’s own burst of raw enthusiasm sounded even more juvenile.
“Just incredible” was no kind of educated response. He glanced down
at the PADD in his hand, feeling doubly foolish for even thinking to
give his very mediocre writing to someone who sang like Salene did.
He turned to go. “Jake–a moment,” Salene said, interrupting Bashir
to do so. “Is it possible for you to stay a moment?” Jake nodded and
Salene turned back to let Bashir finish what he had been saying.
Baffled, Jake waited. The crowd inside the chapel had dispersed,
Jake’s father and Kira already gone with them. Only a few people
still hung about, chatting. Bashir finally made his goodbyes and
joined Dax at the door. They went off together, discussing the
performance. Salene turned then. “Thank you for waiting. I thought
he would never stop.”
Salene’s response took Jake by surprise. “Doctor Bashir? But he
knows a lot about classical music. I figured you’d like talking to
him.” He shrugged, suddenly embarrassed again. “I just say stupid
stuff like ‘it blew me away.’ That’s real sophisticated critique!”
Salene tilted his head. “Jake–the good doctor’s comments were
merely an attempt to impress, although innocently meant, I think.
Yours were sincere. The greatest praise any artist can receive is
that instinctive enthusiasm…in whatever idiom it expresses itself.”
It seemed a strange view, coming from a Vulcan. Jake would have
assumed raw emotionalism offensive to Salene. But an artist was an
artist, whatever the race–moved by beauty and wanting to share it.
He remembered Salene’s awe over the wormhole, grinned. “Me hearing
you this morning was a little like you seeing the wormhole last night.
Awesome.”
Up went Salene’s eyebrow. “That is the kindest compliment anyone
has paid me in a very long time.” He glanced down, noticed the PADD
in Jake’s hand. “Is that, perchance, one of your stories?”
“Yeah, but–”
Reaching out, Salene plucked it from Jake’s fingers. “Come, I
wish to read it–and to get something to drink.”
Jake thought for a second, then decided. “We could go to
Quark’s.”
“Lead on.”
This time they were, indeed, stared at. Jake realized that he
had kept Salene out of Quark’s yesterday not to protect the castrato
from stares–Salene was evidently used to them–but to protect himself
from speculation about why he would hang out with a eunuch. Today, he
did not care what they thought. Salene was his friend. Social
disapproval be damned.
Yet for all that disapproval, Jake could never have anticipated
the violent depth of religious opposition that was possible.

IV.

“This is quite good,” Salene said. “Although it is rather…
spicy.” Holding his head back a little, he sniffed.
“Clears your sinuses,” Jake said, grinning.
“Actually, rather the reverse.”
“Oh. Sorry. I shouldn’t have cooked Creole; you have to sing.”
Salene shook his head, forked more rice. His long hands might
have seemed unwieldy but for an innate grace which turned them
elegant. Weirdly hypnotized, Jake watched him eat. “Actually,
concerns about various foods are based more on supersition than
reality,” he said, oblivious to Jake’s attention. “Contrary to
popular belief, milk does *not* spoil the vocal chords before a
performance. And my sinuses will clear long before rehearsal.” Then
he looked up. “What led you to learn to cook? Is it because your
father is often busy with station business?”
Caught staring and embarrassed for it, Jake laughed. “Dad’s a
better chef than me!” He gestured with his fork. “See, it’s kind of
a tradition that the Sisko men cook. Maybe before you go back to
Vulcan, I can get my dad to make dinner for you.”
“I would appreciate that.”
“And if you’re ever in New Orleans, you should visit my grandpa’s
restaurant. Tell him I said to serve you the Sisko Special–without
meat, of course. But don’t go there before you have to sing. Talk
about stopping up your sinuses! It’s really hot.”
“I will keep that in mind.”
When they were done, Salene offered to help Jake clean up but
Jake refused. “You’re the guest.” Salene seemed to accept that,
wandered over to the living room area and sat down in a chair. Jake
hesitated, then asked, “Do you think the conductor would mind if I
came tonight to listen?”
“Given the crowd this morning, I doubt it,” Salene replied dryly.
He started to place his glass on the coaster beside him, then paused
to lift the coaster and examine it. “Where is this from?”
Jake took the chair across from Salene’s. “I don’t know; Dad
found it somewhere. It’s Zulu work. Some of our ancestors were Zulu.
That’s where I get the height.” Jake indicated his legs, stretched
out in front of him. “Are your ancestors tall, too?”
“Not particularly. As I said, my height is largely a function of
being a eunuch.”
“Why?” Jake suddenly wanted to know more about it, and Salene
had told him not to mince around. So Jake took him at his word.
“The ends of the long bones do not harden as soon,” Salene
explained now, patient. “That results in a mild elongation of the
entire frame. Despite the fact you and I are very nearly the same
height, I believe you would find my arms to be longer than yours, and
my chest cavity larger, as well.”
“So what you’re saying is I couldn’t wear your shirts.”
Salene frowned. “Why would you wish to?”
Jake laughed. “I’ve really got to teach you a sense of humor,
Salene.”
“I would rather you did not.”
That just made Jake laugh harder. Salene watched, but without
any evident irritation. Jake suspected that–whatever he said–he had
meant to make Jake laugh. Jake was starting to get a feel for how
Vulcans operated, and it was nice to have someone his own age to talk
to again. Jake had been a little lonely since Nog had left. More,
Salene touched a side of him that Nog could never understand. Salene
and Nog in the same room together would be like mixing ammonia with
bleach: deadly to everyone around.
That sobered Jake, made him feel slightly guilty, as if liking
Salene were a betrayal of his friendship with Nog. But could a guy
not have two friends? Even two friends who wouldn’t necessarily like
each other?
“Is something troubling you?” Salene asked. He seemed to possess
an uncanny, annoying ability to read Jake’s face.
“I was just thinking of my friend Nog. He went to Starfleet
Academy not long ago.” Jake shrugged.
“You miss him.” It was not a question.
“Yeah.”
“Did you also wish to attend the Academy?”
“Me? God, no. I mean, I don’t dislike Starfleet or anything–my
dad’s in it, after all–but it’s just not for me. How about you? Do
you have anybody in your family who’s in Starfleet?”
“Only a distant cousin.”
“What does your dad do? If that’s okay to ask. I know Vulcans
are kind of private.”
“Not that private, Jake.” Salene picked up his water and took a
sip, studying Jake over the rim; he seemed amused. Setting down the
glass again, he said, “My father is a luthier. One of my brothers
sings for various choruses–sometimes we have sung together. The
other brother is a child still, but I doubt very much if he will go
into music. Like our mother, he appears to lack either interest or
real ability. My mother is a poet. Perhaps his gifts will be
literary, too. Like yours.”
Jake blushed, pleased by the praise. Salene had liked the story
which Jake had let him read earlier. “You have a talent with words,”
Salene had said. “That is something which is beyond teaching.
Although–” he had hesitated, then offered carefully, “I believe this
story is lacking something…visceral.”
“No heart,” Jake had replied, sighing. He had been told that
before.
“Perhaps you simply have yet to find a story which you truly want
to tell,” Salene had suggested, and the use of ‘want’, rather than his
habitual ‘wish’, had caught Jake’s attention.
Now, Jake said, “Well, I’ll just have to find a story I want to
tell and get it published to justify everybody’s confidence in me.”
“I have no doubt that you will.” Salene stood then, smoothing
his robe with a fluid gesture from those long hands. “I must leave
for rehearsal. I thank you again for the meal.” He gave Jake a
reserved little bow. “It was much preferable to replicated fare.”
Jake walked him to the door. “I’ll clean up here and then come
down to listen. Maybe we can go play darts after you’re done–if you
feel up to it.”
“What are ‘darts’?”
“It’s a game. Down at Quark’s.”
“Ah. Perhaps. We shall see.” And he departed.
Jake washed up the dishes, left dinner in the warmer for when his
father came off-duty, then went down to listen to the end of the
rehearsal. But by the time he arrived, he feared he might be too late
and had missed the whole thing. Choral members milled about on the
promenade outside the chapel. As Jake approached, he realized there
was something amiss. The singers were talking loudly, indignant, and
neither the director nor Salene–nor any Vulcan, in fact–was in
evidence. “The bitch kicked Salene out!” said one of the women when
Jake asked. “Said he couldn’t even set foot inside the chapel!” Then
she stormed off before Jake could learn more.
Kira was standing to one side, arms crossed beneath her breasts,
looking distraught and angry at once. Surely Kira had not done it…?
He walked over to her. “Who kicked Salene out of the chapel?” His
voice sounded angrier than he had meant it to.
Kira sighed. “Kai Winn.”
“*What?* What gives her the right–?”
“She’s the kai, Jake.” Kira looked up at him. “She’s the kai.”
“But–*why*?”
“He’s a castrato. She says temple law forbids him to set foot in
any holy precinct.”
“That’s stupid!” Jake shouted, not caring for the moment that he
insulted someone else’s religion. “What if a guy had an accident?
Would he just…not be allowed to worship any more?”
Expression slightly ashamed, Kira looked down at the toes of her
boots. “But it wasn’t an accident; it was deliberate. Anyone who
deliberately mutilates him or herself–‘defiling the temple of the
body’ she called it–is not allowed to enter a precinct. Castration
counts as deliberate mutilation.” She breathed out heavily. “I’ve
never heard of this law before but I’m sure it’s there. Winn wouldn’t
dare make it up.”
“I’m not so sure about that,” Jake muttered and turned away,
headed for ops.
Gamma shift was on duty when he got there. He went straight to
his father’s office. “I wouldn’t go in, if I were you,” one of the
officers said without looking up. Jake paused. He had never before
dared to interrupt his father in a conference, but he had never before
had a friend discriminated against unfairly, either. At the door, he
took a deep breath before hitting the release and entering.
His father was leaning across the desk, knuckles resting on the
top, facing down Winn. Both looked up at Jake. “Jake, not now,”
Sisko said.
“But Dad–”
“Not now, Jake.”
Jake shot a poisoned look at Winn. “You won’t get away with
this,” he said, but stepped back to let the doors shut again, then
headed down to the guest quarters where Salene was staying. Two
Vulcans, a woman and a man, had set themselves up as an impromptu
guard outside. They did not move when Jake approached.
“The chi`pah does not wish to be disturbed,” said the man.
‘Chi`pah’? It must be some kind of title. Jake wondered what it
meant. Before, he had only dimly perceived Salene’s status among the
other Vulcans but now it struck him forcefully. “I just want to talk
to him,” he said. “He’s my friend.”
“Come back tomorrow,” the woman said. “It seems we shall still
be here.” She spoke wryly.
“You mean if he doesn’t go to Bajor, you won’t either?”
“*None* of the chorus will go,” the other Vulcan said. “Even the
Bajoran members. Chi`pah Salene was specifically invited as the
soprano. Either he sings, or none of us will.”
“Good,” Jake said decisively. Let Winn put that in her pipe and
smoke it.
The Vulcans seemed somewhat mollified by his emphatic agreement
but still refused to let him in so he took himself back to his room,
frustrated at being thwarted twice in a row. His father returned an
hour and a half later. The intervening time had cooled Jake’s temper
enough for him to realize that his father was going to be furious.
That knowledge left him weak in the belly. Sisko angry sent the
entire station creeping like mice. It was not that he was a violent
man; one simply did not tweak the panther. Jake wondered now if his
parting shot to Winn had been worth it.
When Sisko entered, father and son stared at one another across
the expanse of living room, measuring. Finally, Jake dropped his
eyes. “I put your dinner in the warmer.”
His father ignored the attempted diversion. “Just what did you
think you were doing, earlier in my office?”
Embarrassed, Jake dropped down in a chair and crossed his arms
defensively. “She made me mad!”
“She made me mad, too. But ‘you won’t get away with this’ sounds
like something out of a bad comicslip. I would think that you–the
writer–could do better!” He shook his head and walked over to the
warmer to retrieve his dinner. “Of course she can ‘get away’ with it,
Jake. She’s the kai.” He sat down at the table and spread a napkin
on his lap. “This was already enough of a diplomatic mess without you
butting in, too.”
“The choir won’t sing if Salene isn’t allowed to,” Jake said, as
if their collective defiance could prop up his own.
“So Maestro Ellis informed me–but that just inclines Winn to dig
in her heels. It’s certainly not the way to solve the issue.”
“*Solve* it!” Jake exploded to his feet, paced around. “What’s
to solve? She’s *wrong*, Dad. It’s just…*wrong*.”
Sisko steepled his hands above his plate and studied Jake a long
moment. “I’m glad that Winn’s attitude bothers you. I’m proud that
you’re turning into the kind of man who would be bothered by it. But”
–he raised a finger–“we have to be careful when we’re dealing with
someone else’s religious beliefs. Tolerance.”
“I know.” Jake sat down again, hands clasped before him, elbows
resting on his knees. “But when do we stop being tolerant and stand
up for what’s right? Remember what you said about Great Aunt Cassie
letting her granddaughter die of diabetes, for pete’s sake, because
they were Christian Scientists? You said you thought the court had
been right to force her to let Jillian receive treatment. That wasn’t
tolerating her beliefs.”
“It was a life-or-death situation, Jake. This isn’t.”
“Maybe not, but does it have to be? When is enough, enough?”
Sisko sighed. “Your question is a valid one–but difficult. Who
made it my place to judge what is ultimately right or wrong?”
“But you’re the Emissary! You could do something about it! The
people would listen to you.”
Shaking his head, Sisko took another bite and swallowed. “You
missed the point, Jake. I’m not about to start using my status as
Emissary to play God. I’m not a god. Now, if Winn were stirring up a
witch-hunt against Salene, or trying to deny his basic civil rights,
I’d slap her down so fast, she wouldn’t know what hit her. But she’s
not doing any of those things.” Sisko spread his hands. “She simply
denied Salene’s right to sing in a Temple, based on a point of their
religious law. Telling her she can’t do that would step beyond
Federation jurisdiction. We may think she’s wrong, but we can’t force
her to alter her beliefs. We can only argue our own side and see if
it changes her mind.” He paused, smiled widely. “Which is precisely
what I did.” Then he took another bite, chewed and swallowed. “I
believe our dear kai wanted to have her mind changed.”
“Huh?”
“For once in her life, Winn seems to have done something purely
for religious reasons with no political maneuvering. I believe the
shock of hearing that Vulcan’s prize soprano was not a woman, but a
castrated man launched her into acting before thinking.”
“But how did Salene get invited in the first place?”
“An accident of terminology, apparently. Winn didn’t decide on
each of these invitations personally–she doesn’t have the time. It
was a collaboration between her office and Shakaar’s. The choices
were made by flunkies. The name ‘Salene’ sounds feminine to a Bajoran
who doesn’t know about Vulcan naming customs, and together with the
designation ‘soprano’ he got filed as a woman. Blanket invitations
were sent to each world with a list of names attached. No doubt the
Vulcans assumed Bajor knew who they were asking, while the Bajorans
assumed they knew what they were getting. Now everyone’s surprised
and Winn’s suffering from foot-in-mouth disease.”
Sisko sat back and ran a hand over his bare head. “Some of the
doubts surrounding Bajor’s Federation application include issues of
tolerance. And the Federation member who has expressed those doubts
in council most often is Vulcan. Insulting one of their most
celebrated sacred singers is not the way to convince them that Bajor
is ready to join the Federation. Winn is looking for a way to back
down without losing face. I gave her one.”
Jake opened his mouth to ask what it was, but the door buzzer
interrupted. Sisko rose to answer; Jake beat him to it. “I’ll get
it. You finish eating.”
“First rule of being in command,” Sisko said, sitting back down.
“Grab food and sleep when you can.”
Grinning, Jake opened the door. Salene stood on the other side.

V.

Thrown entirely off-balance by Salene’s unexpected appearance,
Jake blurted, “I tried to see you earlier but they wouldn’t let me
in!”
“So I was told,” Salene said. “My colleagues can be needlessly
overprotective.” He nodded past Jake’s shoulder. “May I enter?”
“Oh–yeah.” Jake stepped aside. As he passed, Salene briefly
gripped Jake’s upper arm, a gesture intimate in its assumed
familiarity. Salene had never touched Jake before, not even
accidentally. Vulcans wore personal space like plate armor.
Face carefully neutral, Jake’s father had risen. “Chi`pah
Salene, what can I do for you?”
Salene nodded to the table with its plate of half-eaten food.
“You can finish your meal,” he replied. “I did not mean to interrupt.
Nor have I come to further complicate matters for you, captain.
Rather the reverse, I hope.”
Sisko raised an eyebrow, but sat down again. “Can I get you a
drink?” Jake asked Salene. He wanted to do something, was frustrated
by his impotence in this entire affair.
Salene shook his head, “No, but I thank you.” Then he took the
chair Jake’s father had indicated, opposite Sisko’s own at the table.
“I have been in contact with First Minister Shakaar,” he said without
preamble. Both Sisko’s eyebrows shot up but he did not comment,
continued to eat instead. Jake sat down in the third chair and folded
his arms on the table top to listen. “The First Minister has kindly
agreed to find a new location for the festival–one that will not
involve sacred property. But that could take several days, postponing
the festival’s opening and requiring all of us to impose on your
hospitality somewhat longer. Is that possible? If not, we will need
to make other arrangements.”
Jake’s father had quit eating, fork balanced forgotten in the
fingers of his right hand. “Despite Winn, you’re still willing to
sing on Bajor?”
Salene gave a small, rather un-Vulcan shrug. “If I do not sing,
the chorus will not. I owe my colleagues better than that.”
“But Winn insulted you!” Jake burst out.
Steepling his long, tan hands, Salene said, “There is no insult
where none is taken. I refuse to let one woman’s prejudice, or any
illogical pride on my part, be the ruin of this festival.”
Jake’s father shook his head. “Salene, you amaze me. But it’s
not going to be necessary to postpone the festival and find a new
location. You’ll be allowed to sing in the Great Temple after all.”
“But the law–” Salene began.
Sisko raised the hand holding the fork. “Upon reconsideration,
Winn has wisely decided that this law does not apply to offworlders.”
Jake remembered what his father had said about changing Winn’s
mind. “How did you convince her, Dad?”
“A little theological argument.” His father set down the fork
finally, leaned back in his chair, his meal forgotten. “I asked Winn
to explain the law. She said that any deliberate physical mutilation
insults the Prophets because the body is regarded as a temple. Some
Bajorans even use clip-on earrings to avoid piercing the ear. I’m
sure you’ve noticed that.”
Jake nodded. Salene simply listened.
“So”–Jake’s father spread both hands on the table–“I said that
in light of this law, of which I had been previously unaware, I would
regretfully have to cancel any future temple appearances. I most
certainly did not want to insult the Prophets. Naturally, she wanted
to know why I must cancel. I explained that I’m circumcised.”
Jake burst out laughing. Salene raised both eyebrows, but still
said nothing.
“I’m afraid the good kai did not at first know what I meant,”
Sisko added, still with a straight face.
“You mean you had to *explain* it to her?” Jake asked. “I’d have
loved to see that!”
“She was, admittedly, a bit embarrassed.” Sisko finally released
his own grin. “It’s certainly not the sort of thing that would have
occurred to her to ask; Bajorans don’t practice it. Given Winn’s
initial confusion, I’m not sure they can; I don’t think their men
possess a foreskin. But it also presented her with a puzzle: the law
meant the prophets’ own Emissary couldn’t enter one of the Prophets’
temples. She decided that in choosing me, the Prophets had declared
the law null and void–at least for non-Bajorans.” He turned to
Salene, made a little concessive gesture. “Therefore you’ll be
permitted to sing in their Great Temple after all. If you’re still
willing.”
“Of course. That is what I came here for. And…a very clever
argument.”
“I’ve found that dealing with Winn gives a whole new meaning to
the word ‘diplomacy’.”
Almost, almost Salene smiled.

***

Yet Winn’s agreement to let Salene sing did not, Jake discovered,
magically end bias against him. Protestors marched outside the Great
Temple every night that Salene performed while inside, the curious
gathered to gawk and whisper. Despite it all, Salene sang–filling
the temple’s expanse with the magnificence of that shattering soprano.
Some of the mutterers left converted; others’ prejudice rendered them
deaf to glory.
Jake, who attended all Salene’s performances, grew increasingly
frustrated with his own impotence. His father had been the one to
convince Winn to change her mind, and Salene’s graciousness and
courage had led him to perform despite insults and opposition and
picket lines. What could Jake himself possibly add to that? Yet he
desperately wanted to do something; Salene was his friend.
The answer came to him during the last performance. Positively
transfigured, Salene stepped into the spotlights and took over the
Temple, performing a brilliant coloratura by Hesse, ‘Generoso
risuegliati o core,’ followed by the sweet purity of a Vulcan hymn
which–for all its comparative simplicity–was the night’s true
apotheosis. Indescribable beauty seized Jake and shook him, nearly
made him weep in the same way the power of words could wrench his
soul.
The power of words.
Jake caught his breath. He might be no politician or diplomat,
no station captain or kai. But he was a storyteller. Diplomacy could
change the laws, force peoples’ compliance. Legislated morality.
Stories altered the capacity of the heart, made others see the world
from a wider perspective.

***

Jake began writing on the same day he bid farewell to Salene.
It was an awkward goodbye. Vulcans were not given to sentiment
and the profound sadness stirred in Jake by Salene’s departure
bothered him. The Vulcan had, unaccountably, come to mean more to him
in a month than some people meant after a year. Perhaps it had been
only loneliness assuaged for a while, or a young man’s desire to find
a hero. In any case, he did not know how to express himself and, in a
black muddle of misery and angry embarrassment, said, “I bet you’ll be
glad to get back to your friends in T’LingShar.”
“A Vulcan has colleagues and family,” Salene answered, unable to
quite meet Jake’s eyes as he said it, “not friends. Not often.”
“Well, you’re my friend,” Jake blurted, then blushed and looked
down at his feet, afraid he might have overstepped unspoken
boundaries.
But Salene said only, “I…thank you for that, Jake Sisko. Stay
in touch.” And turning, he walked through the docking tunnel into the
Vulcan transport vessel.
For a month, Jake researched, wrote, and edited feverishly, fired
by something he could not name, had not felt since the unnatural
passion stirred in him by Oniya, the vampire muse. But this time it
was different. It came from him alone, welled up inside and burst out
in an uncontrollable torrent.
Once before, he had toyed with the idea of using a castrato for a
character but had not, knowing it to be toying indeed–born of the
same perverse curiosity which had brought whisperers and rumormongers
to hear Salene sing in the temple. Yet Jake no longer watched from
the sidelines. He was in the middle of it. To write well, one had to
notice everything, it was true. But one also had to live it. Writing
was, ultimately, existential. He wanted people to know Salene as he
did now–a man, not a freak. He wanted them to hear Salene’s story.
At the end of the month, Jake sent off to Salene a final draft of
the manuscript on velslip, together with a note:

“You once said that I just needed to find a story I
wanted to tell. I’ve found it–but I won’t tell it
without your permission. The names and details have
been changed to protect the guilty.”

A few weeks later, it came back with minor musical details
corrected and two words at the end: “Sell it.”
He did. And thirteen months after that, he read his name in
print for the first time beneath the title of a story:

“Orfeo”
by Jake Sisko

*** Finis ***

Though “Orfeo” was originally written as a stand-alone story and may
certainly be read as such, there is a sequel. For those interested in
what happens next and not offended by adult material, check out “Eye
of the Storm.”

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged | Leave a comment

Ones Self

bluenebula@mail.chariot.net.au

Paramount owns the characters and yes, even the situation. But the
dialogue and everything else is mine!

Do not archive or reprint for public use without my permission.
Any and all feedback welcome at bluenebula@chariot.net.au

This is my take on the conversation between the Elder Odo and the
Younger Odo in ‘Children of Time’.

——–========= (o) ========——–
One Self – Elder and Younger
by
Debbie Kaminski
(c) May 15, 1997
——–========= (o) ========——–

Odo stood to the side, gazing sadly at the golden gel that was his
younger self. He knew too well what thoughts raced through the
younger self’s mind. So alone…so afraid….just like he had been two
hundred years ago. Trapped in stasis, unable to form into his
humanoid shape to find out what had happened, who had been hurt,
who had …. died.

*He must know* Odo decided. *He must not be left in the dark.*

With that thought, Odo lowered his hand and linked with his younger
self.

Immediately the questions he himself had had so many years ago
barrelled towards him, demanding to know who he was, where they were,
what had happened. As simply as he could, Odo allowed the knowledge
and memories of two hundred years pass effortlessly from the elder into
the younger, carefully hiding a few of the more recent memories.

Mere minutes passed in silence. Then the younger self’s thoughts
broke through with both their pain and anguish.

^_Nerys_ … dead…^

*They all died, the Prophets just called our Nerys quicker than the
others*.

Even through the link the words held bitterness and sarcasm.

There was quiet.

^I never told her…^ the younger mourned.

*No, you never did. I told her*

^WHY!?! I hid it for so long…^

The elder sighed. *Two hundred years is a long time to rethink
your mistakes. A long time to carry pain. I made the choice you
would never make, that I never made. I regretted never telling her,
painfully. I could not let you carry that pain if what I plan fails*

The younger was startled. ^How did she react?^

*When I told her? Why don’t I let you remember…*

Now the elder allowed the hidden memories to surface. The kiss,
the softness of her lips on his….

^Oh my…^

The elder smiled. *Yes, you see now*

A pause.

^What you plan…what are you going to do?^

*Undo the wrong. This was not meant to happen.*

^But that would be an interruption in the…^

The silent words were harsh. *No! _This_ was the interruption,
_this_ is not the way time flows. Time moves forward, not backwards
like this! It must be corrected, to save their lives, to save Nerys*

^Nerys…^

*Yes, I can save Nerys*

^But what will you do?^

*I can reset the co-ordinates. They will never crash, Nerys will
not
die yet, you will return to the station. And you will not be at fault,
you have no way of warning them of my interferance. It will be _my_
interferance that will correct the time flow, not yours. Convince
Nerys of that when you return and are well. It was me, not you.*

^But we are one and the same. That’s how Nerys will view it…^

*Convince her, younger self. If not you will feel the same pain I
have*

The elder paused. There was not much time left.

*Younger self, I must leave now. Our time is over. I will try to
change what has been wronged, and when you return to the station
cherish your time with her three folds. You will outlive her, and your
memories will stay with you eternally. It’s up to you whether they are
of pain or of joy.*

The younger was silent for a few seconds then finally answered. ^I
do cherish her….but can she cherish me?^

*I do not know the answer, younger self. I do not know what will
happen for you, but learn from what I have passed onto you. My
memories are now yours. Learn well.*

The link broke then. The elder pulled away and reformed his hand.
Odo took one last look at his younger self before stepping out to do
what he must do.

——–========= THE END ========——–

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged | Leave a comment

Resistance

From newsfeed.pitt.edu!news.duq.edu!newsgate.duke.edu!newshost.convex.com!cnn.exu.ericsson.se!eua.ericsson.se!
news.algonet.se!news.uoregon.edu!hunter.premier.net!www.nntp.primenet.com!nntp.primenet.com!howland.erols.net!
EU.net!Norway.EU.net!nntp.uio.no!nntp.zit.th-darmstadt.de!fu-berlin.de!news.coli.uni-sb.de!news.in-trier.de!shodan.in-trier.de!bero Wed Oct 2 16:07:26 1996
Path: newsfeed.pitt.edu!news.duq.edu!newsgate.duke.edu!newshost.convex.com!cnn.exu.ericsson.se!eua.ericsson.se!
news.algonet.se!news.uoregon.edu!hunter.premier.net!www.nntp.primenet.com!nntp.primenet.com!howland.erols.net!
EU.net!Norway.EU.net!nntp.uio.no!nntp.zit.th-darmstadt.de!fu-berlin.de!news.coli.uni-sb.de!news.in-trier.de!shodan.in-trier.de!bero
From: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer
Newsgroups: alt.startrek.creative
Subject: NEW: TNG Resistance PG
Date: Wed, 2 Oct 1996 02:30:24 +0200
Organization: Individual Network Trier/GER
Message-ID:
NNTP-Posting-Host: shodan.in-trier.de
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII

STAR TREK
THE NEXT GENERATION

“Resistance”

===============================================================
by Bernhard Rosenkraenzer (root@startrek.in-trier.de)
Any kind of feedback is greatly appreciated.
===============================================================

Chapter One

“Captain’s log, stardate 48039.5
We are proceeding to starbase 141 for repairs and refits, as well as some
minor changes in the crew. Since the plans to add a new weapon to Galaxy
class starships have been cancelled when we found out that the Borg are no
longer a threat, we are not expecting any major changes. The crew is
scheduled for shore leave in the starbase’s recreational areas. After our
recent strenuous missions, it will be a welcome change.”

Though he would never admit it to the crew, Picard was looking forward to
the leave, and hoped it wouldn’t be cancelled like their last promised off-
time. Granted, their mission to explore the anomaly in the Romulan Neutral
Zone had been important and urgent, but how many more urgent events could
wait for his ship and crew?

His old friend and Academy roommate in the first year, Admiral S’trel, was
in command of starbase 141. It would be good to see him again.

He stood up, and pulled his uniform jacket down. “I’ll be in my ready
room. Number One, you have the bridge.”

They were in the middle of Federation space. He would probably not be
needed on the bridge until they arrived at the starbase. It would give him
an opportunity to practice saying “SShSrsreowSrtSskr SsS KRkRst”, the
Setallian greeting – back in the Academy, S’trel had always bugged Picard
about not being able to give a proper welcome. The Setallian language,
like the languages of most other sentient cat-like beings, was extremely
hard to learn for humanoids. It had 42 different “s” sounds, and only two
vowels. With the genaral availability of universal translators, the need
to learn foreign languages had gone, but there were some things that could
be expressed in other languages better than in Federation standard, and
Picard had tried to know the basics of all important languages spoken in
the Federation.

While Picard practised, Data reviewed the results of the latest
cybernetics conferences. Commander Maddox still served on starbase 141,
and it would be a good opportunity to discuss android construction –
procreation, he thought – with another expert.

Riker sat in the captain’s chair without anything special to do – he knew
what he’d do on the starbase, and it didn’t require preparation. Starbase
141 had been equipped with the latest holodeck technology, and after the
Bynars had shown him what holodecks might be able to do, he didn’t pass up
an opportunity to check out improved holodecks.

“Estimated time of arrival, Ensign Seron?”, he asked.

The Vulcan navigator replied, without looking up from his console, “At the
current speed, without further delays, we will arrive at starbase 141 in
fifty-nine minutes.” Seron’s mentioning of fifty-nine minutes reminded
Riker of Data’s early days, and remembered his insistance on seconds
whenever mentioning a time. He wondered if the Vulcan was just more
inaccurate than an android, or whether he had just asked fifty-nine
minutes and zero seconds before they would arrive.

One more hour… Riker was tempted to let Data have the bridge, or to
order Seron to increase speed, but he couldn’t find a professional excuse.
The hour passed – extremely slowly, Riker thought – and the Enterprise
docked at the starbase. Riker had decided to dock manually. It was a good
training for the crew, and besides, it was less boring than just a routine
automatic docking. Picard, Troi and LaForge were the first personnel to
beam off the ship – before starting their time off, they had to co-
ordinate the changes in the ship and crew with the starbase personnel.
S’trel and two humanoids welcomed them.

“Admiral”, Picard greeted his old friend. With his crew members around, he
tried to be more formal than necessary.

“Good to see you again, Jean-Luc. Apparently, some things have changed
since we last met.” S’trel had never been a formal person – and he hadn’t
expected to be called “Admiral” by his old friend (who had never liked
being formal – back in the Academy). “These are my assistants, Lieutenant
Commander Tyro of the personnel department, and Commander Taiara from
Engineering. Jean-Luc, I don’t think your crew members will need you to
discuss the changes.” He pointed his tail to his office door – a Setallian
gesture to invite Picard in.

Picard followed S’trel into the office, and said, “Yes, S’trel, some
things have changed indeed… SShSrsreowSrtSskr SsS KRkRst.” His reference
to changes was supposed to mean he had managed to get his Setallian
greeting right, in all the years.

“Oh, yes, of course.” S’trel reacted. “Back in academy days, your ‘s’ was
better. Just how could I forget?”

Picard noticed the doors closing behind them, and just before they were
shut, he saw a grinning Geordi LaForge. He’d overheard their conversation.
Damn. Just why couldn’t he have waited a few seconds longer…

LaForge quickly regained control, and started discussing system upgrades
with Taiara.

***

Data beamed to the starbase shortly after. Though the android didn’t think
it was necessary, Worf kept a transporter lock on him. The Chief of
Security had insisted on taking some measures, just in case Maddox would
get the idea to disassemble the android for research purposes. Worf was
convinced that a person who had wanted to disassemble – to kill – one of
“his” crew members, no matter how long ago it had been, couldn’t be
trusted, though Data had forgiven Maddox. He thought that, over the time,
Maddox had got to know him good enough to know he was more than just a
fine piece of engineering and software programming, and he doubted Maddox
would risk a life for his research. He was a fanatic scientist, and he’d
dismantle a uniquely advanced computer for research purposes without
problems, but he wouldn’t kill.

“Come in.” he heard Maddox’ voice. The doors opened, and Data entered.
Maddox eyed his nearly-victim. “You look good.” he said.

“I am an android”, Data explained. “My appearance does not change unless I
see a need to make changes to it.”

Oh, well. Of course. “Just a greeting, Mr. Data.”

Data nodded understanding, and they spent the rest of their time
discussing android construction, and the problems of copying information
from positronic brains.

***
“Captain’s log, stardate 48049.4
Starbase 141’s engineers have finished repairing and refitting the ship.
Aside from a new program which enables sensors to detect cloaked Romulan
ships while they are travelling at sub-light speed, there have been no
major changes.

We will leave spacedock as soon as all crew members have returned to the
ship.”

Picard finished his log entry, and looked around on the bridge. Counselor
Troi and Ensign Seron had returned from the leave, but all other stations
on the bridge remained unmanned.

Aside from some time with S’trel, he’d been on the ship all the time. As
the ship’s Captain, it was his duty to check the repair crews’ progress
from time to time. Most others had beamed to the starbase, and just
returned to get some sleep. Except for…

“I’m a bit worried about Commander LaForge”, he told Troi. “The time at
starbase 141 was meant as a shore leave and a time of recreation for the
crew – but he was in engineering all the time. Commander Taiara said he
installed the new sensor programs himself, and he did all the fine-tuning
to the warp-engines. Not exactly what I would call relaxing, or a change
from normal duty.”

“What would you have wanted him to do?”, she asked.

“Take a leave, go to the starbase’s recreational areas, or maybe the
Enterprise’s holodecks. He hasn’t left the ship for quite some time.”
“Reminds me of someone else on this ship.” Troi replied.

He knew whom Troi was referring to, and immediately regretted having
started the topic. He was the Captain. He had a duty to fulfil. He didn’t
need, and couldn’t afford off-time. But how do you explain this to a
ship’s Counselor? To an empathic ship’s Counselor, who is aware of sensing
when you are stressed, worried, or concerned?

He came to the conclusion that no reply would be the best reply.
“Captain, Starfleet Command has granted us shore leave till stardate
48050.0. The crew won’t be back before that time, either way. Why don’t
you spend some time in the holodeck?”

Okay, the recent mission had been quite strenuous, after all…
He changed into some medieval (twentieth century) clothing, and went to
the holodeck. “Computer, generate a case in the fictional world of Dixon
Hill, where I will take Hill’s place.”

The computer didn’t take long to finish the program. Picard entered, and
found himself in the office of Dixon Hill, private investigator.

Whenever he entered the world of Dixon Hill, his first look was out of the
window. The sight of ancient streets, covered with automobiles, fascinated
him. He knew this was just a fictional world, but it was surely close to
historic reports about the twentieth century. A sound from an ancient
communicator, telephone, or whatever it was called, caught his attention.

“Dixon Hill here”, he said.

“A Mr. Ansley wants to speak with you. He says it’s urgent, but he refuses
to tell me what he wants to consult you about.” Picard recognized “his”
secretary’s voice from earlier programs. “Send him in.”

The door opened quickly, and hit the wall with a loud bang. A slender man
of thirty, maybe forty years entered, running rather than going, towards
the desk. “They’re trying to kill me.” he shouted out, obviously troubled.
“Take a seat.” Picard pointed to a chair near his desk. “Who is ‘they’,
and why are they trying to kill you?”

Ansley hastily sat down. “I need help! They’re killing me!” Picard told
him to calm down. He tried to relax, and started explaining, still with
some panic in his voice. “I don’t know who it is, or why, but someone is
trying to kill me. It started about a week ago. I tried to cross a street,
and was nearly hit by a car at a high speed.” Picard needed a bit of time
to remember people in the twentieth century had called automobiles cars.
Before he had first heard the expression, he had wondered how the people
in that era had got along with having extremely long and complicated words
for an everyday tool. Ansley continued telling him what had happened. “I
first thought it was just an accident, and a driver too nervous to stop
and say sorry, but on the way to work, someone shot at me. Didn’t see him,
though, just heard the shot. I ran away, somehow hoping the person had
just nearly hit a wrong target. But a day later, a car tried to push my
car off the street. Well, my car was faster. I managed to get away just in
time.”

“Why don’t you inform the police? They have more personnel, and are
probably better suited to protect you.” Picard asked. He realized this was
probably not Dixon Hill’s way – after all, the private investigator had
had to earn money (another obscurity of the twentieth century) by doing
police work, but it surely was his way.

“I’ve been to the cops. They just laughed at me. They said, look left and
right before you cross the street, don’t mistake every sound from a
starting engine as a shot, and some drivers just have a violent style of
overtaking. They said that, if I hadn’t exaggerated when telling them how
fast I had had to flee in my car, I should be glad they had not been
around, because it might have become rather expensive.”

“So you can’t be sure someone is actually trying to kill you?”

“They are trying to kill me. Definitely. I just…” He paused for a
moment, probably thinking about what he was about to say. “Don’t have a
proof for it. I’ve even returned to the place they tried to shoot me, but
I couldn’t find a bullet.”

“Then the police might have been right?”

“No way. I’m not the fool they think I am.”

“Okay, I’ll take that for granted. You say it started a week ago. Why
didn’t you come for help earlier?” Picard asked, getting interested in the
case.

“Well,” Ansley started. “I tried to believe in accidents as long as it was
somehow possible. Then, I had a hope for the cops. Then I didn’t know what
to do. I thought about consulting a private investigator, but at first I
thought I couldn’t afford it. I’m not very rich, you know. But then, I
came to the conclusion I’d rather sell my car and house than being
killed.”

“I understand.” Picard agreed. “I will take your case, and I promise I
won’t try to make much profit out of it.

Now, do you have any idea who is trying to kill you, or why?”
“I don’t know.” He stated. “It is entirely possible that -”
The man suddenly grabbed his hands around his throat, and fell off the
chair.

Picard jumped around the desk, and checked his vital signs. Nothing. He
tried to revive the man, using old First Aid method as well as ones
developed centuries after this story was set. No response.

He smelled. Bitter almonds. Potassium cyanide. Poison. The man had been
right.

Who had he been? Picard searched his pockets, and found nothing unusual
for a person of that time – a driving license, some money, cigarettes and
a few matches. Picard looked at the cigarettes in disgust. In earlier
holodeck simulations, he had tried smoking them (with the holodeck
safeties in place, it couldn’t do him any harm), but he had never liked
them. He had never understood why people in the twentieth and early twenty-
first century could have smoked them – they had found out that they were
hazardous, and they had to pay money for them, and besides, they didn’t
have a good taste, or any positive effect. Good thing it had been
forbidden in the twenty-first century – he surely wouldn’t like having
clouds of smoke on the bridge. He dismissed the thought, and looked at the
driving license instead.

The photo matched the dead body in his office. It was the first time
Picard got to see a driving license for automobiles, so he checked
everything carefully. Strange. It was a driving license for a “George L.
Staunton”. Hadn’t the man introduced himself as “Ansley”?
Picard thought about it for a moment. The next logical step would be to
find out his “friend”‘s true identity. He sat down at his desk. From the
prior simulations, he knew Dixon Hill had a friend in the police. Maybe he
could be of some help. He took the phone, and…

“We’re ready to leave. Captain Picard, report to the bridge!” Commander
Riker’s voice disturbed him.

He sighed. So much for the relaxing effects of a holodeck. The biggest
problem with non-duty occupations was that they were usually interrupted
when they were starting to get interesting..

“Computer, save program Hill-2. Exit.”

The program ended, and Picard left.

Chapter Two

“Captain’s log, stardate 48050.0
With repairs and refits finished, and the crew back aboard, we’re leaving
starbase 141. Our mission is to transport some dilithium crystals to Dr.
Rybo at the Warp Engine Research Institute on Talar IV.”

“I’m looking forward to meeting Dr. Rybo. His theories on dynamic warp
field geometry are most fascinating.” Seron said.

“Dynamic warp field geometry? For what purpose?” Riker asked.
Data started explaining. “Dr. Rybo is trying to alter warp fields, in
order to permit high warp speeds without polluting subspace. His computer
simulations are rather promising, and he is about to build the first
prototypes. Starfleet Command is planning to integrate the new
technologies in the new Intrepid- and Universe-Class starships. The basic
theory behind Dr. Rybo’s experiment is based on the theory of
dimensional…”

“Thank you, Mr. Data. I think I understand.” Riker interrupted him.

Data looked a bit puzzled. He had not explained much, yet Riker said he
understood. Maybe the first officer had just forgotten Dr. Rybo’s name,
and a short explanation had been enough to reactivate his old memories.
Data went on with his work without thinking further of it. The human brain
surely was a strange thing.

“Mr. Seron, set a course for Talar IV. Warp 5.” Picard ordered.

The Vulcan complied, and the ship got underway.

“I’ll be in my ready room. Number One, you have the bridge.” Picard said.
He wanted to read some reports on Dr. Rybo’s progress. He was not an
engineering specialist, but it would be good to understand the basics
behind the theories when arriving at the Warp Engine Research Institute.
He called up information on the warp drive, and the schematics of the new
warp fields. As far as he understood it, the engines would work, but they
might have different – maybe even more fatal – consequences for subspace.
Some more research would be necessary.

He concentrated on the modifications.

“Captain Picard, report to the bridge.”

He had nearly expected it – knowing about the warp theories wasn’t
required for performing his duties, after all. And being through the
basics, it all had just started to be interesting…

He sighed under his breath, shut down his computer access terminal, and
went to the bridge.

“Status report, Number One.”

“We are receiving a distress call from the Omicron Theta system, near the
Romulan Neutral Zone.” Riker explained. “It’s audio only.”

“On speakers.” Picard said.

The room filled with static noise. It was difficult to understand parts of
the message – impossible to understand all of it.

“…attack… …se respond.”

“What do you make of it?” Picard said. He thought he had understand enough
of the message to know what was happening, but he wanted to hear other
opinions. The voice seemed somehow familiar, but Picard couldn’t tell
where he had heard it before, or whether it was just a similarity caused
by static interference.

“It would appear someone is under attack, and requires assistance.” Data
said.

Good. He’d understood correctly.

“Open a channel.”

Picard waited for Worf to build up a connection, then he started talking.
“This is Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the Federation starship Enterprise. We
have picked up parts of your distress call.”

They waited for some time. No response. Picard ordered to try again.
Whatever caused the interference might have disturbed their message, as
well.

It took about twenty seconds until they got a response. Picard ordered to
put it on the screen. There was some static interference, but the message
was understandable. Apparently, the sender had been repaired to some
degree.

“This is Hugh of Borg. We are under attack by…” A green light appeared
in the background, and Hugh threw a look at something out of the screen’s
range. If the Federation could interpret Borg mimics correctly, the
expression on Hugh’s face showed being terrified, maybe even frightened.
The viewscreen shifted, and displayed the stars. The message ended
abruptly.

“Try to re-establish contact.” Picard said. His voice was barely audible.
Worf pushed some buttons. Nothing. “We can’t establish contact. Maybe
their sender has been destroyed.”

Data checked the message’s end in the computer. “According to the sound we
have heard just before the message ended, something has most probably been
hit with an energy weapon.”

“Romulan disruptors?” Riker asked. The message originated near the Romulan
Neutral Zone. The possibility of Romulans violating the treaties couldn’t
be disregarded.

“I cannot tell for sure, Sir.” Data started. “But I do not think the
weapon was Romulan. According to the Romulan weapons I have heard before,
I would say there is a ninety-eight point seven four percent probability
that this was not a Romulan disruptor. It might be a new Romulan weapon,
but it is rather unlikely that they could construct a completely different
weapon without the Federation secret services getting to know anything
about it. It is, however, possible.”

“Are there any other Federation ships in range?” Picard asked.
Data checked his sensors. “Negative, Sir.”

“I think Dr. Rybo must wait. Ensign, set a course for the origin of the
distress call. Warp 9. Mr. Worf, notify Starfleet Command.”

Picard would have liked to discuss the situation with Starfleet Command,
or his crew, but if Hugh’s ship, or wherever he was, was damaged as badly
as it appeared, they couldn’t afford a delay.

“Mr. Data, estimated time of arrival?”

“Three hours, twelve minutes, four seconds.”

Good. Enough time for some preparation. Picard called all senior officers
to the Observation Lounge, and ordered an emergency crew to the bridge. It
was unlikely the command crew would be needed on the bridge before their
arrival, but they couldn’t afford leaving a post on the bridge unmanned.

Whatever this was, it could apparently outpower the Borg – and even though
the individual Borg ships were not nearly as dangerous as the Collective,
they were a close match to a Galaxy class starship.

Dr. Crusher was the last to arrive in the Observation Lounge. She had
finished treating a patient after Picard had called. She had always
considered her duty as a doctor more important than her duty as a bridge
officer.

The Captain waited for her to sit down, then he explained the situation to
LaForge and Dr. Crusher who hadn’t been on the bridge when they’d picked
up the distress call.

“Suggestions?”

“The Romulans.” Worf proposed. “They have been too calm recently. They
were planning something.”

“Entirely possible”, Riker threw in. “But why would they attack a Borg
ship in Federation space? They’d rather pick Federation targets.”
True enough. The Romulans hadn’t had contact with the Borg yet – or the
Tal’Shiar was better at keeping something secret than the Federation
thought. Data pointed it out.

“It is possible that the Borg shot first.” Picard suggested. “When they
assimilated me, they got to know everything I know – including the fact
that Romulans are dangerous and not really trustworthy. Maybe someone of
them remembers.”

“Then again, maybe it’s not the Romulans.” Troi suggested.

“There are other, possibly hostile, life forms on the far side of the
Romulan Empire, and the Romulans would be more than glad to grant them
save passage to Federation territory.” Worf offered, trying to give the
Romulans at least parts of the fault.

“Unlikely.” Riker said. “The Romulans know we try to establish peaceful
contact with everyone. Leading someone new to the Federation would be too
big a risk for them.”

“Unless the Romulans know the others wouldn’t want peace with the
Federation.” Worf insisted. “It would be a typically Romulan strategy to
send someone else to fight their wars, and then hide behind the treaties.”
“Possible.” Picard said. “However, I don’t think these speculations make
sense before we know more. Any suggestions?”

Worf suggested to run a level one diagnostic on the ship’s weapons, to
make sure they wouldn’t find a starbase engineer’s mistake when they least
needed it. Picard didn’t think it was necessary, but it couldn’t do any
harm, either. “Make it so. And, continue hailing the Borg. If they weren’t
destroyed, they might have repaired their sender, and they might be able
to tell us more.”

Picard looked around to see if there were any more comments or
suggestions. When he saw it wasn’t the case, he added, “Dismissed.”
The crew returned to their posts, and the emergency crew left the bridge
quickly. “We are receiving another message from the Borg.” Worf announced.
“It is a very weak signal, audio only.”

“On the speakers.” Picard ordered.

“Enterprise…they…recreate the co…link…similate…assistance.” The
message broke down completely.

“Any comments?” Picard asked, hoping someone else could make more sense of
the message than he could.

“All I can make out is they need assistance.” Riker said.

“Not necessarily.” Data remarked. “Their reference to the word
“assistance” might also indicate they tried to come to someone’s
assistance, and this is what caused their problems. Based on our recent
encounters with Borg in both the collective and individual form, as well
as the punctuation of the word, I estimate a 0.96 percent probability that
this is the case.”

“They addressed their message directly to the Enterprise. At least we know
they have received our call.” Riker stated.

Further speculation about the message wouldn’t do any good, Picard
realised. He tried to come up with something else. “Mr. Data, what do we
know about the Omicron Theta system?” Maybe something in the system’s
geography could explain the bad transmission quality.

“I am afraid we do not have much information on the Omicron Theta system.
It is one of the outermost systems in Federation space, directly at the
Romulan neutral zone. The only ships regularly in the sector are some old
patrol ships, without any sensors valid for space exploration.

Aside from the Talara anomaly, a gaseous anomaly which has never been
fully explored, there are no known anomalies. The Omicron Theta system has
twelve planets we never charted. According to the size and energy of the
sun, as well as the distance between the planets and the sun, two of them
might be Class M, capable of supporting life. No known life forms.”

Not much – but Picard hadn’t expected more information about the
Federation’s outermost systems. The Federation had charted only 18% of the
known galaxy, mostly the space around the Federation’s main planets. “Keep
hailing the Borg. Maybe they find a way to re-establish contact.”

Worf kept trying until they arrived in the Omicron Theta system. No
response.

“Captain’s log, supplemental. Following a distress call from Hugh of Borg,
we have entered the Omicron Theta system. So far, there are no indication
of the Borg’s, or anyone else’s, presence in the system, or the area near
it. We will remain in this area until we find out what has happened.”

Right after Picard had finished his log entry, Seron announced “An
unidentified ship is approaching from the direction of the Romulan Neutral
Zone.”

“Hugh’s ship.” Picard speculated. “Maybe they have detected us on their
sensors, and they want to contact us. Hail them.”

Worf pushed a few buttons on his console. “Not necessary. They are hailing
us. Putting them on screen.”

The image on the main viewer shifted from the exterior view to the
interior of a Borg ship. A somewhat metallic voice greeted them.

“We are Borg. Resistance is futile. You will be assimilated.”

Chapter Three

This was not at all what Picard had expected. The viewscreen still
displayed the interior of the Borg ship, apparently they had not closed
the channel. Maybe they would listen to arguments. It would probably be
the best to talk to someone they knew. Picard requested to speak with
Hugh. The Borg replied immediately.

“Names are irrelevant. Individuality is irrelevant. We have studied the
defensive capabilities of your ship, and concluded they are insufficient
to withstand us. If you resist, we will destroy your ship.”
“We need some time to prepare for assimilation.” Picard tried, hoping to
gain some time to prepare for the Borg’s attack, maybe wait for some other
ships’ assistance.

“Preparation is irrelevant. Resistance is futile. You will be
assimilated.”

The Borg closed the channel.

“A trap.” Riker sighed.

“Red alert. Notify Starfleet Command.” Picard ordered, before commenting.

“Mr. Data, how long do we have until we get in the Borg ship’s weapons’
range?”

“Thirty-eight minutes, twelve seconds.”

Forty minutes… Not enough to call for assistance, or to improvise an
improved defence system. But enough time to discuss the best response.
Running away was not an option – first, the Borg were faster and would
have caught up, anyway. Second, there were only two places to run to –
cross the Neutral Zone, and fight the Romulans and the Borg at the same
time, or return to more important Federation systems, and supply the Borg
with more targets, more inhabitants who might be worth assimilation.
Picard would have liked to call everyone to the Observation Lounge for
further discussion, but with the Borg collective hanging around, it was
too dangerous to leave the bridge. It would be better to discuss
everything right here.

He called Commander LaForge and Dr. Crusher to the bridge.
“I’m not sure we’ve run into a trap.”, Picard finally commented. “Faking
distress calls to get ships over is not exactly typical Borg behavior.”
“You’re right, Captain.” Troi joined the discussion. “For some reason, the
Borg seem to be back to collective ways. They know Starfleet’s defenses
are no match for their weapons. Their approach to assimilating the
Federation would be to go straight to the heart of our territory, and
assimilate everything they see, rather than tricking our ships to come to
them. They didn’t make bad experiences with the old strategy, so there’s
no reason to try a new one. Machines don’t experiment with their
strategies.”

“Unless their goal is not to assimilate the entire Federation. Maybe
they’re after something else.” Picard suggested.

The turbolift doors opened, and LaForge and Crusher left. They quietly
went to their places, careful not to interrupt the discussion.

“Unlikely.” Troi explained. As a psychologist, she had learned about
typical behavior of most beings known to the Federation, and she’d read
some texts about the Borg. “They wouldn’t make the same mistake twice. I
think they’ve analyzed the Wolf 359 massacre enough to know what went
wrong. The Borg don’t stop analyzing a problem until it’s solved.

Besides, they don’t consider us a threat. Their messages have always been
straight to the point. If they were after a single person, or a part of
our technology, they would have said so.”

“You are forgetting the fact that they have made some experience with
individuality.” Data offered. “Maybe they have changed their behavior
accordingly.”

“I fail to understand this.” Seron admitted. “According to Starfleet
records, the Borg have assimilated members of at least eight species, all
individual beings. They should have known about individuality and its
effects before they became individuals, before one of them experienced
individuality.” Maybe this could be an explanation for the collective
behavior of the Borg. Hugh’s sense of individuality had just created a
temporary disruption. The Vulcan knew he was just an Ensign, and it was
not part of his job to discuss the ship’s operations with the senior
officers, but this meeting was on the bridge, and there was no logical
reason against offering suggestions. No one objected against Seron
speaking, so probably, the senior officers agreed with his logic.

Picard, however, disagreed with what the Vulcan had said. Though, of
course, he was no longer part of the collective, and the after-effects had
long gone, he remembered every bit about being a Borg, about assimilation.

“Assimilation is a step-by-step procedure, Ensign. They don’t just equip
an individual with machine parts, and connect the person. They alter your
DNA, add some controlling devices to your brain, and restrain the brain
centers responsible for feelings, individuality, emotions, and all that
might prove disturbing for the collective. After they’re through with the
changes, they can connect you to the collective consciousness without any
danger.

It was different with Hugh. They found him on the crash site, and didn’t
know anything had happened to him. They connected him, and his thoughts
became one with the collective. There must have been a moment of
collective individuality in the Borg collective. when Hugh returned with
his experience and knowledge.”

“The entire collective…” Riker speculated. “Maybe that’s what went
wrong. We don’t know much about the way the Borg are connected to each
other. Maybe the Hugh effect was localized, just one fleet of Borg ships,
just a group of Borg, just Hugh’s ship.”

“It is entirely possible”, Data agreed, “that the collective is built up
like our ship’s computers. Several independent computer cores, so when one
is destroyed, another one can take over. We might have infected only one
computer core with individuality.”

“If this is the case,” Riker continued, “maybe Hugh’s distress call was
sincere, and the Borg collective is chasing the individual Borg, trying to
re-integrate them into the collective. We should scan all systems in the
vicinity for signs of Hugh’s ship.”

“If this is the case,” Picard offered, “we are dealing with what is by
definition an internal Borg affair. According to the Prime Directive, we
may not interfere in the natural progress of a different civilization, or
join any side of a civil war. We must not interfere.”

“You can’t be serious.” Riker objected. “The individual Borg are
completely different from the Borg collective. We are no longer dealing
with one culture. The Romulans were Vulcans a long time ago. If the
Romulans tried to conquer or destroy Vulcan, would you say it’s a civil
war, and we mustn’t interfere?”

“It is hardly an analogy, Commander. The Romulans split up from the
Vulcans several centuries ago.” Picard said. “They’ve built up something
completely new on their planet.”

“So have the individual Borg.” Troi tried to convince the Captain. “The
Borg culture is based on interconnection, and assimilation of the unknown.
The individual Borg don’t use that technology anymore. I’d say they’ve
built up a completely new culture in less time.”

“But the Romulans and the Vulcans separated on the behalf of both sides.
In this case, the individuals split off from the Borg collective without
their approval or knowledge. This attack on the individual Borg is a
direct effect of their actions, which is, by definition, a civil war.”
“Actions caused by the Federation, by us.” Riker argued. “We rescued Hugh.
We fed him, and we blocked his connection to the collective with a
subspace dampening field. We told him about individuality, and explained
the advantages of not being assimilated. We returned him to the
collective, knowing and hoping his experience would cause a change.
We are already involved, and it’s too late to withdraw.”

“The Prime Directive could be interpreted in that way, Sir.” Data told the
Captain.

“You’re right, Numer One.” Picard finally agreed. “Mr. Worf, scan for
other ships, or ship debris, in adjacent systems. If the Borg have not yet
destroyed or re-integrated the individuals, they might be of help.”

“I also recommend we separate the ship.” Worf suggested. “The Borg have
noticed us, and I don’t think we can avoid a battle with them.”

“No. Separating the ship would increase the danger.” Picard said. “We are
dealing with the Borg. If they see a target incapable of defense, like our
saucer section, they assimilate the crew and recycle the ship.

Separating the ship would put the families and off-duty personnel in a
bigger danger. But…” Picard thought about his decision for a moment.

“Mr. Data, scan the planets in the system. Is there a Class M planet?”

“The fifth planet is Class M. Atmospheric composition: Seventy-One percent
Nitrogen, twelve percent Carbon Dioxide, sixteen percent Oxygen, one
percent other gases.”

Picard looked at Dr. Crusher. “Breathable”, she said. “But not optimal for
humanoids.”

“Life signs?” he asked.

“The life sign readings are inconclusive, probably disturbed by one of the
minor gases in the atmosphere.” Data said. “But given the planet’s age and
atmosphere, It is highly unlikely that the planet is inhabited by advanced
life forms.”

“It’s a risk we have to take. Mr. Data, calculate the best place on the
planet for an evacuation.” Picard ordered.

“The readings are not accurate enough to determine an optimal position for
evacuation. The planet appears to have two big continents and several
islands. I can make sure they do not land in the oceans, but I cannot
guarantee for anything else.”

“Make it so.” Picard ordered. It was highly probable that soon, any place
in the universe would be better than aboard the Enterprise. Under normal
circumstances, he would have asked Counselor Troi to prepare everyone to
evacuate the ship. One of the problems with having families aboard was
that they were not used to distress situations as much as well-trained
Starfleet officers. But, evacuating an entire Galaxy Class starship would
take about half an hour, and the Borg would be there only ten minutes
later. Picard made an announcement to the entire crew. “All hands, this is
the Captain. We are expecting contact with a Borg ship in half an hour.

All off-duty personnel, all families, abandon the ship.” He ended the
message by telling everyone which transporter room or shuttle bay was
closest.

Some departments of the ship would not be needed in a battle against the
Borg, he realized. It would be best to reduce the remaining crew to a
minimum. He thought about mentioning all non-necessary departments in
another announcement, but then, he realized it would be easier to name the
remaining ones. In a battle with the Borg, there was no need for a
skeleton crew in the astrophysics lab. He made another announcement. “The
bridge crew, security groups one, two and four, and engineering groups one
and three will stay aboard. All other crew members, report to the nearest
transporter room.”

He looked around on the bridge, and noticed Dr. Crusher was still sitting
next to Riker. He looked at her. “That includes you, Doctor.”

Dr. Crusher stared at the Captain in disbelief. “You are about to enter a
battle with the Borg. You may get wounded.”

“Doctor”, Picard explained calmly. “These people were in no way prepared
to abandon the ship. Some of them will be under shock. They need
treatment.

“There are other medical…” Crusher tried to object.

Picard was convinced it was necessary to save her, even if it was against
her will. “Doctor, I don’t know when, or if, we will return. You have some
knowledge of healing people without having technology at the hand. You
have gained some experience in healing effects of plants. And, you have
made a bridge crew test. You have a talent for organization. The people on
that planet need coordination, Beverly. I’m putting you in charge of the
away team.”

The doctor looked at Picard’s face, and determined from his expression he
wouldn’t listen to her arguments. There was no point in objecting any
further. She just stood up, and said “Aye, Sir.”, in a tone clearly
indicating she still disagreed.

Chapter Four

“Captain’s log, stardate 48052.7
In expectation of the coming battle against the Borg, I have evacuated the
ship, except for an emergency crew, to the fifth planet in the Omicron
Theta system. There are ten minutes remaining until we get into the Borg
ship’s weapons’ range – unless they have improved their offensive
capabilities.”

Picard looked at the remaining crew, hopeless. The Borg had defeated a
fleet of forty Federation ships before, and now, they were all alone
against them. “Any suggestions?”, he asked.

Worf had an idea. “We could try loading a shuttle with antimatter, and
putting it on a collision course with the Borg.”

“Make it so. Mr. Worf, Mr. LaForge, prepare everything.” He didn’t have
much hope it would help. A matter/antimatter explosion was exactly what
happened in a photon torpedo, and the Borg had got used to photon
torpedoes, and developed defences. But, a shuttle was bigger than a photon
torpedo, and would have a greater impact. A little effect would be better
than no effect at all.

“I have completed the long range sensor scan”, Data reported. “There are
no signs of any ships other than us and the Borg ship.”
Damn. The individual Borg had been destroyed, or re-integrated into the
collective. Maybe it had been wrong to send Hugh back without the
destructive program. It had seemed right at that time, and ethically, it
was surely better than killing all Borg, but now… Was it worth this all?
Picard wondered.

Part of him told him he had made the right choice, but another part feared
the Federation would be destroyed – assimilated – because of his actions.
He could not permit that.

“The Borg are hailing us.” Data said.

“On screen.” Picard doubted he could accomplish anything other than
hearing they would be assimilated soon, but it was worth the try.

“We are Borg. You will be assimilated. If you resist, we will destroy your
ship. If you do not drop your shields, we will destroy your ship.”

Not too promising. Picard thought about an appropriate reply for a few
seconds. The Borg would probably not be willing to negotiate, but… An
idea came to his mind. Hugh had identified him as Locutus two years after
the Wolf 359 incident. Maybe this was a mistake common to all Borg.

“This is Locutus of Borg.” Picard said. “We are already assimilating this
ship and crew. We do not require your help.”
***
Dr. Crusher looked around. They had landed in a desert-like environment.
They had taken some water canisters and some emergency food supplies, but
in the long term, this would not be the best place for survival.

The crew was not exactly in a good state. Some people were under shock,
others were running around, shouting or crying. Crusher assembled some
medical staff to care for the crew members who had been in sick bay when
they abandoned the ship, and the people under shock. She noticed
Lieutenant Satarra from security. “Lieutenant,” she said, indicating some
family members running around wildly with her head. “Please, take care of
these people.”

Satarra nodded. He had thought of calming the people down before, but he’d
considered it better to wait for an order from the commanding officer.

Crusher took care of some patients. The Starfleet officers had got used to
the situation good enough. They had been trained for emergency situations,
even for being among the sole survivors of a major catastrophe. The family
members were a bigger problem. Some people were still under shock, others
sat on the ground, crying because their husbands or wives were still
aboard the ship, and they saw no chance for their survival.

Some children were disturbing Dr. Crusher’s work by running around wildly,
chasing each other and playing hide-and-seek, trying to hide behind her
patients, equipment, or even behind her staff.

No serious injuries, though.

Doctor Crusher looked up from her patient. It had gotten a bit calmer. “I
think they won’t disturb your work any further, Doctor.” Satarra
explained. Everything was under control.

“Mr. Satarra, it’s possible we’ll have to stay here for some more time.
Pick some Starfleet officers, and assemble some teams to explore the
planet. We’ll need some place to stay, as well as water, and maybe eatable
plants.”

She looked at the family members. She would have liked to join one of the
teams, but she was a doctor, and there were other duties waiting. “I’ll
take care of the patients. Report back in an hour.”

She picked up a medikit and started treating a patient suffering Telosian
Flu.

Satarra tapped his communicator, and asked all available Starfleet
personnel to meet with him one hundred meters north of the landing site.
It would be good to talk to them a bit away from the disordered family
members.

He started assigning groups. “Smith, T’Rak, Schneider, Ensign,” he pointed
to an Ensign he didn’t know, “you will go this way.” He pointed to his
left. “Try to look for water, if you find plants, scan them to make sure
whether we can eat them or not.”

He assigned a few more groups. Some more people were left. “Lieutenant,
Ensign,” He had already assigned most people he knew. Though he was not in
charge of the away team, this was his first command situation, and he
thought it would be best to use mostly people he knew, and he could trust.
“You will take care of the family members. Make sure they don’t run away,
or disturb Dr. Crusher’s teams.”

He waited until they had left. “T’Prea, Nash, you’re with me. We’ll go in
the direction of the mountains, and look for a place to stay.”

He had left T’Prea and Nash for a specific reason. Ensign T’Prea was a
Vulcan, and Lieutenant Nash liked bugging Vulcans about their pointed
ears. In his opinion, Vulcan ears looked like donkey ears. Putting the two
of them together in a team would surely cause some fun. If Satarra
remembered right, T’Prea and Nash had not yet met, so it would be twice as
much fun. Vulcans could be most funny when someone tried to joke about
them while they weren’t prepared.

They started their way.
***
The Borg didn’t show a reaction for five seconds. Maybe they were
analyzing the new situation. In the moment of silence aboard the
Enterprise, everyone hoped the Borg would fall for Picard’s trick. They
started replying. “Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the U.S.S. Enterprise,
Registration NCC-1701-D, we have studied the defensive capabilities of
your ship, and concluded they are insufficient to resist us. If you
resist, we will destroy your ship.”

The Borg closed the channel, and locked a tractor beam on the Enterprise.
Picard stood up from the command chair, and ran to Worf’s station. With
the Klingon working on the shuttle-weapon, and only an emergency crew
aboard, it was unmanned.

Picard looked at the readouts. Shields were still up to 98 percent. They
were still too far from the Borg ship to get any real damage. The Captain
tapped his communicator. “Picard to Worf. When will the shuttle be ready?”
Worf replied. “We have loaded the spare antimatter tanks to the shuttle.
Commander LaForge is working on a program that opens the antimatter tanks
when the shuttle collides with the Borg ship.”

LaForge’s voice came through. “I’m almost ready, Captain. Just one more
minute.”

Good. Their new weapon would be ready in time. Picard didn’t end the
communication. Maybe Worf or LaForge would have a suggestion for the
problem he was about to discuss. “We’ll need to prevent them from firing
on the shuttle. Any ideas?”

“Distract them.” Data suggested. “We could fire phasers and photon
torpedoes while the shuttle approaches from behind.”

“Wouldn’t work.” Worf objected. “They are Borg. They are connected
directly to their sensors. They’ll notice the shuttle. We’ll need to make
them think it’s not dangerous.”

Too bad the treaty of Algeron prevented the Federation from equipping
their ships with cloaking devices. Picard had an idea. “The Borg have
never attacked away teams we sent to their ships. Can we fake life signs
from the shuttle, so they’ll mistake it for an away team?”

“That would be difficult”, Worf said. “We’d need to reprogram the
shuttle’s computers to scan for Borg sensors, and send some false
information on the same frequency.”

“This would take hours!” LaForge objected.

“Transporter dummies.” Seron suggested.

“What about them, Ensign?” Commander Riker asked.

“Transporter dummies are used to test changes in transporter systems. In
order to check compatibility with life forms, they contain some organic
material arranged like simple life forms.”

“With other words, transporter dummies have life signs?”

“Yes, Sir. If we can shield the shuttle from their sensors enough to
prevent them from detecting they’re very simple life forms, it would have
to work.”

“Mr. LaForge, any ideas?”

“That’s not a big problem, Captain. We’ll just have to beam some NHFS gas
into the shuttle.”

“Make it so.” The chief engineer heard Picard’s voice through his
communicator.

He got to work.

Only a minute later, LaForge reported everything was ready. Picard ordered
him to start the shuttle immediately, and return to engineering. Worf
returned to the bridge, and put the shuttle’s remote control on his
station.

“Mr. Worf, fire two photon torpedoes at the source of their tractor beam.
Sending an away team to their ship without trying a conventional attack
first would probably warn them about something unusual happening.”
Worf fired. As they had predicted, the photon torpedoes did not have an
effect.

“Program the collision course. Set the shuttle to maximum warp.”

***

Satarra and his team arrived at the mountains. Aside from some jokes
regarding T’Prea’s ears from Nash, nothing unusual had happened on the
way. The planet seemed to be extraordinarily boring – very few vegetation,
little water, apparently no animal life. Basically, a big sand-covered
rock in space.

T’Prea activated her tricorder. “There seems to be a cave structure about
one hundred meters from here, bearing 87. The tricorder also indicates
water molecules in the air near the cave entrance. This might be a sign of
a river in the caves. Maybe a good place to stay.”

Satarra checked the time reading on his tricorder. Twenty minutes had
passed. If they wanted to keep their appointment with Dr. Crusher, they’d
have about twenty minutes to explore the cave. This should be enough.
“We’ll check it out.” He decided.

They went to the cave entrance. T’Prea was the first to arrive. “Take
care!” Nash shouted at her. She glared into the cave, then looked back at
him, and raised an eyebrow. There was nothing obvious to care about.
“Don’t hit your ears at the ceiling.” he explained.

T’Prea would have liked to inform Nash about the illogic and irrationality
in his behavior, but, after all, Nash was a senior officer, and it would
be illogical to get annoyed. “Maybe you should have Doctor Crusher check
your eyes, Sir. My ears are not quite that long.” She just said. Satarra
tried to suppress a laugh. It had surely been a good idea to take the two
of them with him.

Satarra took some tricorder readings. The cave was big enough to host
about forty humanoids. A small tunnel lead further into the mountain.
“Ensign T’Prea, you are assigned to the geosciences lab. Have you taken
the cave exploration courses in the academy?”

T’Prea nodded. “Yes, Sir.”

“You will check the space farther in the cave.” He would have liked to
explore the interior of the cave himself. Exploring the unknown, that was
why he had joined Starfleet. But, he was in charge, and it was, as T’Prea
would put it, more logical to send someone with more experience. And, he
had to admit to himself, someone who knew when to return. T’Prea was a
Vulcan, and as such, she would not take unnecessary risks. And, with what
he called the Vulcan internal chronometer, she’d return in time. He would
probably not have been able to resist exploring the cave, getting deeper
and deeper in until he noticed it was too late to reach the landing place
in time. “Nash, take some tricorder readings of the rocks. With the Borg
around, it will probably be good to know if the rocks can shield our life
signs from their sensors. I will inform Doctor Crusher about our results.”
T’Prea went into the tunnel, progressing slowly. There were always
unexpected dangers in caves, and hurrying through them could be very
dangerous. She heard Nash’s and Satarra’s voices discussing the rock
composition.

“I am detecting some signs of duranium.” Nash said. He double-checked his
tricorder. “From outside the cave.”

He turned around to the cave entrance and saw – – a Borg.

Chapter Five

T’Prea was puzzled. Nash had just said something rather unusual. They had
come from the outside, and they had not detected any signs of duranium, or
other artificial materials. And yet, neither Nash nor Satarra had said
anything since.

She waited another twenty seconds. No sound from them. This couldn’t be
normal. She drew her phaser, and tried to return to the cave entrance
without making any sounds. She hid at the beginning of the tunnel, and
dared a look outside. A Borg.

She’d heard the Borg had got used to phaser stuns, and developed a shield
against them. As much as she hated killing, she set her phaser to maximum,
and aimed it.

Satarra and Nash were still standing in the cave, unharmed. There was no
reason to fire at the Borg yet. It hadn’t taken an offensive action, and
it had probably not taken notice of her.

The Borg started speaking. “Thank you for coming to our help.” It said.
T’Prea didn’t understand. This didn’t sound at all like “You will be
assimilated”, and the Borg hadn’t referred to the fact that resistance was
futile. She thought about putting the phaser away, but then she realized
she hadn’t met a Borg before, and maybe they were just tricking, and the
old “Resistance is futile. You will be assimilated.”-Only stereotype was
wrong.

She decided to watch in the background until she could draw some
conclusions.

T’Prea looked at Nash and Satarra. They seemed equally surprised, and
didn’t dare to say a word.

“Is Geordi with you?” the Borg asked.

Geordi? Was that… thing… referring to the chief engineer, Commander
Geordi LaForge? How could it know about the crew, and what did it want
from the engineer?

Satarra had drawn the same conclusion. “Commander LaForge is not with us.”
he explained to the Borg.

“Has anything happened to him?”

This was not a Borg question. What was up with this thing?

“He is aboard the ship.” Satarra explained, still wondering about this
Borg.

T’Prea thought about everything. The Borg had run after Captain Picard
once. Maybe they wanted to assimilate Commander LaForge, to get to know
something more about Federation engineering? The Commander would surely be
an optimal choice for assimilation, if they were after the Federation’s
latest technology.

“Besides, he is not ready for assimilation.” Satarra added, trying to find
out why the Borg was so interested in LaForge.

“Yes, I know.” The Borg said. “He told me he’d rather die than be
assimilated.”

The Borg remained silent for a moment, probably thinking about Satarra’s
comment.

“Did you think I represent the Borg collective?” it asked.

“Don’t you?” Satarra returned the question.

“No.” The Borg replied. “I am Hugh of Borg. We are individuals.”

Hugh… T’Prea had heard about that Borg before. She tried to get a
picture of Hugh from the Enterprise’s computer with her tricorder. A
flashing message “NO CONNECTION” caught her attention. Maybe the rock
above her was screening the tricorder’s transmission.

“Some of us didn’t like the individual ways. They…” The Borg continued
explaining. Satarra interrupted. “I think Captain Picard should hear this.
Please wait.”

Apparently, Satarra trusted the Borg. He tapped his communicator. “Satarra
to Enterprise.”

Satarra’s communicator beeped, but there was no response.

“Satarra to Captain Picard.”

No response.

“Satarra to Doctor Crusher.”

“Crusher here.” Her voice came through the communicator immediately.

“Have you contacted the ship recently?”

“No, Lieutenant. Why?”

“I’m afraid I have bad news.”

***

Dr. Crusher couldn’t believe what Satarra told her. The Enterprise…
destroyed? She grabbed a science tricorder, and set it to scan the area of
space near the planet. The tricorder detected one ship. One ship=81, and
some debris.

The Borg ship, she thought. Or maybe, Satarra’s communicator was
malfunctioning, or the cave he had reported about earlier was stopping his
transmissions. She tried it herself. “Crusher to Enterprise.”
No response.

“Crusher to Picard.”

Nothing.

“Crusher to Riker.”

No reply. A last try. Maybe they had separated the ship, and Picard and
Riker were in the saucer section for some reason. Engineering was in the
engine section, of course.

“Crusher to LaForge.”

Nothing. She gave up trying. Very bad news indeed.

She didn’t know what to do. Should she inform all the others? Or try to
hide the information until the Borg ship had left, and she knew they were
safe? She couldn’t decide. Maybe it would be best to talk to Hugh first,
and postpone the decision until then.

She heard a woman crying. She looked around, and saw a civilian standing
next to her. She had probably overheard her communique. Crusher took her
aside. “You’ve overheard this?”

“Yes”, she admitted, still crying. “You must understand, my husband is in
engineering group one.”

Crusher tried to calm her down. “It doesn’t necessarily mean the
Enterprise has been destroyed.” It’s just very probable, she thought.
“Maybe they are just out of communications range” and the tricorders are
malfunctioning, she added in her thoughts. “Or maybe the Borg have
destroyed their communications system, and they just don’t receive our
messages.” Normal family members didn’t know the communicators worked
independently of the ship’s communications system, and there was no need
to upset them until they were in safety. And, there was a slight chance
the Enterprise was still there… There had to be a chance…

Sattara and his group arrived with the Borg. “We know why the Borg
collective is around. I think you should hear this.” Satarra informed
Crusher.

“Hello, Hugh.” Crusher greeted the Borg. “Good to see you again.”

“Good to see you, too.” Hugh replied.

“Some of us didn’t like the individual ways. Admitted, the collective did
have some advantages, but for most of us, the advantages of individuality
outweighed them.

Back in the collective, we had access to every information we needed – we
just obtained it from someone in the collective. We could work 24 hours a
day. When one group required rest, we put ourselves in sleep mode, and
another group took over without problems, and with access to all the
information in our brains. We were convinced our way was the only right
one, and exploring the galaxy seemed so easy – assimilate all species, so
we knew all about them. When someone was killed, no problem. We just saved
all necessary information that was still in the person’s brain in someone
else’s, removed the implants for later use, and returned the corpse to the
replicator raw material. It was like copying information from one
isolinear chip to another, and throwing away the old one. Just a painless
routine procedure.

As individuals, we experienced problems for the first time. We didn’t have
some information ready, we couldn’t get an information by assimilating
someone who had it, we started missing deceased colleagues, and we had a
feeling of being alone. We learned about the advantages of individuality
and freedom, and started getting doubts about our old ways. We regretted
having assimilated and destroyed entire cultures.

Some of us couldn’t stand this all, and concluded the time back in the
collective was better. We still had all the technology, and all the
implants were still there, we had just deactivated the ones responsible
for interconnection. They decided to find a way between the collective and
the individual one. First, they permitted each other to access the other’s
memories and knowledge, without interconnecting their minds. For some
time, they were content, but they realized they still made mistakes, and
each individual could draw wrong conclusions, have faulty reasoning. They
decided to re-activate all implants back in to the old ways. They promised
us they’d keep in mind not everyone preferred the collective ways, and
they would not assimilate cultures anymore.

Some of us, including myself, didn’t trust them, though. We remembered the
collective good enough to know promises were irrelevant. If the collective
can have a gain breaking promises, and there’s not a big risk, they break
their promises. We completely removed our linking implants.”

Hugh paused for a moment, and pointed to a place in his head. An
experienced technician might have noticed an adapter without a device
plugged in, but Dr. Crusher couldn’t.

“Our precaution proved necessary shortly after.” Hugh went on explaining.
“At first, the collective seemed to work – they had all the advantages of
interconnection, yet they retained a bit of individuality. Apparently,
everyone had access to all information in the collective network, but
could make decisions on his own.

This state didn’t last for long. They withdrew more and more from the
individuals, and started losing their individuality. ‘One mind can make
mistakes. Lots of minds can’t.’ one of them told me shortly after.

They gave up their freedom deliberately, and for some time, it worked.

They completely withdrew from us, and proceeded on their way. Some of us
said, see, it was not necessary to disable your linking implants, they
keep their promises, and their way is surely a possible one. They re-
activated their implants, and re-joined the collective. More and more of
us left. I don’t think there are more than a hundred individual Borg left.

The result was, apparently, a collective consciousness convinced of the
fact that the collective way is better than any other way. They started
assimilating returning individual Borg to the collective. In the
beginning, they had some excuses to offer. They said they were just saving
us from ourselves, or they were just trying to improve quality of life for
all of us.

When the collective crew, their scruples left – they took control of all
Borg who still had their linking implants.”

Dr. Crusher wished Counselor Troi was here. Some basic psychology courses
were part of Starfleet Academy’s programs for doctors, and this surely
sounded like human psychology. Mass psychology differs from individual
psychology by far. In a mass, everyone wants to be on the side of the
winner. Compassion can’t even be thought of.

But Troi had stayed aboard the Enterprise. They hadn’t known for sure
whether or not the Borg had fully returned to their collective ways, and
Troi had insisted on being a great help if there was some individuality
left.

Hugh continued. “When they returned the individuals to the collective,
they got to know some of us had removed the linking implants. They started
hunting us, trying to return us to the collective at any cost. ‘Resistance
is futile’, you know.

They destroyed the settlement we had built up on this planet. Some of us
were killed, others were assimilated. Only few of us could hide
efficiently. They were just about to find the place where I hid with a few
others.

We tried to build up a subspace sender and send a general distress call.
The collective destroyed it. When we started repairing it, we picked up
your response to our distress call. I tried to tell you what was happening
when the collective appeared. They destroyed the subspace sender, and
fired at me several times.

I thought about surrendering, because returning to the collective would be
better than being killed, when they suddenly disappeared. I assume they
beamed back to their ship when they noticed the Enterprise arriving, and
they went after you.

In a way, you saved my life. Thank you.”

Hugh ended his explanation.

But at what price, Crusher thought. But it was good to know the
Enterprise’s destruction had had a purpose, after all. She tried to keep
her control, and not to think of the Enterprise’s fate. She still had a
hope that at least some crew members had been able to escape in the
emergency escape pods. If Picard had given the order to abandon the ship
early enough, they had a chance of survival. It was unlikely the Borg
would go after escape pods manned by only one person. This would be –
inefficient.

“Do you know a safe place? I think the Borg ship has destroyed the
Enterprise, and it’s probably just a matter of time when they’ll come
down, and look for the crew and the remaining Borg.” she asked. It would
be the best thing to get the remaining crew to safety.

“When they beamed up, the collective had just finished searching the caves
where I met your crew.” Hugh started. “I do not think they will look for
us there again.”

Crusher called for the security personell, and issued an order to get all
remaining Enterprise crew to the caves. She thought about leaving a notice
for possible Enterprise survivors, but concluded it was too dangerous. The
collective probably still had all information from Locutus, and they’d
understand any sign she would leave.

Chapter Six

The Enterprise approached the Romulan Neutral Zone at Warp 9.9. The
improvized shuttle-torpedo had shown some effect – it had managed to take
out the Borg tractor beam, and destroy enough of their ship to make them
focus on repairs instead of following the Enterprise wherever it went.
There was no chance to fight the Borg with conventional weapons, and a new
weapon would work only once or twice. Sending another shuttle would not
have much of an effect. They’d have to look for a way to penetrate the
Borg ship’s shields.

“If we had a cloaking device”, Worf had suggested, “we might be able to
take the ship close enough to the Borg to do some damage.”

The Borg had probably never seen a cloaking device – if they had, they
would most surely have assimilated the technology, and cloaked their own
ship. Worf had suggested to go to Klingon territory, and ask for Gawron’s
assistance, but it had been out of question. Even if they had chosen the
direct course to Qo’noS, the Klingon homeworld, leading the Borg directly
through the heart of Federation space, they would have needed two weeks to
arrive. With their superior engines, the Borg would have caught up with
them after a few light years.

The suggestion to approach the Romulans for help had come from Riker. He
didn’t trust the Romulans, but he knew they listened to reason. Fighting a
common enemy as strong as the Borg would be a strong argument in a
discussion with the Romulans.

Picard had ordered to set the course, and thought about leaving the
abandoned crew members a message. Data had advised against it. The
atmosphere of the planet hid the crew’s life signs form the Borg, and if
the Enterprise sent a message to the planet, the Borg would conclude there
were some – probably unprotocted – Federation citizens on the planet,
waiting for assimilation.

Besides, Data had said, they might find out about the Enterprise’s goal
when they informed the crew members on the planet. The Borg would be able
to draw their conclusions. It would, however, be better for the Enterprise
if the Borg just thought they were running away, trying to escape.

“I don’t think we have much of a choice.” Picard had said. “Mr. Seron, set
a course for the Romulan Neutral Zone. Don’t try to contact the abandoned
crew.” He had paused for a moment. “Warp 9.9. Engage.”

And here they were.

Worf reported having noticed a cloaked Romulan Warbird right ahead on the
sensors.

“Hail them.” Picard ordered.

Instead of a reply, Picard saw the ship decloaking on the main viewer.

“Red alert!” he shouted, just before the Enterprise was hit by a
disruptor. Not a promising start.

“Do not return fire. Keep hailing them.”

The Romulans opened a channel.

“You are violating the Neutral Zone, Picard.” The face of Commander
Tomalok appeared on the screen. “I hope you have a good excuse.”

Tomalok. Not exactly someone they could trust, but at least someone they
knew. He’d listen to reason. Picard explained the situation.

“And now you need a Romulan cloaking device, because your inferior
technology is insufficient to deal with the Borg.” Tomalok concluded,
having heard about the Borg threat.

Picard couldn’t do anything but agree.

“You surely know that the Romulan Empire needs more efficient Warp
drives.” Tomalok said. “Doesn’t that sound like a fair exchange?”
Picard signaled Worf to mute the channel. “We cannot give the Romulans our
knowledge of Warp engines!” The Klingon exclaimed.

“Tomalok is bluffing.” Troi said, glad she had managed to convince Picard
of the fact that she had to stay aboard. “He wants our Warp technology,
but he is too frightened of the Borg to reject our request for help.”
Picard nodded at Worf. The chief of security re-activated the channel.
“If we can defeat this Borg ship with your cloaking device, it will
prevent the Borg from entering Romulan space.” Picard suggested. “Isn’t
that a fair payment for a cloaking device?”

Tomalok thought about a response. He couldn’t request too much, the Borg
were too big a threat. But if he found the right thing, he might get
something more from the Federation.

“You know, I tend to agree. But I need something to convince my superiors.
They wouldn’t like to hear about one of their most accomplished commanders
giving secret technology to the Federation.”

“Don’t you think they’ll trust their most accomplished commanders to make
an important decision, probably saving the Romulan Empire? I think Admiral
Yurik wouldn’t want to hear one of his commanders let the Borg assimilate
the Romulans in order to protect secret technology from Federation
access.” Dealing with Tomalok was like playing chess, Picard thought, and
hoped this would be the final move.

“You may be right.” Tomalok admitted. Damn. Dealing with Picard was like
playing chess, he thought. And Picard was a good player. “We will beam
some of our engineers over. They will see what they can do.”
Stalemate. They would get their cloaking device, but they would have to
let the Romulans see their engineering center. It would be acceptable,
after all.

Picard ordered Worf to send a small security team to Engineering. It
couldn’t be avoided that the Romulans saw the warp core, and they’d
probably take some readings pretending they were just checking the
cloaking device’s functionality, and adaption to Federation systems. But
there was no need to let them see everything.

Worf left his station. “Where are you going, Lieutenant?” Picard wanted to
know.

“I will care for our…” Worf thought about the right word for a moment,
then spit it out rather than saying it. “Guests.”

“I need you here.” Picard said. “The Borg might come after us every
moment.” And besides, he thought, we don’t want to be outright hostile
against the Romulans. We need their assistance. “Your people will be able
to deal with the Romulans on their own.”

Picard didn’t expect any difficulties with the Romulans. They knew the
Borg were a big threat to them as well as to the Federation, and they
wouldn’t risk destroying a potential ally in the battle to come.

***

Four Romulans materialized in Engineering. One of them held a huge device,
probably the cloaking device. The others had brought various tools. One of
them had an activated disruptor in his right hand.

An Ensign from security stepped towards the Romulan. “Drop that weapon!”
he shouted.

The Romulan smiled, and attached the disruptor to his belt. “Just a
precaution. You never know what’s waiting on an enemy ship.”

LaForge approached the man. “Don’t think of us as enemies, Centurion.”
Over the time, he had learned the meanings of Romulan uniforms from
observation. “There haven’t been serious problems recently, and we hope
everything will stay this way. Maybe we’ll come to signing a peace treaty,
at last.”

“We are here to help you fight the Borg, not to discuss our relationship
to the Federation. The Romulan Empire is glad to help you defeat the Borg,
but do not think you can use this as a start for making a peace treaty.”
“Your Federation is pretty much like those Borg, after all.” Another
Romulan threw in. “First, you tell planets about the Federation, then you
persuade them to join you, promising you will not interfere in their
natural progress, or the development of their culture. Then, they join
Starfleet, see all the other Federation worlds, and integrate themselves
into the whole. What they get is just another standard Federation planet.”

The Romulans laughed. They knew the Federation was not quite as bad, but
the expressions on the Starfleet personnel in Engineering were surely
worth a laugh.

LaForge thought about replying that it’s quite similar to the Romulans
conquering a planet, but then, he knew he needed the Romulans, and
upsetting them would cause more problems than it might solve. He wished
Data was there. It would surely be funny to see the Romulans’ expressions
when the android would take the accusation seriously, and explain the
concept of the Prime Directive to them in a calm and objective way. But,
he thought, if the Romulans wanted to laugh, he’d give them a reason.

“Did you get that information from the Tal’Shiar?”, he asked. “Well,
doesn’t matter. You will be assimilated, anyways.”

The Romulans continued laughing. Maybe showing them there were more
similarities between Federation and Romulan worlds would increase their
confidence in the Federation.

But, as the Romulans had stated correctly, this was not a diplomatic
mission, LaForge realized. “Let’s get to work.”, he said.

Installing the cloaking device was not as big a problem as he had
expected. The Romulans worked quickly, and didn’t seem to have any trouble
with interfacing their cloak to the Federation computers. LaForge wondered
if, or rather where, the Romulans had dealt with Federation technology
before, but he quickly dismissed the thought. Thinking about it, and
probably getting angry about the Romulans, would not get him anywhere.

“We are ready for a test run”, one of the Romulans said. “Inform your
Captain. If you activate the cloaking device, we’ll check the sensor
readings from our ship.”

LaForge informed Picard, and he issued an order to activate the cloaking
device. One of the Romulans cloaked the ship, and showed LaForge how to
handle the cloaking device. He contacted his ship.

“We are detecting some ionic emissions from the Enterprise. But, aside
from that, you’ve done a good job.” A voice came through the Romulan’s
communicator. LaForge didn’t recognize the voice. Probably their science
officer, he surmised.

LaForge checked the cloaking device’s readings. “This looks wrong”, he
said, and pointed to a chart displayed by the cloaking device. He made
some adjustments. One of the Romulans watched him. “For a Starfleet
officer, you have a pretty good understanding of Romulan technology.” He
commented. “I wonder where you got this.”

This was a time to counterargue. “Right where you learned about Federation
computers and energy supplies. You know, you interfaced the cloaking
device with our systems rather well.”

The Romulan didn’t have a reply handy, so he just contacted his ship. “Any
change?” he asked.

The Romulans reported they could not detect the Enterprise without their
sensors designed specifically to detect Romulan cloaking devices.

The Romulans prepared to beam back to their ship. “Mr. LaForge”, one of
them said before notifying his ship about the fact that they were ready.
“Before I forget to tell you, don’t try to disassemble the cloaking
device. We have…” He searched for the right word for a moment. “…taken
precautions.” he concluded, before dematerializing.

LaForge picked up a tricorder, and scanned the cloaking device. The
Romulans had programmed it to set free deadly amounts of radiation when
someone tried to open it and look inside. The tricorder could not
penetrate the cloaking device’s secondary hull. There was no way to get to
know anything about the way the device worked without dismantling it,
setting off the Romulan trap.

The engineer informed Picard of it, and told him the cloaking device was
installed and functional. “Very well.” The captain said. “Picard out.”
LaForge dismissed the security team. They would no longer be needed in
engineering.

***

“Mr. Worf, what’s the status of the Borg ship?” Picard wanted to know.

With the cloaking device in place, they might have a chance.

“They are just entering sensor range.” Worf said, double-checking the
readings. “They seem to have repaired most of their damage.”

“Intercept course. Ready phasers and photon torpedoes. Do not activate the
cloaking device. I want it to be a surprise for the Borg.” Picard ordered.

“Warp five.”

They would intercept the Borg ship soon enough. There would be no need to
violate the safety speed limit right now.

Chapter Seven

The crew had arrived at the caves, and Lieutenant Satarra had assigned
patrol teams to notify all the others as soon as a Borg came in sight.
With Hugh’s help, they had located some other individual Borg. If anyone
could help them fight the collective, they could.

“You know more about the Borg collective than any of us.” Dr. Crusher
explained to them. “Do you have any ideas on how to defeat them?”

“It would have to be something they don’t await from you.” Hugh said.
“They adapt to new technological innovations, or new tactics, quickly
after they’ve found out what they are.”

Nothing new. They’d known this. “Yes, we know.” Crusher said. “But we
don’t have something completely new. Any ideas?”

Hugh thought about it. “The collective is familiar with energy weapons as
well as matter-antimatter-based weapons. Does the Federation have access
to different weapon technologies?”

Dr. Crusher looked around in the cave. She recognized Lieutenant Barclay
from Engineering, and nodded to him to join the discussion.

“An engineer can probably be of more help than I can.” She explained to
the Borg.

“M… Me?” Barclay asked, looking at her in plain shock. “There are other
engineers around. Ensign Malden…”

“Call as many engineers as you need, Mr. Barclay.” Crusher ordered. “You
are a capable engineer. You will lead the team.” This would probably be
the best way to encourage the man.

Barclay stepped forward slowly. “We… We don’t have any other weapons,
no.” He had overheard the conversation. “And our hand phasers are not
nearly as efficient as the ship’s weapons.” On the way to the caves, Dr.
Crusher had informed some Starfleet staff about the situation.

“Maybe we’ll have to try something else.” Hugh suggested.

***

“Mr. Worf, scan their ship. Are they still using the electromagnetic
field?” Picard ordered. He got up and approached the main viewer, as if he
wanted to look at the Borg ship it displayed closely.

Worf checked the readings. “They have not changed their shield technology
since our last encounter. Their shields are in place in a radius of
exactly fifty thousand kilometers around the ship.”

“We’ll give it a try.” Picard decided. “When we’re sixty thousand
kilometers away from them, activate the cloaking device. While they cannot
detect us, we will get through their shields, and fire all phasers and
photon torpedoes.”

Data looked at the Captain. “I do not think that is advisable. We do not
have shields while we are cloaked. If our plan is successful, the
explosion on the Borg ship will cause severe damage to the Enterprise.”
Riker stared at the android. “Do we have any other choice?”

“None that I am aware of.” Data admitted. “We could try to fire photon
torpedoes at the Borg while we are cloaked, and far away from them. If we
proceed with this plan, however, I estimate a chance of five hundred and
sixty-two to one that the Borg will be able to build up their shields in
time. After the maneuver, they would be aware of the fact that we can
cloak our ship, and they would start working on an adaption to their
system.”

“We’ll have to try the original plan.” Picard decided after a moment of
thought. “Mr. Data, just in case it doesn’t work, I want you to think of
an alternative plan. Mr. Seron, intercept course. Full impulse.”
The Vulcan entered the course and speed, and started tracking the distance
between the Enterprise and the Borg ship.

“75,000 kilometers.” he announced.

Picard straightened his uniform and sat down in his command chair.
“74,000.” he heard the Vulcan’s voice.

Picard braced for impact. It wouldn’t be long until the Enterprise would
pass the shield, and be damaged by its own phasers.

“73,000.”

Riker ordered all people remaining aboard to prepare for damage, and move
away from the exterior hull.

“72,000.”

Picard nodded to Worf to prepare the cloaking device. They had to make
sure their plan would work at the first time, and they surely couldn’t
afford approaching the Borg ship with the cloaking device not in perfect
working order.

“71,000.” Seron announced, still with no signs of distress in his voice.

“The Borg have locked their tractor beam on us.” Worf said. “We cannot
proceed further.”

“Change course by 180 degrees!” Picard shouted. “Warp 9.9!”
If they couldn’t get off the Borg tractor beam, it wouldn’t be long until
the shields dropped, and the Borg would beam over to assimilate the crew.
LaForge’s voice came through the communicator. “Warp engines are working
at full power. We can increase to a maximum of warp 9.96 for a few
minutes.”

Picard tapped his communicator, and replied. “Make it so.”

Data checked the sensors. “The warp engines have no effect.” Data said,
trying to simulate sounding worried. He had observed his crewmates’
behavior in similar situations, and thought this would make him more
human. “We are still in a position exactly 70,983 kilometers off the Borg
ship.”

Picard ordered full power to the warp engines as long as they could give
it. He knew it would probably not have success, but it would give him a
bit more time to think about what to do next.

“Mr. Data”, he asked, “if we activated our cloaking device right now,
would the Borg think we have escaped?”

“Negative.” The android replied, back to his normal, calm voice. Noone had
taken notice of his attempt at being more human, so it was not necessary
to keep it up. “They would notice their tractor beam is still locked onto
something because our ship would still be in the way of it. I assume they
would check their sensors for mistakes, conclude this was not the cause,
and check for other reasons. They would become aware of our cloaking
device within few seconds.”

“Shields are down to 30 percent!” Worf announced.

“Any ideas?” Picard asked, realizing he didn’t have any more ideas.

“We might try activating the cloking device, anyways.” Data said. “There
is a twelve percent chance the Borg will be confused about our sudden
disappearance, enough to deactivate their tractor beam for a few
milliseconds. It might be enough time to leave at warp. The Borg would,
however, know about our advantage.”

“An advantage they know is no advantage.” Riker objected. “Our cloaking
device, and their incapacity to deal with it, is our only chance in a
battle against the Borg. This could postpone our destruction, but not end
it.”

“You’re right, Number One.” Picard agreed, disturbed by Worf’s
announcement that the shields were down to 20 percent. “But if we can’t
think of something better until the shields fail, we’ll have to try it.”
Riker nodded. He, too, wanted to enjoy being an individual for as long as
possible, even if assimilation by the Borg was unavoidable.

“15 percent.” Worf announced.

“Fire ten photon torpedoes at the origin of the tractor beam.” Picard
ordered. “Mr. LaForge” he added, tapping his communicator, “we will fire
at the tractor beam. If it is disrupted for the smallest part of a
millisecond, I need full warp power.”

Picard nodded at Worf. “Fire.”

The Klingon complied. If it wasn’t a chance to survive, and avoid
assimilation, it was at least a chance to die in duty, in battle, in
honor. A Klingon’s ultimate goal.

Ten photon torpedoes – enough to do severe damage to a Federation or
Romulan ship – weren’t enough to weaken the Borg tractor beam for a part
of a millisecond.

“The torpedoes have no effect at all.” Worf said, checking sensors. “Our
shields are down to twelve percent.”

“Mr. Worf, prepare to activate the cloaking device.” Picard resigned.

“Eleven percent.”

“Mr. Worf,” Picard started ordering to cloak, but he was interrupted by
Data’s voice. “The Borg have deactivated their tractor beam.”

“Get us out of here! Warp six!” Picard responded. He knew they’d have to
return, but it was probably the best to get out of the tractor beam’s
range until they knew what had happened.

“We are being hailed.” Worf announced surprisedly. He didn’t wait for
Picard’s order to put it on the screen. He was too curious to find out
what was happening, and he most surely knew what Picard would have ordered
a few seconds later.

Tomalok’s face appeared on the screen. “So much for the Federation
defending the Romulan Empire against the Borg. You can’t defend yourselves
without our help.”

Worf hated to admit it, but he was glad the Romulans had violated the
Neutral Zone, and not even he thought of mentioning the fact that it could
be interpreted as an act of war against the Federation.

“The Borg tractor beam had a slightly larger range than we had expected
from our recent encounters.” Picard admitted. “We were trying to confuse
them with our cloaking device, but we hesitated a bit too long.”

“I’m glad you have found a way to use our” – he stressed the last word –
“cloaking device.” Tomalok commented ironically. “I hope you won’t make
the same mistake twice.”

Tomalok hesitated for a moment. Could he trust Picard enough to explain
what the Romulan Empire was about to do against the Borg? He came to the
decision that the Federation could not possibly be quite as bad as the
Borg. “We are planning to…” He was interrupted by something not visible
on the Enterprise viewscreen. Something was falling of the ceiling. “The
Borg have detected us!” he shouted. The image faded from the Enterprise’s
viewscreen, then disappeared fully. The screen displayed an exterior view
of the Borg ship locking a tractor beam on the Romulans.

“We cannot permit that.” Riker uttered.

Chapter Eight

“Mr. Data”, Picard asked, “Can you make out if the Borg have detected the
cloaked ship, or if they have just fired on the source of their subspace
transmission?”

Riker raised an eyebrow at the Captain. He hadn’t thought of that
possibility.

“There is no way to find that out.” Data said. “The Borg have scanned the
area intensely, but I can not tell whether they have found a trace of the
cloaked ship or just the origin of a subspace message.”

“We’ll give it a try.” Picard decided. “Activate the cloaking device, and
get us as close to the Borg ship as you can.”

Seron typed some commands into his console, and the ship got underway.

“Full impulse, Sir.”

“There are no signs of the Borg detecting us.” Data said. “Distance
between us and the Borg ship: 70,000 kilometers.”

Good. They had approached closer than last time, and the Borg had not yet
locked a tractor beam on them.

“65,000 kilometers.” Seron announced, checking the navigational sensors.
Another 15,000 kilometers… Not much more time for the Borg to react.
“Photon torpedoes ready.” Worf declared.

“The Romulans are moving away from the Borg ship.” Seron said, double-
checking the navigational sensors, and unable to hide the bit of surprise
in his voice. The Romulans had admitted having inferior engines, and yet
they had managed to get out of the Borg tractor beam.

“The Borg have deactivated the tractor beam.” Worf added, not even trying
to hide his surprise, “Checking.”

Data ran a full sensor scan. “The Romulans have fired at the Borg ship
before.” The android claimed, after completing the scan. “It would appear
they have been able to do enough damage to the Borg ship in order to
cancel their tractor beam.”

“Any ideas?”

Noone could reply to Picard’s question in time. A Romulan materialized on
the bridge.

Worf drew a phaser and pointed it at her, but Riker noticed the chief of
security’s action early enough to signalize him to put the weapon away.

“I am Subcommander Tiral.” The Romulan introduced herself. “Commander
Tomalok thought it was better to send me over than to open a channel, and
risk being detected by the Borg again.”

Picard couldn’t think of anything better to say than “Welcome aboard.” He
didn’t want to be offensive, asking the Romulan how they had located the
Enterprise.

“You have been in contact with the Borg before.” Tiral started. “We think
you may have an answer for us. We have seen the Borg ship withstanding ten
of your photon torpedoes, yet they obtained severe damage from a simple
disrupter shot, not even on maximum level.”

“The Borg need to get used of a way to attack them.” Data speculated. “It
is entirely possible that your disruptors are different enough from
weapons the Borg have encountered to be able to do enough damage.”

Tiral thought about it for a moment, and came to the conclusion it seemed
logical. She decided to believe the android’s words. “Then we need to
act.” Tiral said, and dematerialized without a further word. Apparently,
Tomalok’s crew had listened to every word spoken on the bridge.

“Wait!” Picard shouted, though he knew the Romulans could no longer hear
him. He lowered his voice. “They don’t know how fast the Borg can adapt to
new technologies. We must stop them. Running after the Borg is suicide.”
Picard thought about it for a moment, giving everyone a chance to make a
suggestion. “Open a channel.”

Worf objected. “If we open a channel, the Borg will be able to detect us!”
“If we don’t warn them, they will be destroyed, or assimilated.” Riker
said. “We could separate the ship, and evacuate the saucer section, and
send the message from there.”

“No, Sir.” Data argued. “We are equipped with only one cloaking device. As
soon as we separate the ship, only the saucer section will be cloaked.
And, without the engines section, we are helpless.”

“We have to risk being detected by the Borg. Get us out of their tractor
beam’s range, and decloak.” Picard decided.

Seron carried ot the order. Worf tried to open a channel to the Romulans.
They didn’t reply.

“Probably they don’t want the Borg to notice their replies. They will,
however, listen.” Riker assumed.

“Tomalok,” Picard started. “The Borg adapt to new technogies in a matter
of minutes, maybe seconds. Don’t take any unnecessary risks.”

They got no reply. “They have received our message.” Picard commented.
“It’s up to them whether or not to respect our warning. Close channel.”
Picard issued an order to reactivate the cloaking device, return to the
Borg ship, and keep track of everything. Maybe they would have to come to
the Romulans’ help. As he knew Tomalok, he thought the Commander would be
willing to take every risk.

“Detecting dusruptor fire.” Worf said. Everyone on the bridge got tense.
Could the Romulans still damage the Borg? “The Borg are locking a tractor
beam on the Romulans.” Worf finished. “They are firing.”

Picard ordered Worf to put everything on the screen. It was not a pleasing
sight. A Borg ship, lightly damaged, with a tractor beam locked onto a
helpless Romulan ship. They could see disruptor fire from the Romulans,
but it had no effect.

The Borg fired at the Romulans. The Enterprise crew could see the Romulan
warp engine dropping its power. A part of the starboard warp nacelle was
breaking off.

“We’ll have to save them. Mr. Worf, we’ll come back to the old plan.
Approach them, and fire all weapons as soon as we have penetrated their
shields.”

Seron entered the new course. The distance between the Enterprise and the
Borg ship shrunk continuously. 80,000 kilometers… 70,000… 60,000…
50,000… “Mr. Worf, fire!”

The Enterprise decloaked and fired all phasers and several photon
torpedoes. The inertial dampers failed, and the remaining crew were thrown
out of their chairs by the impact.

Worf was the first to stand up and return to his station. He quickly re-
activated the cloaking device, and waited for Ensign Seron to get the ship
off their old position. The Vulcan managed it just in time. Worf noticed a
Borg tractor beam trying to lock on to their old position. He informed the
Captain, and checked the internal sensors.

“Our shields are down! Minor damage to primary hull on decks 2 through 9.
Starboard thrusters are inoperational.” He switched to external sensors.
“The Borg ship has been lightly damaged. Their tractor beam is no longer
locked on the Romulan ship.”

He paused for a moment, checking the sensors.

“Correction. They have activated a new tractor beam, and they are still
keeping the Romulan ship in place.”

“Mr. Data, if we set a course leading through the tractor beam, and go to
full impulse, would we be able to interrupt the tractor beam long enough
for the Romulans to escape?”

The android considered it for a moment, then he replied. “It is entirely
possible. The Romulans have probably noticed our first attempt to come to
their help, and they will be prepared for a second one. However, the Borg
might be able to refocus their tractor beam fast enough to keep us in
place.”

Data paused for a moment, thinking about the advantages and disadvantages
of such an action. “Considering the present state of the Romulan ship, I
do not think it is advisable.”

“We could use a shuttlecraft instead of the Enterprise.” Riker suggested.

“The disadvantage would be, however, that the Borg would notice the
shuttle starting, and calculate our position. If we do not get away fast
enough, the Borg will have both us and the Romulan ship.” Data commented.
“According to sensors, the Borg have not changed the status of their
shields. We are still too close for them to be effective. We might try
firing at the second tractor beam.”

Picard thoguht about it. It might be worth a try, but with the Enterprise
shields inoperative, and the Borg adapting to cloaking devices, it would
be a risk. Picard nearly expected the Borg to reduce their response time,
and lock their tractor beam on to the Enterprise as soon as it decloaked.
“Make it so.” He finally ordered.

Seron typed a few commands into the navigations console. The Enterprise
started on a course towards the Borg ship.

“Don’t do this.” A voice came through Picard’s communicator. Tomalok’s
voice. So the Romulans had found a way to listen to the internal
communication on a Federation ship. Great.

He continued. “Your maneuver is risky, and it doesn’t pay off. We have
abandoned our ship, and are returning home in some cloaked shuttles.”
Cloaked shuttles. Picard had never heard of them. The Romulans had better
ships than the Federation had assumed. While Picard thought about sending
a report to Starfleet Command, the Romulan continued speaking. “Try to
save your ship while the Borg are busy dealing with our wreckage. We will
try…”

Before Tomalok could finish his sentence, several tractor beams shot out
of the Borg ship.

“It would appear that the Borg have entered the Romulan ship, and
assimilated the cloaking technology.” Data concluded. “They have
established several tractor beam locks on Romulan shuttles, but they have
not yet locked a tractor beam on the Enterprise.”

Picard realized there was no real chance to rescue the Romulans. “Mr.
Seron, get us into a safe position. Get us into synchronous orbit above
the magnetic pole of the class M planet. Full impulse.” He ordered,
resigningly.

Whatever it was that had prevented the Borg from detecting the cloaked
Enterprise, they would probably adapt to the difference in a matter of
mere minutes. It would be better to cause some additional trouble to their
sensors.

Seron reported they had entered stationary orbit. Picard asked for
suggestions, but noone spoke up.

An idea started to form in Picard’s mind. It might work… Picard thought
he needed some silence to think about it.

“I will be in my ready room. Number One, you have the bridge.” He said,
got up, pulled his uniform jacket down, and left the room. The others
stared at him in disbelief.

***

“Tea. Earl Grey. Hot.” he ordered his replicator. He took the cup of tea,
and sat down behind his table. He started sipping the tea, and thought
about the plan. He found more and more arguments for his plan, but the
price of freedom would be high. Very high.

Chapter Nine

Lt. Barclay and the Borg reported the results of their discussion about
developing a defense against the Borg collective to Dr. Crusher.

“We have concluded that the Borg collective can adapt to technological
changes too fast for us. The Borg offensive and defensive systems are far
superior to our own capabilities in that sector.” Hugh explained. “Coming
up with something even close to their system would take years, and they
could adapt in a matter of seconds.”

He threw a look at Barclay, waiting for him to continue. Their plan had
been his idea, after all.

“I… I think if we want to… defeat the Borg collective, we must try a
different approach. The individual Borg still have all their implants. We
could try to re-activate the linking parts of one of them to a certain
degree, placing orders in their command queue. If the collective Borg
haven’t changed their transmission protocols or access codes since the
individuals left, it might work.”

One of the Borg, apparently an engineering specialist, added,
“Technically, it would not be a problem, but we risk losing the Borg to
the collective, and the collective getting to know where we are, and what
we are about to do.”

“Can’t we establish a one-way connection? I mean, permit him to send data
to the collective, but not to receive?” Crusher asked.

“No.” Hugh explained. “I have thought of that, but it wouldn’t work. The
Borg collective is too secure. To prevent exactly this, whenever you put
an order into the central command queue, they check the origin of the
command for subconscious activity, making sure only someone who is part of
the collective can place orders.”

“Subconscious activity like what?” she insisted. “Maybe we can simulate
the activity with a tricorder.”

“It wouldn’t work. A tricorder, or even your ship’s computer, couldn’t
simulate the complex activity they are looking for.”

Dr. Crusher thought about it for a moment. There seemed to be no way aside
from putting one Borg in the danger of being assimilated.

“Do we have any other choice?” she wanted to know.

“I don’t think we do.” Hugh said, when he noticed Barclay didn’t dare to
answer.

Crusher thought about it for a while. “Are there any individuals who see
advantages in the collective ways left?”

“Yes, some of us think both ways are acceptable. Why do you ask?”

“I’m trying to make my decision. If we’ll be losing one of you to the
collective, I think it should be someone willing to accept the risk,
someone who doesn’t think losing individuality is too big a loss.” Crusher
explained. In some ways, this was like chosing a crew member to go on an
extremely dangerous mission, but there were differences. The individual
Borg weren’t her crew, and the worst fate was not death, but assimilation.
If there was someone who didn’t care particularily for individuality…

“I have to disagree.” Hugh said. “If we connect someone who likes the
collective ways, the person might change sides. I’d rather send someone
who is convinced of the individual ways. I may be an optimal choice.”
“You are willing to undergo the procedure deliberately?” Dr. Crusher tried
to reassure herself.

“The risk is smaller.” Hugh maintained. “I am the logical choice.”

Crusher noticed Hugh sounded pretty much like a Vulcan, or an android. Not
at all what she had expected from him after their recent encounters with
the individual Borg.

Brain implants, she speculated. They had never deactivated them, and they
were probably using them in some situations. She hoped they wouldn’t take
over when they connected Hugh. She thought about it for a while. “No.” she
decided.

“May I know why?” Hugh demanded.

“You know too much. If the Borg manage to get you back, they become aware
of everything we discussed. We might tell some other Borg that we are
planning something completely different, and give him false information
about the location of the Starfleet people. We’ll have to minimize the
risks.”

Hugh admitted not having thought of it. “I will talk to the others, and
we’ll make a choice.”

Dr. Crusher heard the sound of a Federation transporter. Had someone
survived, and was beaming down from an emergency escape pod, she wondered.
She turned around and saw some engineers materialize.

“Are there other survivors?” she asked the Ensign materializing closest to
her.

“Survivors of what?” he wanted to know, a bit confused.

Had they been wrong about the Enterprise being destroyed? “We couldn’t
contact the ship”, she explained, “and we had assumed the Enterprise has
been destroyed.”

“We have left the sector to get some assistance from the Romulans.” The
Ensign explained. “We have returned, and we’ve been able to do minor
damage to the Borg ship. We are now in a stationary orbit around the
northern magnetic pole of the planet, and cloaked. We hope the Borg will
not detect us until we’re ready.”

“Cloaked?” Dr. Crusher asked. Starfleet had never used cloaking devices,
and according to the treaty of Algeron, they were not allowed to develop
cloaking technology.

“Yes, with a Romulan cloaking device.” The Ensign explained. “The Romulans
have agreed the Borg are a common enemy, and they are assisting us. Their
ship is – – Watch out!” he shouted, reaching for his phaser.

Dr. Crusher turned around, and saw Hugh approaching them. She noticed the
Ensign’s mistake. “This is an individual Borg.” She explained. “The
Collective has not succeeded in returning all individuals.” This would be
enough for the Ensign to know at the moment. “Why are you beaming down?”
“Captain Picard has decided to evacuate the entire ship, except for
himself, Commander LaForge and Commander Data.” The Ensign explained. “I
don’t know about his plans, though.”

Crusher tapped her communicator, trying to contact Picard. “Crusher to”
she started. Then she remembered the Enterprise was cloaked, and whatever
the Captain was up to, it would be important to go unnoticed by the Borg.
The danger of using a communicator, something the Borg knew, would be too
big. She tapped the communicator again, deactivating it.

Some more crew members beamed down. This would be the last group
materializing on the planet. Commander Riker, Counselor Troi, Worf and
Ensign Seron were with them.

She went to Riker, and they discussed the plans to defeat the Borg they
had come up with.

***

LaForge was busy backing up all information from the ship’s main computers
to the secondary computer core, and encoding it, while Data fed the
computer with some false information about Federation planets, technology
and all paradoxons he could think of.

He entered the geometric paraodxon LaForge had developed when they
considered destroying the Borg with Hugh’s help as a map of Federation
space, an information they would most surely access.

“Captain’s log, stardate 48054.1, supplemental.
This will be my last entry as commanding officer of the U.S.S. Enterprise,
NCC-1701-D. We have realized that, even with the help of the Romulans and
one of their cloaking device, we can not stand a chance against the Borg
collective. I have decided to abandon the ship, setting of the entire crew
and their families on the planet Omicron Theta V. The entire crew, except
for Commander Data, Lieutenant Commander LaForge, and myself. As a last
resort, I am leaving the ship to the Borg for assimilation. We have
removed all information from the ship’s data banks, and filled them with
false information as well as paradoxons, attempting to confuse the Borg. I
am confident our plan will distract the Borg long enough to be able to
fight, and possibly stop them.

I do not think the remaining three crew members are in danger. The Borg
consider Commander Data a primitive artificial life form, not worthy of
assimilation, and they do not assimilate few individuals.”

Picard thought about his last entry. Had he forgotten something Starfleet
needed to know?

Yes…

“I have to mention that both the crew and the ship performed better than
it could be expected from any ship and crew. I am taking the sole
responsibility for the loss of the ship.”

This would be all. He ejected the log buoy, a Starfleet mechanism designed
specifically for situations like this. The log would go to Starfleet
Command or the nearest Starfleet ship or starbase it encountered, giving
them all information they would need to know what happened, and to
possibly defeat the Borg.

“Mr. Data, are you ready?” He asked.

The android confirmed. “All information not required for the ship to
operate has been removed from the primary computer core. Everything else
has been overwritten with paradoxons and false information.”

“Very well.” Picard approved. He went to the tactical station, and
decloaked the ship. Data took the navigation station, and left the
stationary orbit.

The Captain opened a channel to the Borg ship, to make sure they didn’t go
undetected. “This is Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the Federation starship
Enterprise. You will leave Federation space immediately.”

The reply was exactly what he had expected from the Borg – “You will be
assimilated. Resistance is futile.”

Two Borg materialized on the Enterprise bridge. They turned their heads,
presumably looking for the crew. They did not show a sign of confusion
about the nearly unmanned ship. One of the Borg went up to the science
station, the other took the Ops station.

As Picard had expected, they were not taking any notice of the crew.
The Borg at the science station started interfacing with the ship’s
computers.

It (or he or she – Picard couldn’t tell) turned to the Captain. It started
turning around its mechanical hand, then stopped without making any more
moves. The other Borg froze simultaneously.

“It seems to work.” Picard commented. He went up to the tactical station,
and targeted all weapons at the Borg ship. While they were working on
assimilating all the paradox information, they couldn’t care for their
ship… Hopefully not.

Picard fired five photon torpedoes. He checked the readings on the
tactical displays. The photon torpedoes had taken out the Borg tractor
beams. Picard looked at the main viewer, and saw the Romulan shuttles
leaving the range of the Borg ship. They were headed for the Neutral Zone.
The Borg on the Enterprise bridge started moving again. “Illogical.” One
of them stated. Another one looked at Picard. “The information from your
ship is incorrect, and irrelevant. Resistance is futile. Your inferior
species will be assimilated.”

With these last words, it left the Enterprise, taking the other Borg with
it.

So much for their plan. Picard ordered Data and LaForge to return the
computers’ databanks to normal. The Borg wouldn’t access the computer
again.

He tapped his communicator, and informed Riker of the bad news.

Chapter Ten

“We have another option.” The first officer replied, and reported about
the individual Borg and the plan they had developed. “Hugh has chosen an
individual Borg to undergo the procedure. We have re-installed the linking
parts, and are ready for a first try.”

“Very well.” Picard commented. “Proceed.”

***

Riker threw a questioning look at the Borg engineers. “From the
technological side, we are ready.” They claimed.

The Commander approached the Borg they had chosen – a Borg called Ele.
Riker had asked Hugh where the name had come from, and he had been told it
was a derivation from Ele’s old identification, eleventh of twenty-six.
Hugh had reassured him, though, that the Borg did not believe in the
collective ways.

“Are you aware of the risks?” he asked.

“Yes.” Ele said. “I am willing to take the risk. If I don’t, we will all
be assimilated anyway. If the plan fails, it is just a question of time.”
“Start.” Riker said. A Borg engineer controlled a few mechanic parts of
Ele.

“I do not have access to the Borg collective.” Ele remarked.

“Have they changed their access protocols, or access codes?” Riker wanted
to know.

“No. I just don’t have access. It is as if they were not here.”

Riker informed the Captain. Data scanned the Borg ship and the planet.

“I am detecting severe atmospheric distortions.” Riker heard the android’s
voice. “It is possible they are preventing the linking implant from
working.”

“We’ll have to beam aboard.” he decided.

“Make it so, Number One. Take a skeleton crew with you. Just in case the
plan goes wrong, I want some security personnel, and some scientists to
look for the reasons.”

Riker chose the people to take. “Worf, Seron, Satarra, Goodwin, Moore,
you’re with me.” He paused for a moment. If something went wrong, it would
be good to have a doctor and an empath aboard. “Deanna, Beverly, we may
need you, as well.” He finally decided.

He tapped his communicator again. “Enterprise, twelve to beam up.”

Riker materialized with the other Starfleet officers, Ele, Hugh, and two
Borg engineers. They knew more about the Borg linking implants than anyone
in the Federation, so it had been logical to take them, as well.

He looked around in the transporter room. Picard had handled the
transporter console. An unusual sight.

“Welcome aboard. It’s good to have you all back.” Picard greeted, and
immediately left the room. There was no time to waste.

The Captain had decided to conduct the experiment in sick bay. In case
something went wrong, and they had to separate Ele without his knowledge
or approval, it would be the best place for the Borg.

“Are you ready?” Picard asked.

“Yes.” was Ele’s simple response. Hugh handled his implants.

Ele’s arm started moving towards Picard. The mechanic implants started
turning around wildly. “Captain Jean-Luc Picard, of the U.S.S. Enterprise,
NCC-1701-D. Terran. Your culture will be assimilated.”

“Cut the link.” Picard ordered.

“Don’t.” Troi suggested. “It is possible that this is just an initial
reaction to all the incoming data. We think we have limited their access
to Ele’s mind, and I’m still sensing some individuality from him.”
Ele turned to face Troi.

“Commander Deanna Troi. Counselor. Half-Terran, Half-Betazoid. You, too,
will be assimilated.”

Hugh approached Ele to check whether the changes they had made to the
linking implant were still intact. This sounded like a completely normal
Borg – within the collective.

A force field kept him off. Ele looked at him, saying “Third of Five. You
have attained severe damage, but you are still operational. We will repair
you.”

“It is you who needs repairs, Ele.” Hugh offered. Maybe mentioning the
name they had given the individual would return some of his memories of
individuality.

Eleventh of twenty-six didn’t react. He continued turning around and
checking the people, representatives of some civilizations maybe worth
assimilation.

“Seron. Vulcan. Logic-based being. You will make a fine addition to the
collective.”

The Borg faced Data.

“Data. Primitive, non-sentient artificial life form. You will be obsolete
in the new order, but maybe your materials can be recycled.”

Picard looked at Troi. He was getting sick of waiting for the Borg to help
them, and even more sick of hearing how they all would be assimilated in
the close future. He got downright angry when he heard the Borg
considering to recycle Data.

“The signs of individual existence are fading.” Troi gave up. “The
collective is too strong.”

“I request permission to mind-meld with the Borg.” Seron threw in. “I
might be able to direct his thoughts in the right direction.”

“You are aware of the risks, Ensign?” Picard asked. He knew the effects of
mind-melds from his own experience. He had had to bear Ambassador Sarek’s
emotions, the thoughts of a single person, and he had completely lost his
control. He doubted the Vulcan could deal with the thoughts of an entire
collective.

“I am fully aware of the risks.” Seron stated. “I am not connected to the
collective directly. If they should be able to take control of my mind,
which I do not believe, you can separate me by simply pulling me off the
Borg. If I understand our situation correctly, this is our only logical
choice.”

“Make it so.” Picard agreed. He would never have ordered the Vulcan to
undergo the mind-meld, but if the Ensign wanted to save the Federation, he
didn’t want to stop him. He was fully aware of the risks, and ready to
take them. Picard made a mental note to request an official commendation
or a promotion for Seron if he survived it.

The Vulcan approached the Borg, and extended his arms. He started
concentrating on the procedures required for a mind-meld. He had been
taught the principles of telepathy back on Vulcan, and he had given it
some tries, but in his time in the academy and aboard the Enterprise, he
hadn’t used the technique. He had a good memory, though, and mind-melds
were not something you could forget easily.

The Vulcan extended his fingers, and suddenly touched a force field. It
ached in his fingers, but pain was a feeling he could not afford. He
suppressed it as good as he could. As a Vulcan, he was used to repress all
of his emotions and personal feelings, but this pain was intense. He
forced himself hard to push harder, but he realized he could not penetrate
the force field. He finally drew back his fingers, and took a step away
from the Borg. He noticed a bit of the pain had showed on his face, and
quickly got it under control.

Picard ordered to cut the link.

Worf approached Ele, trying to remove or destroy the linking implant they
had connected to his head. He was stopped and thrown back by a force field
the Borg had built up.

“Worf.” Ele continued speaking. “Klingon. A race of warriors. You will be
assimilated.”

The Klingon drew his phaser and fired at the implant. Data verified the
readings on his tricorder. “The force field is getting weaker.” he
reported. “I assume the Borg is running out of energy.”

While Data spoke, the Borg dematerialized. The collective had beamed him
away in order to get him out of the dangerous phaser shot, and to refill
his depleted energy reserves.

“Captain, I think I have got an idea.” Seron announced.

Chapter Eleven

The crew members assembled in the observation lounge. Picard looked at
Seron in anxiety. He had considered the problem for a long time, and
hadn’t been able to come up with any more ideas. He was nearly convinced
this was a no-win situation, but Seron was a Vulcan. A Vulcan wouldn’t
tell the Captain of an idea that would prove impossible to realize. There
had to be something he had missed, he concluded.

“I have analyzed the outcome of our experiment with Ele.” The Vulcan
started to explain, after everyone had taken their seats. “It didn’t work
because even though we tried to limit the collective’s access to certain
parts of his brain, the collective’s influence on him was too strong. The
logical conclusion is that we must connect something more reliable to the
Borg collective. We are in possession of the individual Borg’s linking
implants. I recommend interfacing them with the ship’s computer, and
trying to have it connected to the Borg collective.”

“It won’t work.” Hugh stated, drawing some curious looks at him. “The
linking implants transmit brain waves, not any data a computer could
generate.”

“Then I see only one logical option.” Seron continued. “We have to connect
someone who can control the Borg influence. Vulcans are used to suppress
all emotions all the time, and we are used to controlling other people’s
thoughts in mind-melds.”

He paused for a moment.

“As the only Vulcan aboard the ship who has been in contact with the
Borg,” he continued, remembering his time with the individual Borg on the
planet as well as the short time with the Borg collective back in sick
bay, “I would be the logical choice.”

“I cannot permit that.” Picard murmured. “It’s too risky.”

Seron didn’t dare to object, though he was convinced it was the only
choice they had. The Vulcan knew Picard was open to suggestions most of
the time, but he would not accept an Ensign doubting his decisions.
Logically, he would keep his opinion for himself.

“My positronic brain output resembles your brain waves.” Data suggested.
“And I have not been programmed for collective existance. I believe I am
immune to the Borg influence, but my brain output can be adapted to serve
as a connection to the collective.”

“What about the subconscious activity?” Dr. Crusher remembered what Hugh
had told her about the Borg security measures.

“My mind, like yours, operates on a conscious and a subconscious level. I
have been designed to process information like a human. I do not think the
Borg can tell the difference between my output and the output a strange
humanoid life form might produce.”

Picard looked at his chief engineer. “Geordi, do you think you can alter
Data’s positronic brain output enough to be accepted as brainwaves by the
Borg?”

LaForge thought about it. Data was right, his positronic brain had been
designed to process information like a human brain, and to be as similar
to a human brain as it was possible for a machine. And, of course, the
Borg had assimilated several different life forms, probably with slightly
different types of brainwaves. They would tolerate slight glitches.

“I believe it is possible.” he finally stated.

“Very well. Make it so.” Picard ordered. He looked around, and noticed
noone else wanted to make a suggestion or a comment. “Dismissed.” He
added.

***

LaForge arrived in engineering with Data, Dr. Crusher and a few individual
Borg.

He opened Data’s head to connect him to a diagnostic panel. He knew what
Data was, how Data operated, probably better than anyone else, but
whenever he had to open the Commander’s head, he was a bit uneasy about
it.

It was even worse for Dr. Crusher. She was used to dealing with human
patients, and it disturbed her to be reminded of the fact that one of her
comrades, her friends, looked like a tricorder rather than a life form in
the interior. She remembered Picard’s words when Maddox had tried to prove
Data was not sentient. “Keep in mind that we, too, are machines. We are
just machines made up of different materials.” Or something like that. She
knew the Captain was right, but she still felt a bit uneasy looking at the
circuitry in Data’s head.

She forced herself to forget about it, and looked at the diagnostic
display. LaForge had adjusted it to display Data’s brain output. The
android had been right. It surely resembled brainwaves.

“Can you increase the amplitude, and lower the frequency a bit?” she
asked.

LaForge looked at Data. He could construct an adapter, but if the android
could control the output with his positronic brain, it would be a better
way, and one that wouldn’t require more time. The Borg could decide to
assimilate or destroy – recycle, how they would put it – the Enterprise
every minute.

“I cannot.” Data replied. “But it should be easy to build an adapter we
can connect between my brain’s output channels and the Borg implants.”
The engineers got to work.

***

The inertia dampers failed. The impact of the Borg weapon nearly threw
Picard out of his command chair.

“Shields have failed.” Worf reported, getting up from the floor. He
checked the sensors. “The Borg have cut a cylindric part out of the ship.
Decks two through eight, sections twenty-four and twenty-five.”

So they were starting to examine the ship, trying to determine which parts
could be recycled. They wouldn’t have much more time.

“The protection force fields are in place. There should be no danger for
the crew.” The Klingon added. He considered it needless to say there were
no casualties. Picard knew there were only few people aboard, and noone
would be in the area he had mentioned.

“Can you get the shields back up?” Picard asked.

“Yes. If we concentrate all remaining shield power to the direction of the
Borg ship, we can restore shields to eight percent. If the Borg don’t use
other weapons than their tractor beam, it they will hold for about fifty
minutes.”

“Make it so.” Picard ordered, hoping the Borg would not waste their energy
on penetrating the shields earlier. The Borg had, as they had said,
studied the defensive capabilities of the ship, and concluded they were in
no position to offer resistance. Their logical brain implants would
dictate not to waste energy on defeating an inferior ship. Or at least,
that was what Picard hoped.

“Resistance is futile. If you resist, we will destroy your ship.” A
metallic voice announced through the ship’s speakers.

“Have you put them on the speakers?” The Captain asked Worf.

“Negative. They must have found a way to access our ship’s systems.”

“Probably they learned something about our computer systems while they
tried to assimilate the data we prepared for them.” Riker surmised. “They
must have realized we were trying to trick them, and so, they have
concentrated on the technology they could analyze directly.”

“Possible.” Picard said. He thought about ways to use it against the Borg,
but he couldn’t find any.

“Data to Picard.” The android’s voice interrupted the Captain’s thoughts.
He acknowledged the call. “Picard here.”

Data informed the Captain that they had finished constructing an adapter
for Data’s brain output, and they had been able to interface it with the
Borg implants. “We are ready for a try.” He added. “We will make a test
run in sick bay, where Doctor Crusher can verify the brainwave readings.”

“Make it so.” Picard ordered. They could not afford losing more time.

“Keep the communicator channel open. We want to hear what’s happening.”

Picard restrained the wish to get down to sick bay and see everything
himself. If the Borg attacked the ship, he would be needed on the bridge.
“Establishing link.” Data reported. “No significant access yet. Geordi,
increase the output frequency by 0.04 percent.”

Picard heard a few beeps, probably diagnostic sounds LaForge had
programmed into the adapter.

“Trying… Stand by.” The android’s voice came through the communicator.
“Still no significant access.”

Picard heard the sound of a medical tricorder. Doctor Crusher had to be
taking brainwave readings from the Borg to check for differences, he
speculated.

Few seconds later, he heard her voice. “The amplitude is significantly
higher. Try increasing power to the adapter.” – “Factor 1.87” he heard
Data’s voice add.

“Trying.”

“Captain, I’m detecting an unauthorized access to our computers’ central
databanks.” Worf reported.

Chapter Twelve

Worf analyzed the data on the security station further. “The access seems
to originate in Engineering.”

“The Borg.” Picard speculated. “They must have realized we were trying to
trick them, and they have realized we have had to return the normal
information to the systems in order to run the ship efficiently.”

“Negative.” Worf replied. “We are not detecting any Borg in the section.
Whatever it is, it is accessing all data about the warp drive, and sending
it on a subspace channel.”

“The warp drive?” Picard asked, purely rhetorical.

“Tomalok.” Riker spoke the Captain’s thought out loud. “They must have
added a spying device in their cloaking device.”

“And we can’t dismantle it without killing our engineers.” Worf added.
“Still no significant access. The Borg seem to be waiting for a very
specific type of brainwaves. I assume adapting others to their brainwaves
is part of the early steps in assimilation I cannot undergo. Try to reduce
the frequency by 0.01 percent, and decrease the amplitude by 0.2. It seems
to be the best match to the mostly used frequencies and amplitudes in
Hugh’s brain.”

“Mr. Data, wait.” Picard ordered. “We have a problem in engineering.”

He had spent some time considering it. Defeating the Borg seemed to have
the highest priority, and the Romulans’ attempt to get all information
about the warp drive seemed so small, so irrelevant compared to the Borg
threat. But then, he had considered the possibility that the Romulans were
after more than just the information about the warp drive. Once they would
have finished downloading the information, their sender would access
other, more dangerous information. If they survived the battle against the
Borg, the least they needed would be a Romulan Empire knowing all about
Federation technology, Federation secret plans, and the Federation’s ships
and their locations.

He explained everything to the android. Data was the only crew member
resistant to the deadly radiation the cloaking device would set free.

Apparently, the Romulans had not been aware of that, or they just hadn’t
thought about it when they saw the unique opportunity to get access to
Federation technology.

“I will take care of it.” Data announced.

***

The android entered engineering, and headed straight for the cloaking
device. He would try to disassemble it, and deactivate the sender. If the
Romulans had tried to get information about the Federation’s warp drive,
he considered it right to get information about their cloaking device in
turn. If it didn’t work, he would still have the opportunity to destroy
the device.

He took a sonic driver from LaForge’s collection of tools, and attempted
to take the top of the device off.

Smoke filled engineering. Something inside the cloaking device had
exploded. Data coughed. He had concentrated on becoming more human on so
many occasions that part of the program had moved to his subconscious
level.

“Data to Picard.” he tapped his communicator. He waited for the Captain’s
acknowledgement, and reported parts of the cloaking device had exploded,
but he would be able to salvage most of it.

“Very well.” He heard the Captain’s voice. “See to it later. Just
deactivate the sender, and return to sick bay.”

The Captain’s order was entirely logical, Data concluded, and complied.
Before leaving engineering, he activated the decontaminators. His sensors
had indicated deadly amounts of gamma radiation, as well as some poisonous
gases. The ship’s cleaning systems would take care of everything now.

***

“I have returned to sick bay, and I have been reconnected to the adapter
and the Borg linking implant.” Data reported through the communicator.
Picard hoped this attempt would work. He didn’t have Data’s sense of
constant time, but he didn’t think they had more than twenty minutes left.
He knew Vulcans had a good sense of time, and asked Seron.

“We have thirteen minutes and forty-six seconds left.” The navigator
replied.

Less than a quarter hour… Even worse than he had thought. He nervously
shifted his position in the command chair, and tried to straighten his
uniform jacked.

“I have obtained some access.” Data reported. “Intriguing. Accessing…
Accessing… The Borg have changed some of their access codes, but others
are the same Hugh gave me.” He reported. “We do not have access to their
weapons, recreational, and self-destruction levels.”

Picard thought he was in no position to tell Data what he should enter
into the command queue. He had never had significant access to the
collective, and the android was more familiar with their present state
than he was. “Enter the commands you think to be the most appropriate.” he
ordered.

***

“Accessing. Accessing… Entering…” Data’s head emitted some sparks.

LaForge threw him a worried look. He grabbed a tricorder and ran a check.

“Your systems are overloading, Data.” he said. He didn’t consider to
separate the android from the collective yet. It was neccessary to warn
him, but there was no serious damage yet.

“Do not remove the linking implants.” Data ordered. “I am required to
plant some more orders in their command queue. It is more important than
my personal well-being. Accessing… Accessing…”

The amount of sparks increased. There was an increase in temperature.
LaForge knew the reason, but he didn’t dare say it out loud. Data’s head
was emitting positrons, which were reacting with the electrons in the air,
setting free radiation and warmth.

“Accessing…”

***

Picard looked at the viewer, and noticed the Borg ship had started moving.

Their tractor beam got weaker, and finally, faded out of existence.

“The Borg ship is increasing speed.” Worf reported, checking the tactical
station. “They are now at warp one.”

Were they trying to get out of Data’s range? Picard wondered.
“Warp two.” The Klingon announced.

“Warp three… four… Warp six. Warp seven.”

The Borg engines were quite effective, Picard realized. They accelerated
faster than anything he had ever encountered.

“Warp eight.” Worf reported. “Warp nine.”

“Congratulations, Mr. Data.” Picard said. “You did it.”

Instead of the expected reply from the android, LaForge’s voice came
through the communicator. “You’d better come down here.”

Chapter Thirteen

The sound in LaForge’s voice had not been good, Picard realized. He’d
better get to sick bay immediately.

“Number One, you have the bridge.” He uttered, and got up. His uniform
jacket had probably moved up once again, but he didn’t take the time to
pull it down. He hurried to the turbolift.

“Sick bay.” He said, in a nervous and worried voice.

Picard knew the turbolift was operating at the normal speed, but he almost
couldn’t believe it. It seemed to be slower than usual. The trip to sick
bay seemed to take forever.

After seconds that seemed like minutes, or even hours, the doors opened.
Picard hurried to the sick bay doors. They opened and admitted him in.
Data was lying on a diagnostic table, with all diagnostic functions
activated. LaForge and another engineer were scanning him with a
tricorder, Dr. Crusher was working on him with a medical tricorder.

Picard looked at the android, and didn’t see the usual breathing-like
movements. A bad sign. His eyes flew across the readings on the diagnostic
table. He knew what had happened before Dr. Crusher said it out loud.

“He’s dead.”

LaForge tried once more to turn on the android, but nothing happened.
After a moment of silence, he explained. “The Borg must have realized our
intrusion, and developed a defense. They have managed to overload his
positronic brain, probably causing a reaction between the positrons and
the electrons in Data’s body.”

“Positrons are electrons in anti-matter.” He explained. “There would be
nothing remaining.”

“Can you repair the damage?” The Captain asked, with the last bit of hope
in his voice.

“No.” Geordi said resignedly. “We could build new arms for Data, new legs,
even new sensors. But we have never understood the functionality of his
brain.”

Epilogue

“Captain’s log, stardate 48054.7”
With the Borg gone, the Enterprise had managed to pick up and re-install
the ejected log-buoy.

“Commander Data has managed to enter a command into the Borg collective,
which made them leave Federation space. Without the android, we can only
speculate what it might have been.
We have cancelled our mission to Talar IV, and are returning to Earth,
where we will hand the remains of Data to the Daystrom Institute. We hope
that some day, they will be able to revive the android.”

Picard looked at Data’s former post, and saw Worf handling the console. He
would have to mention it in the log.

“Aboard the ship, everything is returning to normal. The crew and
families, as well as some individual Borg, have been beamed back aboard.
Lieutenant Worf has taken over the Enterprise Ops station and sciences
department, and on his recommendation, we have made Lieutenant Satarra
temporary chief of security.”

He had mentioned everything Starfleet Command would care about, he
realized, but Data deserved being mentioned once more in the Captain’s
log.

“Though both of them are performing well in their new posts, Commander
Data’s dead is leaving a big gap on the Enterprise. His fate is a severe
loss for the ship and crew. I want to mention that, in his entire time
aboard the Enterprise, he performed beyond anyone’s expectations, both in
service, and as a crewmate, a friend.”

Picard thought about adding something more, but he thought this was
enough.

“Mr. Seron, warp five. Engage.”

The Enterprise got underway. “Number One, you have the bridge.” Picard
ordered, got up and headed for his ready room. He noticed the sound of an
opening turbolift door, but he didn’t turn around to see who had entered
the bridge, until he heard a familiar voice.

“Request permission to re-take my post.”

“Data!” He exclaimed, and looked at the turbolift doors. He had recognized
the voice, but he wanted to make absolutely sure he was not just hearing
what he wanted to hear.

The android stood there, and said nothing.

“We thought you were dead.” Picard mentioned, trying to find out what had
happened to the android.

“Your observation was, basically, correct.” he explained. “The Borg have
detected my intrusion into their command pathways, and they have developed
a defense. They sent me information at an incredible speed, overloading my
positronic brain as well as the receptors.”

He paused for a moment, as if he had just remembered something else.

“Did we succeed?” he asked.

Picard just nodded, and gestured Data to go on.

“I noticed they were trying to overload my brain, but it was too early to
cut the link. I had not yet succeeded planting orders into their central
command queue. I continued communicating with them.

When I had entered all commands I had thought of, I realized I would not
be able to survive further exposition to their data, not even long enough
for Commander LaForge to remove the connection. I deactivated myself.
Since I considered the possibility that the Borg are able to re-activate
and destroy me, I have had to alter my programming to ignore the on-
switch. I handed its control to my internal timer, telling it to turn me
on after half an hour.”

The android stopped, convinced he had mentioned everything he had been
asked for.

“How did you convince the Borg to leave?” Picard wanted to know.

“I have realized that I could not obtain direct access to their weapons,
their recreational program we used in our last encounter with the
collective, or their self-destruction mechanism, so I had to think of
another way to get rid of them permanently.

I thought of just accessing their navigations program, and sending them to
a different galaxy, but I did not want to endanger life forms in the
regions. The Federation has not yet charted galaxies other than our own,
but there is a high probability for the existance of other life forms in
other galaxies.

Then I noticed they had not protected their basic behavior codes. I
thought about adding a sentence saying that individuality has advantages,
and individual life forms may, under no circumstances, be assimilated into
the Borg collective without their explicit wish, but then I realized it
would, in all probability, not work. These Borg had make negative
experiences with individuality, and they would reconsider the command as
soon as they would need it.

So, I added a command to their central databanks, saying that individual
life is inferior, not worthy of assimilation.

I, basically, invented a prime directive for them, saying they may
assimilate other species into the Borg collective only after they have
formed a collective for themselves, and I implied that the Borg might get
to know something new about linking persons together by assimilating other
collective instead of individuals.”

“Very well.” Picard commented. “This should prevent them from assimilating
individuals ever again.”

“I do not think so.” Data threw in.

The others looked at him curiously.

“The entire Borg culture is based on assimilation. Whenever someone in the
collective died, they used to replace the person by assimilating someone
new if there was no Borg child available.” He started. “Over the time,
their numbers will, in all probability, decrease, and they will have to
keep up the collective. They will, eventually, come to the conclusion that
they need to assimilate others in order to survive.”

He paused for a moment.

“Given the current number of Borg in the collective, as well as their
number of procreations per Borg per year, I estimate they will not
assimilate other species in the next one hundred and twenty-eight years.

Until then, we will be prepared.”

“That should be enough, Mr. Data. Very well done.” Picard commented. “And,
Mr. Data,”

he waited until the android looked at him.

“Permission granted.”

======================================================================
Liked it? Hated it?
Send comments and suggestions to root@startrek.in-trier.de
Want more?
Go https://www.startrek.in-trier.de/ufsw/
======================================================================

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Tasha and Deanna

Tasha and Deanna

By B L Miller

Tasha looked at the entrance to her quarters and sighed. It was 1600 hours
and she had just finished a killer double-shift. Nothing else was on her
mind than to change out of her uniform and relax. She entered her room.
“Computer, lights, dim.” The computer responded, filling the room with a
soft glow. The dimness was pleasing to the blond, who headed for the
bedroom. She quickly stripped from her gold and black uniform, and took a
moment to look in the full-length mirror. She was still slim, and her
breasts were still firm. She delighted in how she looked. At 32, she still
had a body that could attract, and sometimes she used it to her advantage.

She entered the bathroom. “Computer, bath, warm, bubbles.” She watched as a
compartment opened on the far wall, and a tub appeared, filling with warm,
sudsy water. She climbed in and lowered herself into the bath. She soaked
for 20 minutes, languishing in the warmth, when the beep sounded. “Damn!”
She exclaimed as she rose from the water. She quickly wrapped a light,
sheer robe around her body and a towel around her head as she headed toward
the door.

“Who is it?” She was at the door now, rubbing her hair with the towel.

“It’s Deanna Troi. Tasha, are you busy? I could come back another time.”
The counselor offered as she stood outside the door, wondering what was
taking Tasha so long.

“Come.” was Tasha’s reply. She smiled when the door opened and the
Raven-haired counselor entered. Tasha loved to look at Troi, the way her
breasts filled her uniform top, the fullness of those lips, the way Troi’s
hips were accented in her pants. Tasha often dreamed about how the betazoid
would look naked, how she would feel. Ohh…

“Tasha, are you ok?” Tasha was startled out of her fantasy when Troi spoke.
“Yes Deanna, I’m all right. I was just taking a soak and trying to relax.
It’s been one of those days.” Yar motioned for Troi to come in and sit
down. The furniture in the security officer’s quarters was simple. One
chair, and a couch. Tasha sat on the couch, and assumed that Deanna would
take the chair. To her surprise, Deanna came and sat on the couch next to
her.

“You look worn out. Perhaps you should go for a massage.” Deanna reached up
and rubbed the back of the neck of the blonde. Tasha turned away so Deanna
could have better access. Deanna shifted so she was facing Tasha
completely. She rubbed harder, kneading and stroking the older woman’s
neck, feeling the strain of the day wash away from Tasha.

“Deanna, that feels so good.” Tasha said in a soft voice. “Would you mind
rubbing me? It feels so good. I don’t want to have to go to the masseuse,
and the way you do it is relaxing. Please?” The words came out of Tasha
before she could even think. What was she doing? Everyone knew that Troi
and Riker had a thing going before they got on the Enterprise. Before she
could speak to take it back, the counselor said “Of course, Tasha. I would
be glad to give you a massage.” Deanna got up and motioned for Tasha to lay
down on the couch. Deanna kneeled before her.” Tasha, you’ll have to take
off the robe.” Tasha thought she caught a glint in the betazoid’s eyes. She
hadn’t even thought about the robe. That was all she had on. Then she
realized that in Deanna’s culture, nudity is very commonplace. You’re just
being silly, she thought, and stood up. She removed the robe from her
shoulders, letting it fall to the floor. Deanna was still kneeling,
watching the blond as the robe cascaded down her body, revealing itself to
her. She looked at Yar’s breasts. Not as large as Troi’s, but plentiful
enough. Her gaze went down the stomach, past the curvy hips, until it
stopped on the blond patch between the blonde’s legs. Tasha watched as
Deanna studied her body. It sent a thrill through her to see the look of
longing on Deanna’s face. Tasha thought about their friendship, of Will,
and then thought about those long nights alone, thinking about this woman.

“Deanna, let’s go to the bedroom. It will be more comfortable there.” Tasha
held her hand out to the younger woman and led her into the bedroom.
Tasha’s clothes were scattered all around, and the panties that she wore
were laying on the bed. Deanna saw them first and picked them up. She felt
the moisture in the crotch and wondered who Tasha thought of to get wet.
She set them down and climbed onto the bed. She motioned for Tasha to lay
on her stomach, and Deanna climbed on top of her, positioning herself below
Tasha’s buttocks. She leaned forward and began to rub Yar’s back. She
started out up near the shoulders, very lightly, then increased the
pressure and worked downward. Tasha moaned lightly, relaxing and giving in
to the joy of feeling this woman touching her. When Deanna reached the
buttocks, her touch eased. She rubbed in light, circular motions all over
Yar’s buttocks. When she went near the crack, she could feel Yar’s
resistance, her cheeks tighten up. Deanna didn’t want to stop, and she
moved away, continuing the hypnotic rubbing. She kept returning to the
crack, and each time Tasha relaxed a little more.

“Tasha…” Deanna kept on rubbing. “I think you are very beautiful…you
have such a gorgeous body, it is exquisite..” Troi felt the stirring
underneath her ” and very responsive.” Deanna squeezed the buttocks she had
been so lightly touching. Tasha turned beneath her and looked up. She
stared into Deanna’s eyes, and the betazoid could feel the thoughts of the
blonde. Troi could feel her own nipples harden as she felt the passion and
desire that was in Tasha. She leaned down and kissed Tasha on the lips.
Lightly at first, then with more longing, more desire. She felt the lips
below her part, and she opened hers, allowing tongues to connect. It seemed
like hours that the dance went on. Deanna’s tongue entering Tasha’s mouth,
searching, seeking. Tasha’s tongue playing it’s own dance, conquering
Deanna’s mouth with passion and lust. Deanna started to rock on Tasha’s
body, feeling the heat from the naked woman’s center, and the wetness from
her own. Regretfully, Troi sat up, breaking the dance. She looked into
Yar’s eyes, and didn’t need her betazoid senses to see the smokiness, the
desire. “I want you.” was all she could get out. Her voice was deep and
raspy. She lowered herself onto the older woman, and placed light,
caressing kisses on Tasha’s neck. Tasha brought her arms around Deanna, and
held her tight. Then Tasha rolled Deanna over, and propped herself up on
one elbow. She looked into the betazoid’s eyes. “Can you tell? Can you tell
what I’m thinking?” She reached over and placed her hand on Troi’s cheek.
“Deanna….can you feel me? Can you feel the desire?” Deanna moaned as
Tasha spoke in a low, throaty voice. It was mesmerizing. “Can you feel what
I want?” With that, Yar reached down and cupped Deanna’s left breast, her
thumb lazily going over the nipple, caressing it to hardness. Tasha knew
that Betazoid women are much more sensitive than humans, and she knew her
touches were causing the dampness between Deanna’s legs. Deanna moaned in
pleasure, and placed her hand on Tasha’s, pressing down on her breast.
Tasha increased her motions, pinching the nipples though the material of
Troi’s uniform.

“Take it off….I want to see you..”Tasha released her grip on Deanna’s
breast and moved away, giving the black-haired woman room to move. Deanna
went to the far side of the bed and stood up, and started to remove her
uniform. “Let me” Tasha got up and walked over to Troi. She kissed Troi
with passion, starting another round in the dance their tongues played. She
reached for Deanna’s shoulders, and slowly pulled down the top. Deanna
leaned closer to Tasha, allowing their breasts to touch. Yar pulled the
uniform down, lowering herself to eye level as the uniform lowered, until
she reached the dark triangle of Deanna’s womanhood. Tasha cared no longer
about the uniform and leaned in for a taste. She kissed the younger woman’s
mound, nuzzling the thick neatly trimmed hair. Deanna placed her hands on
Yar’s head, pressing her face into her mound. Deanna felt her knees buckle
as Tasha’s tongue reached out and found it’s mark.

“Ohhh…” was all that Deanna could muster. Tasha smiled and withdrew her
face from the pleasure zone. She wanted Deanna, she wanted her bad, and now
she was going to enjoy having her. Tasha stood up and slowly lowered Deanna
to the bed, tongues dancing as their bodies laid down on the soft mattress.
Tasha finally broke the embrace and stood up. She removed the rest of
Deanna’s uniform, then stood there and looked at her new lover. She could
see the drops of Deanna’s desire forming on her mound. Tasha’s eyes
continued their tour of Deanna, studying the young woman, watching. Deanna
could feel Tasha’s passion, could see the desire in her eyes, and there was
something more, something dangerous in that look. Tasha was doing more than
looking, she was planning her conquest. The look in Tasha’s eyes made
Deanna even more aroused, as she wanted Tasha to release herself, to be
intimate and giving. To give and take with another person and feel it, not
just for release, but for pleasure. She wanted Tasha to be free, to be as
rough or as gentle as she wanted. Most of all, she wanted to break down the
walls that Tasha put up to keep people from getting close to her.
“Tasha…” the look in Deanna’s eyes was unmistakable. She was giving
herself up to Tasha. She was surrendering to Tasha’s passion. There no
longer were limits. There no longer was a ship. There was only Deanna and
Tasha, making love. That was their world right now. Tasha moved, with the
grace of a cat, up to Deanna’s face and kissed her. Their legs were
intertwined now, and were pressing against the other. Tasha took
control, kissing Deanna more ferociously, taking what she wanted from the
younger one’s mouth. Deanna gave willingly, ready to give all to her new
lover. Tasha’s hands roamed freely, first cupping, then squeezing Deanna’s
breasts, her thumbs moved up to the nipples. They were already erect from
Tasha’s previous touch, but this time Yar would not be quite so gentle. She
squeezed the nipples hard, and Deanna let out a moan of pain/pleasure. She
could feel a hint of mischieviousness coming from the blonde. Tasha
continued to alternate between soft caresses and firmer pinches. Deanna was
melting under the touch. Tasha leaned forward and took Deanna’s left nipple
into her mouth. Troi let out a low moan when she felt the hot, wet mouth
take possession of her nipple, and her moans continued when Yar’s tongue
began it’s exploration. Tasha took her time, wanting to build the betazoid
up to frenzy. She alternated between soft licks and more firmer nibbling.
She could feel herself getting wetter as the young woman squirmed beneath
her. Her mouth found its way to Deanna’s lips and the dance started all
over again. Deanna brought her left thigh up and placed it squarely between
Yar’s legs. She could feel the wetness on her leg, and could feel the
pleasure that the pressure was bringing to Tasha. The blond pressed up
harder against the younger woman’s leg, and the kisses became more urgent.
Tasha’s passion was rising, and she could feel herself slipping out of
control with this beautiful betazoid. She eased the grip she had on Deanna,
and allowed herself to be rolled onto her back. Deanna decided that it was
her turn to be the aggressor. She wanted to take Tasha to new heights. To a
higher level. She wanted to give Tasha what no other man or woman had ever
given her. She wanted Tasha to give to her what she had given no one else.
She wanted Tasha to put aside her fears, to open up and give in to the
passion she wanted so bad. She wanted Tasha to be vulnerable. She touched
Yar’s cheek with her finger, and slowly worked her way down. She circled
Tasha’s nipple, careful not to touch it. She started the circles wide, then
slowly worked them closer to the Tasha’s tit. As Deanna got closer, she
could feel the older woman press up against her, encouraging her to touch.
Deanna held off, and worked her fingers back to wide circles, driving Tasha
crazy. Tasha’s moans were becoming more frequent and louder now. But Deanna
made her wait, teasing her with light flicks over the nipple, and
occasionally a light pinch. She could feel Tasha going higher, mesmerized
by the feelings. Finally, she leaned over and gave Tasha what she wanted.
Her mouth covered Tasha’s left nipple, and she sucked and nibbled. Tasha
gave into the feelings and she could feel her clit start to throb with
excitement. “Deanna….ohh” was about all Tasha could say between her
moans. Deanna’s tongue was performing magic on her nipples, and she didn’t
want this feeling to ever end.

Deanna shifted and separated their legs. She propped herself up on one elbow
and looked at the naked form before her. She reached over and stroked
Tasha’s thigh, making sure to come into contact with the soft blond mound
on each upswing. Tasha instinctively spread her legs, allowing full access
to her new lover. Deanna rewarded her by palming the blond mound and
slipping one finger between the folds. “Oh Tasha!…” the words came out in
a low, husky voice. They stared into each others eyes. “Deanna….please”
was all Tasha could croak out. She was on the verge and Deanna knew it.
Without hesitation, Deanna moved between the security officer’s legs. She
could smell the passion she had aroused in Tasha. She nuzzled the soft,
blond fur. Tasha put her hands on Troi’s head and guided her to her
pleasure zone. Deanna slipped her tongue in, lightly tasting Tasha, then
with more force, licking the clit hard, causing Tasha to cry out. Deanna
went into automatic then, alternating between licking the clit, and poking
her tongue into Tasha’s hole. Tasha’s rocking became more rhythmic, and she
pushed her cunt against Troi’s face harder. Troi could feel the passion in
Tasha building to a frenzy, she responded with more passion and pressure,
she nipped at the clit and slipped one, then two fingers into Tasha’s hole.
Tasha started to buck hard against Troi’s fingers, her moans and cries of
pleasure rising to new volumes. Troi increased the speed and tempo of her
thrusts. She released the hold her mouth had on Tasha’s clit and moved
upward, getting a better angle to fuck her friend with. Tasha was out of
control now, rising her hips to meet each thrust. “More! More! Fuck me
harder Deanna!!…Please!! Deanna was losing herself to the passion, as she
fucked her friend harder, adding another finger to the group. Tasha was
screaming now, the pleasure rising to a crescendo. “Oh..oh…oh
Deanna!!!…Oh yes, please!…..I’m gonna…”. Her voice trailed off from
any intelligible words and became an expression of her sex. Tasha screamed
and thrust her pussy up hard to meet Deanna’s fingers. Deanna’s hand became
a whirl as she continued to ram her friend’s pussy. Finally, Tasha’s back
arched, and Deanna could feel the contractions on her fingers. A flood of
Tasha’s girlcum came rushing out, and Deanna replaced her fingers with her
mouth to lick up all the juice. As Tasha came back to reality, Deanna’s
licking slowed to a soft caress. She picked her head up and looked at her
blond lover. Tasha looked at her with half closed eyes, completely open to
her. Deanna noticed a tear start to fall. She moved up and kissed Tasha’s
face, licking away the tear, then her mouth moved down toward Yar’s mouth.
They kissed a long, slow deep kiss that communicated their feelings. Deanna
nuzzled onto Tasha’s chest, just below the shoulder, and they laid there.
They drifted in and out of sleep, cuddling and sharing small gentle kisses.
Neither spoke, they just enjoyed the feeling of each other’s bodies.

It was 0200 before they finally spoke.

“I should be getting back to my quarters”

“Deanna…I want you to stay” Tasha’s voice was still low and husky. “I’ve
never felt that way before…you reached inside and took me farther than I
thought I would let anyone take me.”

“Tasha..”she stroked the older woman’s hair. “I love you and I have wanted
to make love to you for so long.” The admission came out of her mouth
before she could think about it. It was true, but she had never realized it
before tonight. A sense of relief swept over her. Tasha put her finger on
Troi’s lips, silencing her. She replaced her finger with her lips, and gave
Deanna a soft, loving kiss that seemed to go on forever. Slowly they
separated. They barely looked at each other as Tasha put her robe back on
and Deanna got dressed. Not a word was said as they walked hand in hand to
the door.

“Goodnight Tasha”

“Yes it is.” Tasha leaned forward and kissed her again. They locked in an
embrace as the door to Tasha’s quarters opened.

Dr. Crusher came around the corner with her head down, looking at medical
notes. What brought her face up was the sound of a kiss. She saw Tasha
kissing what was obviously another woman, but she couldn’t see the face.
Then she recognized the uniform. “Deanna” she thought. She quickly stepped
back around the corner, trying to stay out of site. The women were clearly
focused on each other and paying no attention the rest of the ship.

“I love you Tasha.” The words that came from Deanna’s lips were soft, and
sincere. She stared into Tasha’s eyes, coaxing her to tear down the walls
that kept her emotions inside.

“I…I love you too.” That phrase was a catharsis to Tasha, causing tears
to roll down her face. Deanna held Tasha tight. Beverly watched in utter
amazement. She knew that Tasha and Deanna were close, just as she was close
to them. But she never thought that they were lovers! But there they were,
hugging and holding each other, sharing kisses, not caring who saw. She was
not shocked that they were both women, that didn’t bother her. She was just
surprised because she had heard stories about Tasha and Data, and about
Deanna and Will. Beverly decided that discretion was the better part of
valor and retreated back the way she came. It took her 10 minutes to get to
where she was going because she didn’t want to disturb the lovebirds.
Meanwhile, Deanna and Tasha finally separated. Reluctantly, Tasha let
Deanna return to her quarters. Tasha closed the door to her quarters and
went back to bed. The scent of their lovemaking lingered in the air, and
Tasha could feel herself getting wet again at the memory. She laid down on
the bed and fell asleep exhausted…but smiling.

Tasha awoke at 0600. She sat up headed for the bathroom. She could feel the
soreness between her legs. It reminded her of the fucking she received from
Deanna, and she could feel herself start to tingle. Oh shit, she thought.
This isn’t going to be like this all day! I can’t go around getting wet all
day long. Oh no! What if Deanna is on the bridge with me? A silly question
since they were both bridge officers, and she knew that they were both
assigned today from 0800 to 1600. She washed up and got dressed, all the
while thinking of her raven-haired beauty, and what pleasures she had
brought.

Deanna was washing up in her bathroom. She went to sleep with the scent of
Tasha on her face and fingers, and the taste of Tasha in her mouth.
Regretfully, she had to wash the scent off before reporting to the bridge.
She was extra careful to make sure all of Tasha’s scent was off because she
knew that Worf was on the bridge this morning, and his Klingon sense of
smell would give their secret away. She put her uniform on, a grey low cut
bodysuit, and looked at herself in the mirror. She was composed, not like
last night, she thought and smiled to herself, thinking of how she made
Tasha explode with delight. She had a smile on her face all the way to the
bridge.

Tasha left her quarters early, she was in a good mood and decided to take a
trip to tenforward for breakfast. She usually had a quick meal in her
quarters, coffee and toast, but this morning, she was famished, and pretty
sociable. As Lt. Yar rounded a corner, she noticed a young woman from
engineering leaning against the wall. In front of her, a young man from
security was in front of her, his hands on the wall on either side of her.
He was talking quietly to her, making a pass at the little redhead. The
redhead was obviously enjoying it. As the young security man noticed his
Lt., he jumped up to attention, fearing what reprimands he would get for
fraternizing while on duty. “Good morning Lt. Yar!” the young cadet spoke
in a crisp, matter-of-fact voice, terrified of one of the famous lectures
from the normally grim faced lieutenant. But this morning, the Lt. was
smiling. “Good morning to you too, Ensign Stoke” She smiled at the young
girl from engineering. “Good morning, Ensign…McFee?” The girls smile
indicated to Tasha that she had got it right. She continued on her way to
tenforward. The ensigns looked at each other in disbelief.

Guinan was cleaning some tables when she saw her. Guinan was surprised that
the blond was here so early in the morning. She never came here for
breakfast. Tasha looked up and spotted Guinan. She smiled and waved for the
Carmelite woman to come over. Guinan couldn’t believe how happy Tasha was.
Usually, Lt. Yar was businesslike, serious, not bright and bubbly. Guinan’s
curiosity got the better of her. She strode over to the table that Tasha
was at and sat down.

“You are absolutely beaming.” Guinan said with a smirk as she sat down. She
had a feeling that Tasha had gotten laid. Tasha blushed when she saw those
all knowing eyes of Guinan’s. There was no way to keep something secret
from Guinan, and Tasha knew that.

“So, who’s the lucky man?” Guinan asked. When the blond lowered her head
and blushed more, Guinan leaned in and smiled. “Or should I say…woman?”
Tasha’s head snapped up and Guinan knew the answer. “Come with me.” Guinan
stood up and motioned for Tasha to follow her. They went back to Guinan’s
office, where it was quiet, and they could talk.

“I don’t know how this happened” Tasha sighed as she lowered herself into a
chair opposite Guinan’s. Her fingers raked through her blond hair, trying
to clear her mind. Guinan sat back in her chair and let Tasha talk. “It was
Deanna.” finally was uttered.

Guinan sat right up. Deanna? Guinan realized the situation. Only someone
like Deanna could have evoked this reaction from Tasha. “I couldn’t resist.
It was like magic.” Yar spoke with a smile on her lips. Guinan smiled. She
saw that faraway look in Tasha’s eyes as she remembered her tryst hours
ago. It was obvious her blond friend was blissfully happy. “My friend,” the
Carmelite woman said, “you are in a place now that you have never been
before,” She looked into the blue eyes of Tasha. “Go slowly, and be good to
yourself. Above all, be honest, both with her…”Guinan reached out and
touched her on the cheek. “..and yourself.” With that, Guinan stood up and
left the room.

“Lt. Yar, would you care to join us this morning?” Captain Picard’s booming
voice shot out of her com badge. She was so startled that she jumped up.
“Yes sir!” she answered back. One quick look in the mirror, and she left
the room, running to the turbolift. She shouted “Bridge” and the turbolift
doors closed, whisking her up to the bridge.

Deanna smiled when she saw Tasha come off the lift and walk quickly to her
com station. She could feel Tasha’s embarrassment at being called by the
captain. Tasha seemed a little flustered, and Deanna tingled when she
thought about what might have caused the young Lt.’s nervousness this
morning. When Tasha saw Deanna, a now familiar urge came between her legs.
She kept staring at the counselor and could feel herself get wetter by the
minute. The betazoid was completely focused on Yar’s thoughts. Troi could
feel Tasha’s passion rising again. She could feel her dark triangle getting
moist in reaction to Tasha’s feelings. Deanna wondered if Tasha was doing
this on purpose. When she looked up, Lt. Yar was staring at her console,
studying the screens. But Troi quickly noticed the mischievous grin. The
silent exchange of looks went on for hours as the tour continued. Worf kept
looking at the two of them. “Sir,” his Klingon voice booming, “perhaps we
should run a test on the circulation system. There seems to be…” he
looked at the two women, “…certain…mustiness to the bridge today.” With
that, both women lost their composure, and received quizzical looks from
Data, Picard, and Riker. “What is so humorous?” Asked the android. Tasha
couldn’t take it anymore. “Sir, permission to go to dinner break.”

“Granted”

“Sir, permission to go to dinner break as well.” Counselor Troi asked.
Riker looked at her, but she wouldn’t look back at him.

“Granted! Go!” Picard said, having no idea what was going on, and not
caring. Both women went into the turbolift together.

“Deck 4”

“Deck 8”. The women remained in silence as the turbolift moved.

“Computer, Stop!” Barked out Lt. Yar. With lightning speed, she was over to
Deanna, covering her mouth with hers, kissing, seeking, searching for more
of what she craved. Tasha’s hands were more forceful now, taking what she
wanted. She pinched the nipples through Deanna’s uniform. She was rewarded
with a loud moan. Deanna was leaning against the turbolift with her eyes
closed, allowing Tasha total control. Tasha understood and took her there,
in the turbolift, again and again, until Troi couldn’t stand anymore. She
crumpled against the strong woman and was lowered to the floor. They held
each other for a long time, oblivious to anything else. So much for dinner.
They straightened themselves out, and went back to work. The rest of the
day was a blur for both of them. The rest of the bridge crew were looking
at each other, trying to figure out if anyone knew what was going on. 1600
hours never was more welcomed. Both women turned over their duties and
entered separate turbolifts, heading in different directions. Both new
where they would end up.

Some nights it was Tasha’s quarters. Some nights Deanna’s. Sometimes they
wouldn’t wait for their quarters and had it out in the turbolift. Quickly
though, they had learned how to just act as good friends on the bridge.
They couldn’t afford to jeopardize their careers because they couldn’t pay
attention to their jobs. Soon, their affair was working. No one suspected.
They believed that only Guinan knew about their lovemaking. Soon they would
learn otherwise.

About 10 weeks later, while lying in bed together, Deanna got a painful
cramp in her leg. Deanna knew that it would eventually go away, but it hurt
so much. Tears rolled down her cheeks.

“Lt. Yar to sickbay!” She barked into her com badge. “Dr. Crusher, I have a
medical emergency in my quarters!”

“I’ll send a medical team immediately.” The red-haired doctor answered.

“No!” Tasha yelled. “Dr. Crusher, I want you personally to come. Alone.”
The words were said softly, with pain. Deanna was rolling around the bed,
crying in pain.

“On my way” came the response.

“Open quarters, authorization Crusher 715!” The door to Tasha’s room
opened. She looked around in the dim light. “In here!” came the reply.
Beverly ran to the sleeping room. Her jaw almost hit the ground at what she
saw. Both women were completely naked. She remembered why she was there.
Beverly placed the injector against Troi’s leg and pressed the button.
Instantly, Deanna’s leg stopped spasming. Deanna laid on the bed, face
down, relieved that the pain was over. From the corner of her eye, Beverly
could see the worried look on Tasha’s face. Bev stood up and put her arm
around Tasha. “She’ll be fine, let’s leave her alone to rest.” She picked
up Tasha’s robe and handed it to her as they left the room. Tasha looked
rather flushed as they headed for the living area.

“Computer, normal evening light”. The room filled with light. Bev could see
where tears had run down Tasha’s face. Bev sat down on the chair. Tasha
sprawled out on the couch. Bev looked down at her hands.

“Deanna’s going to be fine. I-”

“Bev, I didn’t mean for you to find out like this…”

“She’ll need to rest for awhile-”

“Bev, did you hear what I said? I’m sorry, I didn’t mean for this to
happen. I wanted to tell you myself….Bev…please?” The blond reached
forward and took Bev’s hands into hers.

“Bev…”

“It’s ok, I understand. I knew, you know.”

“You knew? How? We’ve been so careful.”

“A few months ago, I saw you two here, in your quarters. You were holding
and kissing each other. Your door was open.”

“I didn’t see you. How-”

“I backed up and left. I went another way. I didn’t want to disturb the two
of you.”

“Thank you, Doctor. I feel much better now.” Both women turned to see
Deanna standing in the doorway, clad in a thick robe. Tasha jumped to her
side and helped her down to the couch. Bev looked at her quickly, then
stood up and headed for the door.

“You’ll be fine, just try to rest for awhile. Why don’t you take a day or
two off? Tasha, I’m sure you have some personal time coming that you could
use. Why don’t you take some time off with her. I’m sure she would
appreciate it.” With that, the doctor left. Tasha looked at the door for a
moment, then settled back and held her dark haired lover. Tasha felt her
eyes moisten. She never felt more needed than tonight. She placed a gentle
kiss on Deanna’s forehead, then slipped out from her sleeping grasp. She
stood up and looked at the sleeping form. Tasha felt a peace that she never
truly felt before. She scooped Deanna up in her arms. Despite her thin
frame, Lt. Tasha Yar was a very strong woman. She regularly worked out with
Worf. She found that most of the men on the security force weren’t as
strong as her. She carried Deanna back to bed.

Eventually, the passion eased up between Tasha and Deanna, and they
concentrated more on their friendship. Occasionally they would find
themselves in bed, and it was always a new thrill to bring pleasure to each
other.

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , , | Leave a comment

I Can See

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Please Don’t Leave Me

By: Chris McNeair
Summary: Poem
<Paris/Torres>

Please don’t leave me,
It’s been so long since anyone has cared
so long since noticed
so long since anyone’s given me attention
( that’s worth while )
It’s been so long since I’ve seen a smile
for me
Because I did something good
( For once )
I hope it lasts
Please let it last
Please don’t leave me
Please don’t let go of what we have.

Copyright Chris McNeair
Paramoun and Viacom own the characters, but the poem is MINE. Comments,
question and any response is welcome e-mail me at mack3@ix.netcom.com or
visit my web page at https://www.geocities.com/Area51/Vault/9157 Thanks.

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment